Home

Mercedes-Benz 2007 SL 65 AMG Automobile User Manual

1. Warning To reduce the risk of injury when the front air bags inflate it is very important for the driver and front passenger to always be in a properly seated position and to wear their respective seat belts For maximum protection in the event of a collision always be in normal seated position with your back against the backrest Fasten your seat belt and make sure that it is prop erly positioned on your body Since the air bag inflates with considerable speed and force a proper seating and hands on steering wheel position will help to keep you at a safe distance from the air bag Occupants who are unbelted out of position or too close to the air bag can be seriously injured or killed by an air bag as it inflates with great force in the blink of an eye e Sit properly belted in a position that is as upright as possible with your back against the seat backrest Adjust the driver seat as far as possible rearward still permitting proper opera tion of vehicle controls The distance from the center of the driver s breast bone to the center of the air bag cover on the steering wheel must be at least 10 in 25 cm or more You should be able to accomplish this by a combina tion of adjustments to the seat and steering wheel If you have any prob lems please contact your authorized Mercedes Benz Center Do not lean with your head or chest close to the steering wheel or dash board Keep hands on the outside of
2. CLS 63 AMG 8 5 Jx 18 H2 0 98 in 25 mm 255 40 ZR18 99Y XL Extra Load 9 5 Jx 18 H2 1 10 in 28 mm 285 35 ZR18 101Y XL Extra Load CLS 63 AMG 8 5 Jx 19 H2 0 98 in 25 mm 255 35 ZR19 96Y XL Extra Load 9 5 Jx 19 H2 1 10 in 28 mm 285 30 ZR19 98Y XL Extra Load Technical data Rims and tires Model CLS 63 AMG Performance Package CLS 63 AMG Performance Package Front axle Rims light alloy 8 5Jx 19 H2 8 5 x19H2 Wheel offset 0 98 in 25 mm 0 98 in 25 mm Summer tires 255 35 ZR19 96Y XL Extra Load Winter tires E 245 35 R19 93V XL Extra Load M S Rear axle Rims light alloy 9 5 Jx 19 H2 9 5Jx 19 H2 or 10Jx 19 H2 Wheel offset 1 10 in 28 mm 1 10 in 28 mm Summer tires 285 30 ZR19 98Y XL Extra Load 2 Winter tires 23 275 30 R19 96V XL Extra Load M S Radial ply tires 2 Must not be used with snow chains 3 Not available as factory equipment Technical data Rims and tires MOExtended tires Model CLS 550 Front axle Rims light alloy 8 5 x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 10 in 28 mm Summer tires 245 40 R18 93Y MOExtended Winter tires 23 Rear axle Rims light alloy 9 5 x 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 30 in 33 mm Summer tires 275 35 R18 95Y MOExtended 1 2 3 Winter tires Radial ply tires CLS 550 8 5 Jx 18 H2 1 10 in 28 mm 245 40 R18 97V XL Extra Load M S MOExtended 8 5 Jx 18 H2 0 7 1 in 18 mm 245 40 R18 97V XL Extra Load M S MOExtended
3. Check and adjust tire pressure as required If necessary change the wheel gt page 412 Have the damaged wheel repaired or replaced at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center You may lose control of the vehicle Contin ued driving with a flat tire will cause exces sive heat build up and possibly a fire Display symbol Display message Pune Tien Unavailable Top Up Washer Fluid Vehicle Rising Vehicle Rising Please Wait Practical hints What to do if Possible cause consequence Possible solution This display appears if button or on the multifunction steering wheel is pressed and the vehicle is not equipped with a telephone The fluid level has dropped to about of gt total reservoir capacity Your vehicle is adjusting to your level se lection The vehicle level is too low gt Add washer fluid gt page 292 Do not drive off The Airmatic has not yet adjusted the vehicle level to the necessary height required for driving Wait until the message disappears from the multifunction display You may then drive off Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display message Possible cause consequence Possible solution STOP The Airmatic is malfunctioning Avoid excessive steering input The fender Vehicle Too Low or tires could otherwise be damaged Lis ten for scraping noises gt Do not drive faster than 50 mph 80 km h gt Drive to the side of t
4. Driving systems Setting a lower speed Fine adjustment in 1 mph Canada 1 km h increments Warning 6 A Faster If you increase the vehicle set speed keep in gt Briefly tip the cruise control lever in mind that it may take a brief moment until direction of arrow 1 gt page 214 the vehicle has reached the set speed Increase the vehicle set speed to a value Slower that the prevailing road conditions and legal gt Briefly tip the cruise control lever in speed limits permit Otherwise sudden and direction of arrow gt page 214 unexpected acceleration of the vehicle could cause an accident and or serious in jury to you and others gt Depress the cruise control lever in direction of arrow 2 gt page 214 and hold it down until the desired speed is reached gt Release the cruise control lever The new speed is set a When you use the cruise control lever to de celerate the brake system will automatically brake the vehicle if the engine s braking power does not brake the vehicle sufficiently Setting to last stored speed Resume function Warning A N The speed stored in memory should only be set again if prevailing road conditions per mit Possible acceleration or deceleration differences arising from returning to the pre set speed could cause an accident and or serious injury to you and others gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever to position 4 gt page 214 The cru
5. gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Display message Run Flat Indicator Inoperative Check tires then restart Run slic Inai ator Run Flat Indicator Inoperative Tire Pressure Check Tires Warning A N Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects Practical hints What to do if Possible cause consequence Possible solution Run Flat Indicator is malfunctioning gt There was a warning message about gt a loss in the tire inflation pressure and the Run Flat Indicator has not been reactivated yet The Run Flat Indicator has been gt switched off due to an error The Run Flat Indicator indicates that gt the pressure is too low in one or more tires the ability to steer or brake the vehicle Have the Run Flat Indicator checked by an au thorized Mercedes Benz Center Make sure that the correct tire inflation pres sure is set for each tire Then reactivate the Run Flat Indicator Have the Run Flat Indicator checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrupt steering and braking maneuvers Ob serve the traffic situation around you Check and adjust tire inflation pressure as required gt page 303 If necessary change the wheel gt page 412 Reactivate the Run Flat Indicator after adjust ing the tire inflation pressure values gt page 305 You may lose control of the vehicle Co
6. gt Have the transmission checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Y Good visibility For information on windshield wipers see Windshield wipers gt page 56 Headlamp cleaning system The headlamps will automatically be cleaned with a high pressure water jet when you have e switched on the headlamps and e operated the windshield wipers with washer fluid five times When you switch off the ignition the counter resets For information on filling up the washer reservoir see Washer system and headlamp cleaning system gt page 292 Controls in detail Rear view mirrors For more information on setting the rear view mirrors see Mirrors gt page 47 Auto dimming mirrors The reflection brightness of the exterior rear view mirror on the driver s side and the interior rear view mirror will respond automatically to glare when e the ignition is switched on and e incoming light from headlamps falls on the sensor in the interior rear view mir ror The rear view mirrors will not react if e reverse gear is engaged e the interior lighting is turned on Good visibility Warning The auto dimming function does not react if incoming light is not aimed directly at the sensors in the interior rear view mirror The interior rear view mirror and the exterior rear view mirror on the driver s side do not react for example if
7. gt Take off fuel cap 2 and place it into holder G located on the inside of the fuel filler flap To prevent fuel vapors from escaping into open air fully insert filler nozzle unit gt Only fill your tank until the filler nozzle unit cuts out do not top off or over fill Warning A N Overfilling of the fuel tank may create pres sure in the system which could cause a gas oline fuel discharge This could cause the gasoline fuel to spray back out when remov ing the fuel pump nozzle which could cause personal injury gt Replace fuel cap by turning it clockwise until it audibly engages i Make sure to close the fuel filler flap before locking your vehicle as the flap locking pin pre vents closing after you have locked the vehicle gt Close the fuel filler flap i Leaving the engine running and the fuel cap open can cause the yellow fuel tank reserve warning lamp to flash and the malfunction indi cator lamp USA only or the malfunction indicator lamp fa Canada only to illuminate See also Practical hints section gt page 348 aD Only use premium unleaded gasoline with a minimum Posted Octane Rating of 91 average of 96 RON 86 MON Information on gasoline quality can normally be found on the fuel pump Please contact gas station personnel in case labels on the pump cannot be found For more information on gasoline see Premium unleaded gasoline gt page 451 see Fuel re qu
8. Do not make any modifications to the seat belts This can lead to unintended activation or to failure Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection Have all work carried out only by qualified technicians Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Safety and Security Occupant safety Warning A N USE SEAT BELTS PROPERLY Seat belts can only work when used properly Never wear seat belts in any other way than as described in this sec tion as that could result in serious inju ries in case of an accident Each occupant should wear their seat belt at all times because seat belts help reduce the likelihood of and potential severity of injuries in accidents includ ing rollovers The integrated restraint system includes SRS driver s front air bag driver side knee bag front passenger front air bag side impact air bags window curtain air bags for side windows ETD seat belt Emergen cy Tensioning Device and front seat knee bolsters The system is designed to enhance the protection offered to properly belted oc cupants in certain frontal front air bags driver side knee bag and ETD and side side impact and window curtain air bags and ETD impacts which exceed preset deployment thresholds and in certain rollovers window curtain air bags and ETD Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm against your neck or
9. Flat tire Inflating the collapsible tire Warning A N Warning A N pA Do not lower the vehicle before inflating the Always replace wheel bolts that are dam Only use genuine Mercedes Benz wheel collapsible tire Otherwise the rim may be dam aged or rusted bolts Other wheel bolts may come loose aoe Never apply oil or grease to wheel bolts Do not tighten the wheel bolts when the gt Take the electric air pump out of the vehicle is raised Otherwise the vehicle trunk gt page 393 could fall off the jack Damaged wheel hub threads should be repaired immediately Do not continue to drive under these circumstances Contact Warning A an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call gt Unscrew the alignment bolt install last i E wheel bolt and tighten slightly Observe instructions on air pump label Incorrect wheel bolts or improperly tight Vehicles with Minispare wheel ened wheel bolts can cause the wheel to come off This could cause an accident Be sure to use the correct wheel bolts gt Continue the procedure by following the instructions under Lowering the vehicle gt page 418 Vehicles with collapsible tire gt Continue the procedure by following the instructions under Inflating the collapsible tire and then Lowering the vehicle gt page 418 1 Flap 2 Air pump switch 3 Electrical plug 4 Air hose with pressure gauge and vent Screw Union nut gt g
10. 7 149 8 MI P54 32 4912 31 Resetting all settings You can reset all the functions of all sub menus to the factory settings gt Press the reset button gt page 136 for approximately 3 seconds In the multifunction display you will see the request to press the reset button again to confirm gt Press the reset button again The functions of all the submenus will reset to factory settings Controls in detail es The settings you have changed will not be re set unless you confirm the action by pressing the reset button a second time After approximately 5 seconds the Settings menu reappears in the multifunction display For safety reasons the Headlamp Mode func tion in the Lighting submenu is not reset while driving Submenus in the Settings menu gt Press button a In the multifunction display the collec tion of the submenus appears Settings _ Eee os _ Time Date i Lighting 72 F 143 8 MI Pp 32 4915 gt Press button EE The selection marker moves to the next submenu Control system The submenus are arranged by hierarchy Scroll down with the J button scroll up with the button With the selection marker on the desired submenu use the JJ button to access the individual functions within that sub menu Once within the submenu you can use the button EAN to move to the next function or the button to move to the previous function within that submenu The sett
11. Continue driving with added caution Adjust driving to be consistent with reduced braking responsiveness Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Risk of accident Stop the vehicle in a safe location and notify an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Do not add brake fluid This will not solve the problem BE if you find that the brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir has fallen to the minimum mark or below have the brake system checked for brake pad thickness and leaks Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display message Possible cause consequence Possible solution USA only service Required There may be a malfunction in the gt Have the measuring system checked check A e fuel injection system by an authorized Mercedes Benz Canada only Center e ignition system e exhaust system e fuel system Top Up The coolant level is too low gt Add coolant gt page 290 Coolant If you have to add coolant frequently see Operator s Man have the cooling system checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center i Do not ignore the low engine coolant level DO not drive without sufficient amount of coolant Warning A warning Extended driving with the message and 1P the cooling system The engine will overheat symbol displayed may cause serious engine causing major engine damage Do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Lim Antifre
12. Indicator lamp flashes immediately the first time the signal transmitter button is pro grammed If this button has already been pro grammed the indicator lamp will only start flashing after 20 seconds Step 5 gt After indicator lamp Q changes froma slow to a rapidly flashing light release the hand held remote control button and the signal transmitter button Step 6 gt Press and hold the just trained signal transmitter button or and observe indicator lamp Q If indicator lamp Q stays on constantly programming is complete and your device should activate when the respective signal transmitter button or is pressed and re leased i Ifindicator lamp Q flashes rapidly for about 2 seconds and then turns to a constant light continue with programming steps 8 through 12 as your garage door opener may be equipped with the rolling code feature Step 7 gt To program the remaining two signal transmitter buttons repeat the steps above starting with step 3 Rolling code programming To train a garage door opener or other rolling code devices with the rolling code feature follow these instructions after completing the Programming portion steps 1 through 6 of this text A second person may make the following training procedures quicker and easier Step 8 gt Locate training button on the garage door opener motor head unit Exact location and color of t
13. Safety and Security F N P54 25 5972 31 1 Override switch 2 Indicator lamp gt Press override switch Q Indicator lamp 2 comes on The func tions in the rear are disabled Operation of the rear door windows with the switches located on the door control panel of the driver s door is still possible Occupant safety A Activate the override switch when children are riding in the back seats of the vehicle The children may otherwise injure them selves e g by becoming trapped in the win dow opening Warning When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle access to an unlocked ve hicle A child s unsupervised access to a ve hicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Safety and Security Panic alarm An audible alarm and flashing exterior lamps will operate briefly P80 00 2117 31 button USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s au
14. This indicates the number of plies or the number of layers of rubber coated fabric in the tire tread and sidewall Tire manufac turers also must indicate the ply materials in the tire and sidewall which include steel nylon polyester and others Operation Tires and wheels Tire speed rating Part of tire designation indicates the speed range for which a tire is approved Total load limit Rated cargo and luggage load plus 68 kilograms 150 lbs times the vehicle s designated seating capacity Traction Force exerted by the vehicle on the road via the tires The amount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Treadwear indicators Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of a tire when only in 1 6 mm of tread remains Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards A tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire s traction temperature and treadwear Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing procedures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire Vehicle maximum load on the tire Load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle its share of the maximum loaded vehicle weight and dividing it by two Rotating tires A Rotate front and rear wheels only if they are of the same size If your vehicle is equipped with mixed siz
15. This vehicle is equipped with tether an chorages for a top tether strap at each of the rear seating positions Occupant safety ko Po1 40 2544 31 1 Cover gt gt Remove cover 1 from anchorage ring Store cover Q in a convenient place e g glove box Guide tether strap between head re straint and top of the seat back Head restraint must be positioned such that the top tether strap can pass freely between the head restraint and the top of the seat back Make sure the tether strap is not twisted Safety and Security Occupant safety P91 40 2439 31 2 Hook 3 Anchorage ring gt Securely fasten hook 2 to anchorage ring G a For safety make sure hook 2 has attached to ring 3 beyond the safety catch as illustrat ed Once the top tether anchorage hook is attached the child restraint itself can be secured Tighten the top tether strap according to the child restraint manufac turer s instructions Child seat anchors LATCH type This vehicle is equipped with two LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren type anchors at each of the rear seats for the installation of a LATCH child seat with the matching mounting fittings The anchors are located behind an uphol stery blend f E o a T ea Se A D ideate the position of the anchors 2 Anchors POL 12 2740 31 gt Lift upholstery blend up to access the anchors gt
16. Warning A N Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified total load limit as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard locat ed on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly caus ing a blowout Overloading the tires can also Tire speed rating The tire speed rating gt page 314 indicates the approved maximum speed for the tire Warning A N Even when permitted by law never operate result in handling or steering problems or brake failure gt page 320 where the maximum load as sociated with the load index is indicated in kilograms and Ibs Warning A N The tire load rating must always be at least half of the GAWR gt page 324 of your vehicle Otherwise tire failure may be the result which may cause an accident and or serious personal injury to you or others a vehicle at speeds greater than the maximum speed rating of the tires Exceeding the maximum speed for which tires are rated can lead to sudden tire failure causing loss of vehicle control and possibly resulting in an accident and or personal injury and possible death for you and for others For additional information on tire load rating see Load identification gt page 318 a Tire load rating gt page 314 and tire speed rating 6 gt page 314 are also referred to as service description Tire load rating gt page 314 and tire speed rating 6
17. e Your driving style e Road surface conditions e Your choice of suspension style Sport 1 Sport 2 or Comfort which you select using the damping button The following suspension styles are avail able Comfort Both indicator lamps 2 are off Sport 1 One indicator lamp is on Sport 2 Both indicator lamps are on P54 25 5984 30 1 Damping button 2 Indicator lamps gt Start the engine gt page 51 gt Press damping button Q until the de sired suspension style is set T If you have selected the Comfort suspen sion tuning page 230 the vehicle lowers slightly when you lock it within approximately 60 seconds after switching off the engine When parking make sure that your vehicle cannot come into contact with other objects such as a curb while lowering Your vehicle could otherwise be damaged i The selected suspension style is stored in memory even after the SmartKey is removed from the starter switch Vehicle level control Your vehicle automatically adjusts its ride height to e increase vehicle safety e reduce fuel consumption The following vehicle chassis ride heights can be selected e Normal e Raised The vehicle chassis ride height is raised or lowered according to the selected level setting and to the vehicle speed e Ata speed exceeding approximately 68 mph 110 km h with normal level set or exceeding 75 mph 120 km h with raised level set the ride he
18. gt page 136 until the trip odometer is reset Controls in detail Instrument cluster Tachometer The red marking on the tachometer de notes excessive engine speed pg Avoid driving at excessive engine speeds as it may result in serious engine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warran ty To help protect the engine the fuel supply is interrupted if the engine is operated within the red marking Outside temperature indicator A The outside temperature indicator is not designed to serve as an ice warning device and is therefore unsuitable for that purpose Warning Indicated temperatures just above the freez ing point do not guarantee that the road sur face is free of ice The road may still be icy especially in wooded areas or on bridges The outside temperature is displayed in the instrument cluster gt page 26 The temperature sensor is located in the front bumper area Due to its location the sensor can be affected by road or engine heat during idling or slow driving This means that the accuracy of the displayed temperature can only be verified by com parison to a thermometer placed next to the sensor not by comparison to external displays e g bank signs etc When moving the vehicle into colder ambi ent temperatures e g when leaving your garage you will notice a delay before the lower temperature is displayed A delay also occurs when ambi
19. gt page 314 are also referred Always replace rims and tires with the same to as service description designation manufacturer and type as shown on the original part Summer tires Operation is comprised of the tire load rating G gt page 314 and the tire speed Tires and wheels Any tire with a speed capability above 186 mph 300 km h must include a ity of the tire is limited to 186 mph 300 km h tire with a speed capability above 149 mph 240 km h can include a ZR in the size designation for exam ple 245 40 ZR18 To determine the maximum speed capability of the tire the service description for the tire must be referred to The service description Heke Spxeee TASTE rating gt page 314 ZR in the size designation AND the Q up to 100 mph 160 km h If your tire includes ZR in the size service description must be placed in R up to 106 mph 170 km h designation and no service cee tae tian eee eee any The Y speed rating in paren d t d 314 S up to 112 mph 180 km h OR A A ie thesis designates the maximum speed given the tire manufacturer must be T up to 118 mph 190 km h consue dihen pa capability of the tire as being above H up to 130 mph 210 km h capability 186 mph 300 km h Consult the tire manufacturer for the actual maximum y el CO Ue ARA If a service description G and permissible speed of the tire gt page 314 is given the speed capa i a
20. l 12 2782 31 Q Button gt From trunk slide skis into ski bag gt Open the trunk gt Tighten strap Q by pulling at the loose gt Press button Warning VAN end arrow until the skis in the ski bag are tightly secured The flap opens in direction of arrow The ski bag is designed for up to four pairs of skis Do not load the ski bag with other objects Always fasten the ski bag securely In an ac cident an unfastened ski bag can cause in jury to vehicle occupants gt With insert or cup holder removed fold cover 1 upward Controls in detail gt Connect hook 1 to eye located in the front storage compartment in the rear center console gt Tighten strap by pulling at the loose end arrow Loading Unloading and folding Loosen both straps Disconnect hook Q from eye 2 Unload skis Close flap in trunk Fold and flatten ski bag lengthwise v v vV y Y Place folded ski bag inside recess of backrest M Fasten hook and loop fastener Close ski bag compartment cover Controls in detail Loading Removal of ski bag For removal of the ski bag we recommend that you contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center A Never drive vehicle with trunk open while the ski bag is removed Deadly carbon mon oxide CO gases may enter vehicle interior resulting in unconsciousness and death Warning i To prevent unauthorized persons from ac cess to the trunk alw
21. lation of fuel vapors can damage your health T To maintain the engine s durability and per formance premium unleaded gasoline must be used If premium unleaded gasoline is not avail able and low octane fuel is used follow these precautions e Have the fuel tank only partially filled with unleaded regular gasoline and fill up with premium unleaded gasoline as soon as pos sible Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt acceler ation e Donot exceed an engine speed of 3000 rom if the vehicle is loaded with a light load such as two persons and no luggage e Do not exceed 2 3 of maximum accelerator pedal position if the vehicle is fully loaded or operating in mountainous terrain Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Fuel requirements Only use premium unleaded fuel e The octane number posted at the pump must be 91 min It is an average of both the Research Octane Number RON and the Motor Octane Number MON RON MON 2 This is also known as the ANTI KNOCK INDEX Unleaded gasoline containing oxygenates such as ethanol IPA IBA and TBA can be used provided the ratio of any one of these oxygenates to gasoline does not exceed 10 MTBE must not exceed 15 The ratio of methanol to gasoline must not exceed 3 plus additional cosolvents Using mixtures of ethanol and methanol is not allowed Gasohol which contains 10 ethanol and 90 unleaded gasoline can be used These blends
22. 2 Must be used in conjunction with Tire Pressure Monitoring System U S vehicles Run Flat Indicator Canada vehicles or Advanced Tire Pressure Monitoring System Canada only 3 Not available as factory equipment 4 Must not be used with snow chains Technical data CLS 63 AMG CLS 550 AMG Sport Package Spare wheel Model CLS 550 Rim 4 0 Bx 17 H2 Wheel offset Minispare tire Collapsible tire Must not be used with snow chains iH Please compare the recommended tire in flation pressure for your vehicle with the tire in flation pressure on the yellow label located on the spare wheel rim If the tire inflation pressure on the yellow label on the spare wheel rim differs from the values given in this Operator s Manual inflate the spare wheel tire to the recommended tire inflation pressure given on the yellow label on the spare wheel rim 1 34 in 34 mm T 155 70 R17 110M 6 0B x 18 H2 0 98 in 25 mm 175 3518 95P Gd Please note that the tire inflation pressure of the Minispare tire and the collapsible tire differs from the tire inflation pressure of the road tires Make sure the Minispare tire is inflated to ap proximately 61 psi 4 2 bar Inflate the collapsible tire to approximately 51 psi 3 5 bar Rims and tires CLS 63 AMG Performance Package 6 5Bx 19 H2 0 55 in 14 mm 175 50 19 97P Technical data Electrical system CLS 550 14V 180A 12 V 1 7 kW
23. Adjust the seats steering wheel and exterior rear view mirrors to the de sired position gt page 41 Press memory button M Release memory button M and press memory position button 1 2 or 3 with in 3 seconds When the settings are stored to the se lected position an acknowledgement signal sounds Recalling positions from memory T Do not operate the power seats using the memory button if the seat backrest is in an ex cessively reclined position Doing so could cause damage to front or rear seats First move seat backrest to an upright position gt Press and hold memory position button 1 2 or 3 until the seat steering wheel and exterior rear view mirrors have completely moved to the stored positions Releasing the memory position button stops movement to the stored positions immediately The multicontour seat will continue to be ad justed Storing exterior rear view mirror parking position SEE For easier parking you can adjust the pas senger side exterior rear view mirror so that you can see the right rear wheel as soon as you engage reverse gear R For information on activating the parking position see Activating exterior rear view mirror parking position gt page 184 _ al Po4 25 54 31 1 Passenger side exterior rear view mirror button 2 Adjustment button 3 Memory button Controls in detail Stop the vehicle Switch on the ignition gt page 38 Press
24. Even with the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO removed from the starter switch or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO removed from the vehicle the power seats can be operated when the respective door is open Therefore do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could re sult in an accident and or serious personal injury Warning A N According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seat ing position Thus we strongly recommend that children be placed in the rear seats whenever possible Regardless of seating position children 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appropriate infant or toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child For additional informa tion see Children in the vehicle gt page 82 A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Seat adjustment The seat adjustment switches are located on the front doors a FA aa 1 Seat fore and aft adjustment 2 Backrest tilt 3 Head restraint height 4 Seat height Seat cushion tilt 0 The memory function gt page 123 lets you store the settings f
25. FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment i Canada only This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Operation The first 1000 miles 1500 km Driving instructions At the gas station Engine compartment Tires and wheels Winter driving Maintenance Vehicle care Operation The first 1000 miles 1500 km In the Operation section you will find de tailed information on operating maintain ing and caring for your vehicle The more cautiously you treat your vehicle during the break in period the more satis fied you will be with its performance later on Drive your vehicle during the first 1000 miles 1500 km at varying but moderate vehicle and engine speeds During this period avoid heavy loads full throttle driving and excessive engine spe
26. Function Page Setting automatic locking 163 Audio search function 163 Setting automatic locking Use this function to activate or deactivate the automatic central locking With the au tomatic central locking system activated the vehicle is centrally locked at vehicle speeds of approximately 9 mph 15 km h gt Move the selection marker with the or MSH button to the Vehicle submenu gt Press button EAN or R repeatedly until the message Automatic Door Locking appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting Automatic Door Locking F OFF 72 F 143 3 MI P54 92 4971 31 gt Press button or E to switch Automatic Door Locking On or Off Setting station selection mode Use the Audio Search Function to select the manual or memory station selection mode for the radio gt page 148 gt Move the selection marker with the or SH button to the Vehicle submenu gt Press button JM or Keg repeatedly until the message Audio Search Func tion appears in the multifunction dis play The selection marker is on the current setting Audio Search Function i gt F A Memory 72 F 143 8 MI P54 32 4935 31 Controls in detail Control system gt Press or SSM to select the de sired station selection mode You can select e Frequenc e Memory selects next stored station Convenience submenu Access the Convenience submenu via the Settings
27. Install child seat according to the manufacturer s instructions i Non LATCH type child seats may also be used and can be installed using the vehicle s seat belt system Install child seat according to the manufacturer s instructions A Children too big for a toddler restraint must ride in seats using regular seat belts Posi tion shoulder belt across chest and shoul der not face or neck A booster seat may be necessary to achieve proper seat belt posi tioning for children over 41 Ibs until they reach a height where a lap shoulder belt fits properly without a booster Warning Install child seat according to manufactur er s instructions The child seat must be firmly attached to the right and left side anchors 2 An incorrectly mounted child seat may come loose during an accident which could result in serious personal injury or death to the child Damaged or impact damaged child seats or child seat mounting fittings must be re placed Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle even if the children are secured ina child restraint system Blocking of rear door window operation You can disable select functions in the rear passenger compartment for added safety for instance when you have children riding in the rear passenger compartment You can disable the following functions in the rear passenger compartment e rear door windows operation e 12 V power outlet in the rear center console
28. Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty gt Screw filler cap Q back on filler neck For more information on engine oil see the Technical data section gt page 448 and gt page 450 Transmission fluid level The transmission fluid level does not need to be checked If you notice transmission fluid loss or gear shifting malfunctions have an authorized Mercedes Benz Center check the transmission Operation Engine compartment Coolant level The engine coolant is a mixture of water and anticorrosion antifreeze When checking the coolant level e the vehicle must be parked on level ground e the coolant temperature must be below 158 F 70 C Warning A N In order to avoid potentially serious burns e Use extreme caution when opening the hood if there are any signs of steam or coolant leaking from the cooling system or if the coolant temperature gauge indi cates that the coolant is overheated e Do not remove pressure cap on coolant reservoir if coolant temperature is above 158 F 70 C Allow engine to cool down before removing cap The coolant reservoir contains hot fluid and is under pressure Using a rag slowly open the cap approx imately turn to relieve excess pres sure If opened immediately scalding hot fluid and steam will be blown out under pressure Do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts Antifreeze contains ethylene gly col which may burn if it comes into con
29. Please do not use them Product information Genuine Mercedes Benz Parts as well as conversion parts and accessories approved by us are available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center where you will receive comprehensive informa tion also on permissible technical modifi cations and where proper installation will be performed Introduction Operator s Manual This Operator s Manual contains a great deal of useful information We urge you to read it carefully and familiarize yourself with the vehicle before driving For your own safety and longer service life of the vehicle we urge you to follow the in structions and warnings contained in this manual Ignoring them could result in dam age to the vehicle or personal injury to you or others Vehicle damage caused by fail ure to follow instructions is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Your vehicle may have some or all of the equipment described in this manual Therefore you may find explanations for optional equipment not installed in your vehicle If you have any questions about the operation of any equipment any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to demonstrate the proper proce dures We continuously strive to improve our product and ask for your understanding that we reserve the right to make changes in design and equipment Therefore infor mation illustrations and descriptions in this Operator s Manual might differ fr
30. Switch off the low beam headlamps or the park ing lamps lf the message Switch Off Lights or Remove Key appears in the multifunction dis play remove the SmartKey from the starter switch or switch off the automatic headlamp mode T Failure to switch off the exterior lamps when leaving the vehicle may result in a discharged battery Locking with the SmartKey gt After exiting the vehicle press lock button on the SmartKey gt page 36 With the trunk and all doors closed e All turn signal lamps flash three times e An acoustic signal sounds three times For more information see Factory setting gt page 106 e The locking knobs in the doors move down e The anti theft alarm system is armed For more information see Locking and unlocking gt page 100 Locking with KEYLESS GO 1 Lock button gt After exiting the vehicle press lock button Q at the outside door handle or on the trunk lid With the trunk and all doors closed e All turn signal lamps flash three times e An acoustic signal sounds three times For more information see Factory setting gt page 106 e The locking knobs in the doors move down e The anti theft alarm system is armed For more information see Locking and unlocking gt page 100 Safety and Security Occupant safety Panic alarm Driving safety systems Anti theft systems Safety and Security Occupan
31. Tire inflation warnings If the system detects a significant loss of tire inflation pressure in one or more than one tire a message appears in the multi function display Tire Pressure Check Tires 72 F 149 8 MI I P54 32 5170 31 Example illustration In addition a warning signal sounds Restarting the TPMS A It is the driver s responsibility to calibrate the TPMS on the recommended cold infla tion pressure Underinflated tires affect the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You might lose control over the vehicle Warning The TPMS must be restarted when you have adjusted the tire inflation pressure to a new level e g because of different load or driving conditions The TPMS is then recalibrated to the current tire inflation pressures gt Using the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar gt page 296 or if available the sup plemental tire inflation pressure information on the inside of the fuel fill er flap gt page 283 make sure the tire inflation pressure of all four tires is cor rect amp Restart the TPMS after adjusting the tire in flation pressure to the inflation pressure recom mended for the vehicle operating condition Tire pressure should only be adjusted on cold tires Observe the recommended tire inflation pres sure on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar gt page 296 Some vehicles may have supplement
32. Warning J Warning IN Warning A N You could be injured when the hood is open The engine is equipped with a transistorized even when the engine is turned off ignition system Because of the high voltage it is dangerous to touch any components ig nition coils spark plug sockets diagnostic socket of the ignition system Do not pull the release lever while the vehi cle is in motion Otherwise the hood could be forced open by passing air flow Parts of the engine can become very hot To prevent burns let the engine cool off com pletely before touching any components on This could cause the hood to come loose the vehicle Comply with all relevant safety e with the engine running and injure you and or others precautions e while starting the engine e if ignition is on and the engine is Opening turned manuall Warning A N Warning A To help prevent personal injury stay clear of moving parts when the hood is open and the If you see flames or smoke coming from the engine is running engine compartment or if the coolant tem perature gauge indicates that the engine is The radiator fan may continue to run for overheated do not open the hood Move approximately 30 seconds or even restart away from vehicle and do not open the hood after the engine has been turned off Stay until the engine has cooled If necessary clear of fan blades a call the fire department P88 40 2664 31 1 Release lever gt P
33. Wheels could become loose if not tightened with a torque of 96 lb ft 130 Nm Only use Genuine Mercedes Benz wheel bolts specified for your vehicle s rims For information on wheel change see the Practical hints section gt page 393 and gt page 412 Operation Winter driving Before the onset of winter have your vehicle winterized at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center This service includes e Check of anticorrosion and antifreeze concentration e Addition of cleaning concentrate to the water of the windshield and headlamp cleaning system Add MB Concentrate S to a premixed washer solvent antifreeze which is for mulated for temperatures below freez ing point gt page 455 e Battery test Battery capacity drops with decreasing ambient temperature A well charged battery helps to make sure that the engine can be started even at low am bient temperatures e Tire change Winter tires Always use winter tires at temperatures below 45 F 7 C and whenever wintry road conditions prevail Not all M S rated tires provide special winter performance Make sure the tires you use show the mountain snowflake marking on the tire sidewall These tires meet specific snow traction performance requirements of the Rubber Manufacturers Association RMA and The Rubber Association of Canada RAC and have been designed specifically for use in snow conditions Use of winter tires is the only
34. ample in a tunnel The indicator lamp on button is not lit when the air recirculation mode is automatically switched on A quantity of outside air is added after approxi mately 30 minutes Controls in detail Deactivating gt Press button gt page 190 or gt page 191 again The indicator lamp on the button goes out i The air recirculation mode is deactivated au tomatically e after 5 minutes if the outside temperature is below approximately 41 F 5 C e after 5 minutes if the air conditioning is turned off e after 30 minutes if the outside temperature is above approximately 41 F 5 C 4 zone automatic climate control Air recirculation mode with conve nience closing or opening feature A Never operate the windows and tilt sliding sunroof if there is the possibility of anyone being harmed by the opening or closing pro cedure Warning In the event that the procedure causes po tential danger the closing of the windows can be immediately halted by pressing or pulling the respective window switch The closing of the tilt sliding sunroof can be im mediately halted by moving the switch for the tilt sliding sunroof in any direction The closing of the windows and the tilt slid ing sunroof can be reversed by again press ing and holding the button Controls in detail 4 zone automatic climate control Convenience closing gt Press button gt page 190 or gt page 191
35. and seek medical help if necessary A battery will also produce hydrogen gas which is flammable and very explosive Keep flames or sparks away from battery avoid improper connection of jumper cables smoking etc Attempting to jump start a frozen battery can result in it exploding causing personal injury Read all instructions before proceeding Practical hints Ba Do not tow start the vehicle T Avoid repeated and lengthy starting attempts Do not attempt to start the engine using a bat tery quick charge unit If the engine does not run after several unsuc cessful starting attempts have it checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Excessive unburned fuel generated by repeated failed starting attempts may damage the catalyt ic converter and may present a fire risk Make sure the jumper cables do not have loose or missing insulation Make sure the cable clamps do not touch any other metal part while the other end is still at tached to a battery If the battery is discharged the engine can be started with jumper cables and the bat tery of another vehicle Observe the follow ing e Jump starting should only be performed when the engine and catalytic convert er are cold Jump starting Do not start the engine if the battery is frozen Let the battery thaw out first Only jump start from batteries with the same voltage rating 12 V Jump start ing with a higher voltage battery
36. approved products of equal specification refer to the Factory Approved Service Products pamphlet USA only or contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center To provide important corrosion protection the solution must be at least 50 anticor rosion antifreeze equivalent to freeze protection to approximately 35 F 37 C If you use a solution that is more than 55 anticorrosion antifreeze freeze protection to approximately 49 F 45 C the engine temperature will in crease due to the lower heat transfer capa bility of the solution Therefore do not use more than this amount of anticorro sion antifreeze Fuels coolants lubricants etc If the coolant level is low water and MB 325 0 Anticorrosion Antifreeze should be used to bring it up to the proper level have cooling system checked for signs of leakage Please make sure the mixture is in accordance with label instruc tions The water in the cooling system must meet minimum requirements which are usually satisfied by normal drinking water If you are not sure about the water quality con sult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Anticorrosion antifreeze Your vehicle contains a number of alumi num parts The use of aluminum compo nents in motor vehicle engines necessitates that anticorrosion antifreeze coolant used in such engines be specifical ly formulated to protect the aluminum Anticorro
37. driving uphill as well as stop and go traffic gt Have the fan replaced as soon as possible Cal Display Malfunction Certain electronic systems are gt Have the electronic systems checked by an autho service Required unable to relay information to rized Mercedes Benz Center the control system The follow ing systems may have failed e Coolant temperature display e Tachometer e Cruise control display Engine There may be a malfunction in gt Have the engine checked as soon as possible by an service e the fuel injection system authorized Mercedes Benz Center e the ignition system e the exhaust system Display symbol Display message Check oil level at next refueling When the Check oil level at next re fueling message appears while the en gine is running and at operating temperature the engine oil level has dropped to approximately the minimum level When this occurs the warning will first come on intermittently and then stay on if the oil level drops further Possible cause consequence There is no oil in the engine There is gt a danger of engine damage gt If no oil leaks are noted continue to drive to the nearest service station where the engine oil should be topped to the required level with an approved engine oil For information on approved engine oils refer to the Factory Approved Service Products pamphlet USA only or contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hi
38. follow these guidelines 1 Occupants especially children should never place their bodies or lean their heads in the area of the door where the side impact air bag inflates This could result in serious injuries or death should the side impact air bag be deployed Occupant safety 2 Always sit as upright as possible prop erly use the seat belts and for children 12 years old and under use an appropri ately sized infant restraint toddler re straint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child 3 Always wear seat belts properly If you believe that even with the use of these guidelines it would be safer for your rear seat occupants to have the rear mount ed side impact air bags deactivated then deactivation can be accomplished upon your written request to do so at your autho rized Mercedes Benz Center at an additional cost Please contact your local authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call our Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 for details Safety and Security Occupant safety Air bags are designed to activate only in cer tain frontal impacts front air bags driver side knee bag side impacts side impact and window curtain air bags which exceed preset thresholds and in certain rollovers window curtain air bags Only during these events will they pro vide their supplemental protection The driver and passenger should always wear their sea
39. for approximately 2 seconds The windows and tilt sliding sunroof will close You can release button once the closing procedure has begun The windows and tilt sliding sunroof continue closing until they are fully closed The indicator lamp on the but ton comes on The air recirculation mode is activated Convenience opening gt Press button for approximately 2 seconds The windows and tilt sliding sunroof will return to their previous position You can release button once the open ing procedure has begun The windows and tilt sliding sunroof continue open ing until they have reached their previ ous position The indicator lamp on the button goes out The air recirculation mode is deactivated A window or tilt sliding sunroof will only re turn to its previous position if it has not been moved to another position using the respective window switch or tilt sliding sunroof switch af ter it was closed with button Gey A window or tilt sliding sunroof that has been moved will remain in its current position if button Qy is used to re open the remaining windows or tilt sliding sunroof Combination filter with pollutant sensitive air recirculation mode The combination filter reduces pollutants and unpleasant odors in the outside air The pollutant sensitive air recirculation mode automatically switches off the supply of outside air when pollutants are detected in the air The pollutant sensitive air recircula
40. gt page 26 or button ENN Bed or on the multifunction steering wheel Other messages of high priority and mes sages of less immediate priority can be cleared from the multifunction display using the reset button or button EAN ed or on the multifunction steering wheel They are then stored in the vehicle status message memory gt page 151 Remember that clearing a message will only make the message disappear Clearing a message will not correct the condition that caused the mes sage to appear A All categories of messages contain impor tant information which should be taken note of and where a malfunction is indicated addressed as soon as possible at an autho rized Mercedes Benz Center Warning Failure to repair condition noted may cause damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty or result in property dam age or personal injury Warning A N No messages will be displayed if either the instrument cluster or the multifunction dis play is inoperative As a result you will not be able to see infor mation about your driving conditions such as speed or outside temperature warn ing indicator lamps malfunction warning messages or the failure of any systems Driving characteristics may be impaired If you must continue to drive please do so with added caution Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Practical hints What to do if gt Switching on t
41. gt page 30 p Q Parktronic switch 2 Indicator lamp Switching off the Parktronic system gt Press Parktronic switch Q Indicator lamp 2 comes on Switching on the Parktronic system gt Press Parktronic switch Q again Indicator lamp 2 goes out a The Parktronic system is automatically switched on when the ignition is switched on gt page 38 Parktronic system malfunction If only the red distance segments illumi nates and an acoustic warning sounds there is a malfunction in the Parktronic system The Parktronic system will auto matically switch off after 20 seconds and the indicator lamp in the Parktronic switch comes on Controls in detail Driving systems gt Have the Parktronic system checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible If only the red distance segments illumi nates and no acoustic warning sounds the Parktronic system sensors are dirty or there is an interference from other radio or ultrasonic signals The Parktronic system will automatically switch off after 20 seconds and the indicator lamp in the Parktronic switch comes on gt Switch off the ignition gt page 38 gt Clean the Parktronic system sensors gt page 337 gt Switch on the ignition gt page 38 or gt Check the Parktronic system operation at another location to rule out interfer ence from outside radio or ultrasonic signals Controls in detail Loading R
42. let seat belt retract completely The seat belt can again be used in the usual manner A Never release the seat belt buckle while the vehicle is in motion since the special seat belt retractor will be deactivated Warning i Information on child seats with mounting fit tings for tether anchorages gt page 85 For information on LATCH type child seat mounts gt page 86 The use of infant or child restraints is re quired by law in all 50 states the District of Columbia the U S territories and all Ca nadian provinces Infants and small children should be seat ed in an appropriate infant or child re straint system properly secured in accordance with the manufacturers in structions for the child restraint that com plies with U S Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 213 and 225 and Canadi an Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 213 and 210 2 Safety and Security A statement by the child restraint manu facturer of compliance with these stan dards can be found on the instruction label on the restraint and in the instruction man ual provided with the restraint When using any infant or child restraint system be sure to carefully read and fol low all manufacturer s instructions for in stallation and use Please read and observe warning labels af fixed to the inside of the vehicle and to in fant or child restraints Occupant safety Warning According to accident statistics children are
43. long as the door handle is held but the door not opened Power windows Controls in detail Power tilt sliding sunroof Opening and closing the power tilt sliding sunroof With the sunroof closed or tilted open a screen can be slid into the sunroof opening to guard against sun rays When sliding the The tilt sliding sunroof can be openedand sunroof open the screen will also retract closed electrically The switch for the s Fie tilt sliding sunroof is on the overhead control panel PY 7 00 2245 31 p77 00 2290 31 Sunroof switch 1 Push back to slide sunroof open 2 Push forward to slide sunroof closed 3 Push up to raise sunroof at rear 4 Pull down to lower sunroof at rear Warning A N When closing the tilt sliding sunroof make sure there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the closing procedure The opening closing procedure of the tilt sliding sunroof can be immediately halt ed by releasing the switch or if the switch was moved past the resistance point and released by moving the switch in any direc tion The tilt sliding sunroof is made out of glass In the event of an accident the glass may shatter This may result in an opening in the roof In a vehicle rollover occupants not wearing their seat belts or not wearing them properly may be thrown out of the opening Such an opening also presents a potential for injury for occupants wearing their seat belts prop erly as e
44. number of repair attempts During the period of 18 months from original delivery of the vehicle or the accumulation of 18000 miles approximately 29000 km on the odometer of the vehicle whichever occurs first a reasonable number of repair attempts is presumed for a retail buyer or lessee if one or more of the following Occurs Introduction 1 the same substantial defect or mal function results in a condition that is likely to cause death or serious bodily injury if the vehicle is driven that de fect or malfunction has been subject to repair two or more times and you have directly notified Mercedes Benz USA LLC in writing of the need for its repair 2 the same substantial defect or mal function of a less serious nature than category 1 has been subject to repair four or more times and you have direct ly notified us in writing of the need for its repair or Operator s Manual 3 the vehicle is out of service by reason of repair of the same or different sub stantial defects or malfunctions for a cumulative total of more than 30 calendar days Written notification should not be sent to a dealer it should be addressed to Mercedes Benz USA LLC Customer Assistance Center One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJO7645 0350 Introduction Operator s Manual Maintenance The Maintenance Booklet describes all the necessary maintenance work which should be performed at regular intervals Always have the
45. objects such as books briefcases etc lodged under neath behind or around the seat Such forces may cause the sys tem to sense that an occupant of a lesser weight than actually present is on the front passenger seat Keep the seat unoccupied close the front passenger door and turn on the ignition gt page 38 Continued on next page Practical hints What to do if Display message Possible cause con Possible solution sequence Monitor the indicator lamp on the center console gt page 29 and the multifunction display in the instrument cluster gt page 26 for the following With the seat unoccupied and the ignition turned on e the indicator lamp on the center console should illuminate and remain illuminated indicating that the OCS gt page 71 has deactivated the front passenger front air bag e the message Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator s Manual or the message Front Passenger Airbag Disabled See Operator s Manual should not appear in the multifunction display at any time the seat is unoccupied Wait at least 60 seconds for the system to complete the necessary check cycles and to make sure neither message appears in the multifunction display If above conditions are met you can occupy the front passenger seat again De pending on the front passenger classification sensed by the OCS gt page 71 the indicator lamp will remain illuminated or go out If above conditions are not met the sy
46. reached its overrevving range Shift up to the next gear before the engine has reached its over revving range Make absolutely certain that the engine speed does not reach the red marking on the tachometer page 26 Otherwise the engine could be damaged which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty gt Briefly press the gear selector lever to the right in the D direction or gt Briefly pull right shift paddle 2 gt page 178 The transmission shifts to the next higher gear If instead of the manual program mode symbol M the symbol appears in the multifunction display gt page 175 shift to the next higher gear The fuel supply will otherwise be interrupted to prevent the engine from overrevwving If you have selected the AMG menu in the control system and you are driving in the manual program mode M upshift indicator 2 in the multifunction display advises you to upshift before the engine reaches the overspeed range Thus you can drive at the maximum engine speed for each gear without overrevving the engine Oi uP qe 92 C P54 32 4209 31 1 Gear indicator 2 Upshift indicator gt Shift to the next higher gear The fuel supply will otherwise be inter rupted to prevent the engine from over revving Downshifting A On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehicle control Your veh
47. tact with hot engine parts The coolant expansion tank is located on the driver s side of the engine compart ment Q Marking bar in the expansion tank 2 Cap 3 Coolant expansion tank gt gt Using a rag turn cap 2 slowly approx imately one half turn counterclockwise to release any excess pressure Continue turning cap 2 counterclock wise and remove it The coolant level is correct if the level for cold coolant reaches marking bar Q in expansion tank for warm coolant is approximately 0 6 in 1 5 cm higher Add coolant as required Replace and tighten cap 2 For more information on coolant see the Technical data section gt page 452 Battery Your vehicle s battery is located in the trunk on the right hand side gt page 420 The battery should always be sufficiently charged in order to achieve their rated ser vice life Refer to Maintenance Booklet for battery maintenance intervals If you use your vehicle mostly for short dis tance trips you will need to have the bat tery charge checked more frequently When replacing the battery always use batteries approved by Mercedes Benz If you do not intend to operate your vehicle for an extended period of time consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center about steps you need to observe Warning Operation A Observe all safety instructions and precau tions when handling automotive batteries
48. volume buttons or gt page 190 or gt page 191 to adjust air The indicator lamp on the correspond ing button goes out and the automatic ne ee Opening and closing side air vents volume manually air distribution is switched off for the i y corresponding side The air distribution Turn thumbwheels 8 and Nine blower speeds are available is controlled according to the thumb gt page 188 in the required direction S Press button T T wheel setting Side air vents 7 and are open or button to increase air volume to You can also turn the air distribution control closed the desired level to a position between two symbols The AUTO indicator for air volume in display goes out gt page 190 or Opening the center air vents gt page 191 The selected blower gt Turn thumbwheels G and speed is shown in display Automat ic air distribution remains switched on The indicator lamps on the M but tons remain lit gt page 188 upward Side air vents 2 and G are open Controls in detail 4 zone automatic climate control The climate control switches automatically to the following functions ap To switch the front defroster off you can Front defroster ae also press button A or gt page 190 or Sa You can use this setting to defrost the windshield for example if it is iced up You can also defog the windshield and the side windows i Keep this setting selec
49. when the vehicle is parked Rather the driver should always set the parking brake in addition to placing the gear selector lever in park position P to secure the vehicle Automatic transmission Effect The SmartKey can only be removed from the starter switch with the gear selector lever in park position P With the SmartKey removed the gear selector lever is locked in park position P If the vehicle s electrical system is malfunctioning the gear selector lever could remain locked in park position P gt page 400 Reverse gear Place gear selector lever in position R only when vehicle is stopped Controls in detail Automatic transmission Effect Neutral No power is transmitted from the engine to the drive axle When the brakes are released the vehicle can be moved freely pushed or towed To avoid damage to the trans mission never engage neutral position N while driving If the ESP is deactivated or malfunctioning Move gear selector lever to neu tral position N only if the vehicle is in danger of skidding e g on icy roads Drive The transmission shifts automatically All forward gears are available T Coasting the vehicle or driving for any other reason with gear selector lever in neutral position N can result in transmission damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty A Getting out of your vehicle with the gear selector lever not fully engag
50. 10 Important notice for California retail buyers and lessees of Mercedes Benz automobiles 11 Maintenance cccccecceeceeceeeseeeee 12 Roadside Assistance 00cc0eeee 12 Change of address or ownership 12 Operating your vehicle outside the USA or Canada ccccsseeeee 13 Where to find it ccecccssssescceneneeees 14 VIMO ON Sica s haaataantanene anda taaunaueareestenwestes 15 Operating safety cceeccccceseeeceeeeeees 16 Proper use of the vehicle 16 Problems with your vehicle 17 Reporting safety defects c008 18 Reporting safety defects 18 Vehicle data recording ccccceeeeeees 19 Information regarding electronic recording AEVICES c escccceeseees 19 At a glance 000 ee ecccceeecccceeeeeceeeeees 21 Exterior VICW vcsssdiseseendnasevenstnranreatererenees 22 0 6 40 ener ee 24 Instrument cluster sescassesieressiercessncncwasers 26 Multifunction steering wheel 28 Center console ssssenssseeesseessserssseess 29 Upper part scscsvensnereneucaseversneeannenebowes 29 L wer parteneriate 30 Overhead control panel ccceeee 31 Storage compartMents ceccceeeee 32 Door control panel cccsseeceeseeeees 34 Getting started cc cceeeeeees 35 UnOCKIN E sersan 36 Unlocking with the SmartKey 36 Unlocki
51. 124 Tires 295 Submenus see Control system submenus Substitute bulbs see Auxiliary bulbs Sun visors 184 Sunroof see Power tilt sliding sunroof Sunshade rear window 185 Suspension tuning For comfortable driving style 230 For sporty driving style 230 Symbols used in this operator s manual 15 T Tachometer 27 138 Overspeed range 138 Tail lamps Messages in display 386 387 Replacing bulbs 409 Tar stains 334 Technical data Air conditioning refrigerant 450 Brake fluid 450 Capacities fuels lubricants etc 448 Coolant 452 Dimensions 447 Electrical system 446 Engine 437 Engine oil additives 450 Engine oils 450 Fuel requirements 451 Gasoline additives 452 Premium unleaded gasoline 451 Rims and tires 438 Washer and headlamp cleaning system 449 Weights 447 Tele Aid 256 Emergency calls 257 Information 260 Initiating an emergency call manually 258 Messages in display 388 Remote door unlock 261 Roadside assistance 259 SOS button 258 Stolen vehicle Recovery services 262 System self check 257 Telephone cradle Changing 255 Telephone 28 253 Answering ending acall 167 Changing mobile phone cradle 255 Compartment 243 Hands free microphone 31 Inserting in cradle 254 Installing a different mobile phone cradle 255 Messages inthe display 391 Operation 166 Phone book 167 Redialing 168 Removing from cradle 255 Temperature Engine 54 Interior temperature 195 Outside temperature 156 Tether anchorage points see C
52. 156 or outside temperature for basic display Selecting speedometer display mode gt Move the selection marker with the or E button to the Instr Cluster submenu Press button J or Ref repeatedly until the message Display Unit Speed Odometer appears in the multi function display The selection marker is on the current setting Display Unit Speed Odometer s Km 72 F 1498 MI P54 32 4911 31 Press button or E to set speedometer unit to Km or Miles Controls in detail Control system Selecting language gt Move the selection marker with the or E button to the Instr Cluster submenu Press button JA or Ref repeatedly until the message Language appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting Language Deutsch BED Francais 72 F 149 8 MI Pot este gt gt Controls in detail Control system gt gt gt Press button or E to select the language to be used for the multi function display messages Available languages e German e English e French e Italian e Spanish e Dutch e Danish e Swedish e Portuguese e Turkish e Russian Canada only Selecting display speed display or out side temperature for status line display gt Move the selection marker with the or SH button to the Instr Cluster submenu Press button BeN or Ref repeatedly until the message Status Line Dis
53. A child s unsupervised ac it checked and replaced if necessary If a lamp in the instrument cluster re pale mains on after starting the engine or cess to a vehicle could result in an accident Starter switch comes on while driving see Lamps in and or serious personal injury instrument cluster gt page 344 3 Starting position 0 For removing SmartKey 1 Power supply for some electrical con SUMETS When you switch on the ignition the indicator and warning lamps except high beam headlamp indicator lamp and turn signal indica tor lamps unless activated in the instrument cluster come on The indicator and warning lamps except high beam headlamp indicator lamp and turn signal indicator lamps if activated should go out when the engine is running This in dicates that the respective systems are opera tional The SmartKey can only be removed from the starter switch with the gear selector lever in position P i If the SmartKey is left in starter switch posi tion O for an extended period of time it can no longer be turned in the switch In this case the steering is locked To unlock remove SmartKey from the starter switch and reinsert T Ifthe SmartKey cannot be turned in the starter switch the battery may not be sufficient ly charged e Check the battery and charge it if necessary gt page 420 e Getajump start gt page 423 To prevent accelerated vehicle battery discharge or a comp
54. E Safety and Security Here you will find descriptions of the safety and security features of your vehicle E Controls in detail Here you will find detailed information about the equipment installed in your vehi cle This section expands on the Getting started section and also describes techni cal innovations If you are already familiar with the basic functions of your vehicle this section will be of particular interest to you E Operation Here you will find all the information you need for the proper operation of your vehi cle SSS Practical hints This section provides fast assistance for dealing with problems you may encounter CRN Technical data All important technical data for your vehi cle can be found in this section S Indexes The table of contents and the index are designed to help you find information quickly and easily The following publications are part of your vehicle documentation e this Operator s Manual e the Maintenance Booklet Separate operating instructions will be provided as required depending on the equipment options installed in your vehi cle Y Symbols Trademarks e ESP and PRE SAFE are registered trademarks of DaimlerChrysler e HomeLink is a registered trademark of Prince a Johnson Controls Company The following symbols are found in this Operator s Manual Optional equipment is identified with an asterisk Since standard equipme
55. Function Page Setting daytime running lamp 159 mode USA only Setting locator lighting 160 Setting ambient lighting 161 Setting night security illumina 161 tion Setting interior lighting delayed 162 shut off Control system Setting daytime running lamp mode USA only This function is not available in countries where the daytime running lamp mode is manda tory and therefore in a constant mode gt Move the selection marker with button or E to the Lighting submenu gt Press button JM or ed repeatedly until the message Headlamp Mode ap pears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting Headlamp Mode F Constant 72 F 143 8 MI P54 32 4919 31 gt Press button or E to select manual operation Manual or daytime running lamp mode Constant b gt Controls in detail Control system gt gt With daytime running lamp mode activated and the exterior lamp switch in position WJ or Wg the low beam headlamps are switched on when the engine is running In low ambient light conditions the follow ing lamps will switch on additionally e Parking lamps e Tail lamps e License plate lamps e Side marker lamps For more information on the daytime running lamp mode see Lighting gt page 126 a For safety reasons resetting the Lighting submenu to factory settings while driving gt page 153 will not deactivate the daytime running lamp mod
56. If you increase the vehicle set speed keep in mind that it may take a brief moment until the vehicle has reached the set speed Increase the vehicle set speed to a value that the prevailing road conditions and legal speed limits permit Otherwise sudden and unexpected acceleration of the vehicle could cause an accident and or serious in jury to you and others Driving systems gt Briefly tip the cruise control lever in di rection of arrow Q gt page 222 to in crease vehicle speed in increments of 5 mph Canada 10 km h The new speed is set The stored speed is displayed in the multifunction display for approximately 5 seconds gt page 222 and one or two segments around the stored speed come on on the speedometer gt page 219 gb Depressing the accelerator pedal does not deactivate Distronic After brief acceleration e g for passing the cruise control will resume the last speed set Controls in detail Driving systems Setting a lower speed gt Briefly tip the cruise control lever in di Fine adjustment in 1 mph rection of arrow 2 gt page 222 tode Canada 1 km h increments crease vehicle speed in increments of War AS A 5 mph Canada 10 km h Faster If you increase the vehicle set speed keep in The new speed is set gt Briefly tip the cruise control lever in di mind that it may take a brief moment until the vehicle has reached the set speed The stored speed is displayed i
57. Mercedes Benz Center Fuel consumption is also increased by driv ing in cold weather in stop and go traffic on short trips and in hilly area Operation Drinking and driving A Drinking and driving and or taking drugs and driving are very dangerous combina tions Even a small amount of alcohol or drugs can affect your reflexes perceptions and judgment Warning The possibility of a serious or even fatal ac cident are greatly increased when you drink or take drugs and drive Do not drink or take drugs and drive or allow anyone to drive who has been drinking or taking drugs Driving instructions Pedals A Make sure that absolutely no objects are ob structing the pedals range of movement Keep the driver s footwell clear of all obsta cles If there are any floormats or carpets in the footwell make sure that the pedals still have sufficient clearance Warning Operation Driving instructions Power assistance Warning A N With the engine not running there is no power assistance for the brake and steering systems In this case it is important to keep in mind that a considerably higher degree of effort is necessary to brake and steer the vehicle Brakes Warning A N After driving in heavy rain for some time without applying the brakes or through wa ter deep enough to wet brake components the first braking action may be somewhat reduced and increased pedal pressure
58. O Canada only The red brake warning lamp comes on while the engine is running and you hear a warning sound Warning A N Driving with the brake warning lamp illumi nated can result in an accident Have your brake system checked immediately if the brake warning lamp stays on Do not add brake fluid before checking the brake system Possible cause consequence You are driving with the parking brake set There is insufficient brake fluid in the reservoir Overfilling the brake fluid reservoir can result in spilling brake fluid on hot engine parts and the brake fluid catching fire You can be seriously burned Practical hints What to do if Suggested solution gt Release the parking brake gt Risk of accident Do not drive any further Consult a Mercedes Benz Service Center Under no circum stances should you top up the brake fluid This will not solve the problem T If you find that the brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir has fallen to the minimum mark or below have the brake system checked for brake pad thickness and leaks Practical hints What to do if Problem Possible cause consequence Suggested solution USA only There is a malfunction in gt Have the vehicle checked as soon as tal Canada only e The fuel management system possib by an etinotzas Mercedes Benz Center The yellow engine malfunction e The ignition system An on board diagnostic connector is indicator lamp
59. Press button or repeatedly until the first function of the trip com puter menu appears gt Press button JM or ed repeatedly until the reading that you want to reset in the multifunction display appears gt Press and hold the reset button gt page 136 until the value is reset to 0 Controls in detail Control system Distance to empty gt Press button or repeatedly until the first function of the trip com puter menu appears gt Press button EAN or Keg repeatedly until the message Range appears in the multifunction display The calculated remaining driving range based on the current fuel tank level ap pears in the multifunction display Range i63hM1 72 F 149 8 M P54 32 2094 31 If only very little fuel is left in the tank a ve hicle at the fuel pump is shown instead of the range TEL menu Warning AN A driver s attention to the road must always be his her primary focus when driving For your safety and the safety of others we rec ommend that you pull over to a safe location and stop before placing or taking a tele phone call If you choose to use the tele phone while driving please use the hands free device and only use the tele phone when weather road and traffic condi tions permit Some jurisdictions prohibit the driver from using a cellular telephone while driving a vehicle Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your veh
60. Pull release knob Q in direction of ar row The fuel filler flap can know be opened Practical hints Resetting activated head restraints Y Resetting activated head restraints If the active head restraint have been trig gered in an accident the head restraints must be reset Otherwise active head re straint cannot offer any additional protec tion in the event of another rear end collision You can tell that the head restraints have been activated when they have been moved forward and cannot be adjusted For your convenience we recommend that you have this work carried out by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center You will find the reset tool for manually operating the head restraints in the Mercedes Benz vehicle literature pouch A For safety reasons have the active head re straints checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center after a rear end colli sion Warning 2 j m az nw T P9I 16 2333 31 gt Take the reset tool out of the Mercedes Benz vehicle literature pouch N ee i gt Guide reset tool into center of head re straint between head restraint cushion and rear head restraint cover T Be careful not to damage upholstery gt Press reset tool forward in direction of arrow gt Press reset tool downward until you hear the head restraint release mechanism audibly engage gt Pull out reset tool gt Firmly press head restraint cushion backward towards rear
61. System BAS gt page 90 Operation Brake pad wear or a leak in the system may be the reason for low brake fluid in the res ervolr The brake fluid level in the reservoir may be too low if the brake warning lamp in the instrument cluster comes on and an acoustic warning sounds although the parking brake is released gt page 347 Observe additional messages in the multi function display that may appear gt page 374 Have the brake system inspected immedi ately Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center All checks and service work on the brake system should be carried out by qualified technicians only Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Only install brake pads and brake fluid recommended by Mercedes Benz Driving instructions A If other than recommended brake pads are installed or other than recommended brake fluid is used the braking properties of the vehicle can be degraded to an extent that safe braking is substantially impaired This could result in an accident Warning Be certain to read and observe the warning notices on brake pad replacement gt page 373 T When driving down long and steep grades relieve the load on the brakes by shifting into a lower gear to use the engine s braking power This helps prevent overheating of the brakes and reduces brake pad wear After hard braking it is advisable to drive on for some time rather than immediately park so that the air
62. Tele Aid emergency call system telephone and 4 Right front reading lamp 133 Voice Control System see on off separate operating instruc Power tilt sliding sunroof 210 tions switch Ambient lighting 161 6 Tele Aid emergency call 256 Interior lighting 133 system button l l 3 Left front reading lamp 133 Rear view mirror 183 on off Front reading lamps 133 P 2 00 2446 31 At a glance Storage compartments P68 00 4112 31 Item 1 Glove box 2 Front passenger seat storage compartment with first aid kit 3 Door pocket 4 Ashtray Ruffled storage bag 6 Door pocket 7 Side storage pocket in trunk Luggage box under the trunk floor Door pocket Ruffled storage bag Ashtray Door pocket 0000 Driver s seat storage compart ment Page 243 393 249 245 397 245 249 244 Item Sun visor card clip 5 CD changer see separate COMAND operating instruc tions Parcel net in front passenger footwell Ashtray with cigarette lighter Cup holders Storage compartment tele phone compartment under the center armrest Cup holder in the rear center console i Rear storage compartment in the rear center console 2 Cup holder in the rear armrest 3 Storage compartment in the rear armrest Page 184 245 248 246 243 247 244 248 244 At a glance Storage compartments At a glance Door control panel Inside
63. above illustration For information on calculating total and cargo load capacities gt page 298 The maximum tire load is the maximum weight the tires are designed to support This is the maximum permissible tire inflation pressure for the tire Always follow the recommended tire inflation pressure gt page 301 for proper tire inflation A Warning Never exceed the max tire inflation pressure Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being over heated Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride com fort wear unevenly increase stopping dis tance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Operation Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards U S vehicles Tire manufacturers are required to grade tires based on three performance factors treadwear traction and temperature resistance 1 Treadwear 2 Traction 3 Temperature resistance a For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration Tires and wheels Quality grades can be found where appli cable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section wi
64. additives with engine oil They may damage the engine Damage or malfunctions resulting from blending oil additives are not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Air conditioning refrigerant R 134a HFC refrigerant and special PAG lubricating oil are used in the air condition ing system T Never use R 12 CFC or mineral based lu bricating oil Otherwise damage to the system will occur Brake fluid A During vehicle operation the boiling point of the brake fluid is continuously reduced through the absorption of moisture from the atmosphere Under extremely strenuous op erating conditions this moisture content can lead to the formation of bubbles in the system thus reducing the system s efficien cy Therefore the brake fluid must be replaced regularly Refer to your vehicle s Mainte nance Booklet for replacement interval Warning Only brake fluid approved by Mercedes Benz is recommended Any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will pro vide you with additional information Premium unleaded gasoline A Gasoline is highly flammable and poisonous It burns violently and can cause serious per sonal injury Warning Never allow sparks flame or smoking mate rials near gasoline Turn off the engine before refueling Whenever you are around gasoline avoid in haling fumes and skin or clothing contact extinguish all smoking materials Direct skin contact with fuels and the inha
65. ahead 3 Preset distance threshold to vehicle ahead 4 Your vehicle Symbol for activated distance warning function Control system Distronic activated With Distronic activated the Distronic display is shown in the multifunction dis play and one or two segments around the set speed are illuminated in the soeedom eter 72 F 149 8 MI P54 32 2480 31 1 Distronic activated Vehicle status message memory menu a Use the vehicle status message memory menu to scan malfunction and warning messages that may be stored in the sys tem Such messages appear in the multi function display and are based on conditions or system status the vehicle s system has recorded Controls in detail Control system The vehicle status message memory menu only appears if there are any messages stored A Malfunction and warning messages are only indicated for certain systems and are inten tionally not very detailed The malfunction and warning messages are simply a remind er with respect to the operation of certain systems and do not replace the owner s and or driver s responsibility to maintain the vehicle s operating safety by having all required maintenance and safety checks performed on the vehicle and by bringing the vehicle to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center to address the malfunction and warning messages gt page 358 Warning gt Press button or repeatedly until the vehicle st
66. also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is com bined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately 1 minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subse quent vehicle start ups as long as the mal function exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended b gt b gt Operation Tires and wheels TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of in compatible replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing One or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly f a condition causing the TPMS to malfunc tion develops it may take up to 10 minutes for the system to signal a malfunction using the TPMS telltale flashing and illumination se quence The telltale extinguishes after a few minutes driv ing if the malfunction has been corrected i Operating radio transmission equipment e g wireless headsets two way radios in or near the vehicle could cause the TPMS to mal function
67. an unfastened seat belt the warning chime stops sounding and the seat belt telltale illuminates continuously The seat belt telltale will only go out if both the Possible cause consequence You and or your front passenger have for gotten to fasten your seat belts There are items placed on the front passen ger seat and therefore the system senses the front passenger seat as being occupied The vehicle s speed once exceeded 15 mph 25 km h and you and or your front pas senger have forgotten to fasten your seat belts There are items placed on the front passen ger seat and therefore the system senses the front passenger seat as being occupied driver s and the front passenger s seat belt are fastened or the vehicle is standing still and a front door is opened Suggested solution gt Fasten your seat belts The seat belt telltale goes out gt Remove the items from the front pas senger seat and put them in a safe place The seat belt telltale goes out gt Fasten your seat belts The seat belt telltale goes out and the warning chime stops sounding gt Remove the items from the front pas senger seat and put them in a safe place The seat belt telltale goes out and the warning chime stops sounding Practical hints What to do if Problem Possible cause consequence Suggested solution E The red SRS indicator lamp There is a malfunction in the restraint sys Drive with added cauti
68. and hold the gear selector lever in the D direction until D reappears in the multifunction display gt page 171 The transmission will shift from the current gear range directly to gear range D Controls in detail Shifting into optimal gear range gt Press and hold the gear selector lever in the D direction The transmission will automatically select the gear range suited for optimal acceleration and deceleration This will involve shifting down one or more gears Automatic transmission Steering wheel gearshift control one touch gearshifting Steering wheel gearshift control is avail able on vehicles with AMG Sport Package and CLS 63 AMG only With the gear selector lever in drive position D and driving in program mode C or S you can limit or extend the gear range If your vehicle is equipped with manual shift program M you can use the steering wheel gearshift control to manually shift the gears a For information on using the steering wheel gearshift control in program mode M see Man ual shift program CLS 63 AMG gt page 179 Controls in detail Automatic transmission i Allow engine to warm up under low load use Do not place full load on the engine until the operating temperature has been reached Shift into reverse gear R or park position P only when the vehicle is stopped Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for an extended period when driving off o
69. and re quires a highly skilled and experienced driver able to handle these critical driving situations You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident When you switch off the ESP the ESP does not stabilize the vehicle the engine output is not limited which allows the drive wheels to spin and thus cut into surfaces for better grip the traction control will still apply the brakes to a spinning wheel the ESP operates while you are brak ing you cannot activate the cruise control or the Distronic the cruise control or Distronic switch off if currently activated Safety and Security Driving safety systems When the ESP is switched off and one or Switching on the ESP inni Warning AN more drive wheels are spinning the ESP warn 8 Press ESP switch until the ESP ing lamp in the instrument cluster flashes l i However the ESP will then not stabilize the ve When the ESP warning lamp is a lamp in the instrument cluster goes out hicle illuminated continuously the ESP is switched off or is not operational due to a You are now again in normal driving malfunction Vehicle stability in standard mode with the ESP switched on driving maneuvers reduces The switch is located on the center console Adapt your speed and driving to the prevail ing road conditions and to the non operating status of the ESP T Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for an ex tended p
70. approximately in 1 6 mm we recommend that you do not allow your tires to wear down to that level As tread depth approaches in 3 mm the adhesion properties on a wet road are sharply reduced Depending upon the weather and or road surface conditions the tire traction varies widely Specified tire inflation pressures must be maintained This applies particularly if the tires are subjected to high loads e g high speeds heavy loads high ambient temper atures Warning A N Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You may lose control of the vehicle Continued driving with a flat tire or driving at high speed with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build up and possibly a fire For more information see Tires and wheels gt page 293 Hydroplaning Depending on the depth of the water layer on the road hydroplaning may occur even at low speeds and with new tires Reduce vehicle speed avoid track grooves in the road and apply brakes cautiously in the rain Tire traction The safe speed on a wet snow covered or icy road is always lower than on a dry road You should pay particular attention to the condition of the road whenever the outside temperatures are close to the freezing point A If ice has formed on the road tire traction will be substantially reduced Under such weather conditions drive steer and brake with extreme ca
71. as possible The heaviest portion of the cargo should always be kept as low as possible since it influences the handling characteristics of the vehicle Warning TK Always fasten items being carried as secure ly as possible fastening materials appropri ate for the weight and size of the load In an accident during hard braking or sud den maneuvers loose items will be thrown around inside the vehicle and can cause in jury to vehicle occupants unless the items are securely fastened in the vehicle To help avoid personal injury during a colli sion or sudden maneuver exercise care when transporting cargo Put luggage or car go in the trunk if possible Do not pile lug gage or cargo higher than the seat backs Do not place anything on the rear window shelf Never drive vehicle with trunk open Deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter ve hicle interior resulting in unconsciousness and death Controls in detail Loading Ski bag Canada only Unfolding and loading gt Fold rear armrest down arrow Unfasten hook and loop fastener 1 Pull ski bag into passenger compart ment and unfold Cover gt Open the front storage compartment in 2 Catch the rear center console gt page 247 gt Pull catches 2 in direction of arrows Remove the cup holder gt page 247 D gt gt Open the cover Q downwards in direc tion of the arrow Controls in detail Loading
72. as seen from the side even if the vehicle is parked on an incline Practical hints Flat tire Removing the wheel Mounting the spare wheel Warning A N Vehicles with collapsible tire Inflate collapsible tire only after the wheel is properly mounted Inflate the collapsible tire using the electric pump gt page 416 before lowering the P40 00 2042 31 gt Jack up the vehicle until the wheel is a pao t0 a746 s1 Vehicle maximum of 1 2 in 3 cm from the Alignment bolt ground Never start engine while gt Clean contact surfaces of wheel and er gt Unscrew the upper most wheel bolt vehicle is raised wheel hub and remove gt Guide the spare wheel onto the align gt Replace this wheel bolt with alignment ing et ment bolt and push it on arning A bolt supplied in the tool kit P re E gt Insert wheel bolts and tighten them The jack is intended only for lifting the gt Remove the remaining bolts slightly vehicle briefly for wheel changes It is not na T Do not place wheel bolts in sand or dirt This pat suited for performing maintenance work T To avoid paint damage place wheel flat i could result in damage to the bolt and wheel hub i o bs i under the vehicle reade against hub and hold it there while installing first l wheel bolt e Never start the engine when the vehicle aris gt Remove the wheel is raised e Never lie down under the raised vehicle Practical hints
73. automatic climate control COMAND system see sepa rate operating instructions Seat heating front passen ger side Seat ventilation front pas senger side Electronic Stability Program ESP control switch Central locking switch Page 188 121 122 94 116 Center console Item Page Opening closing button for CD changer see separate COMAND operating instruc tions Rear seat head restraints 119 switch folding down Rear window sunshade 185 switch Seat heating drivers side 121 Seat ventilation drivers 122 side Hazard warning flasher JO switch Front passenger front 75 air bag off indicator lamp At a glance Center console Lower part kem Ashtray KEYLESS GO start stop button Gear selector lever for automatic transmission oO Ge Parking assist Parktronic system deactivation switch Adaptive Damping System ADS switch Page 248 39 51 171 234 230 OOO Item Vehicle level control button Thumbwheel for setting dis tance in Distronic Distance warning function on off switch Program mode selector switch for automatic trans mission Page 231 226 226 175 At a glance Overhead control panel Vv Overhead control panel Item Page Item Page Q Rear interior lighting on off 133 9 Garage door opener 262 2 Automatic interior lighting 133 Hands free microphones for 3 Front interior lighting on off 133
74. braking situation is over The ABS will prevent the wheels from locking When you release the brake pedal the brakes function again as normal The BAS is then deactivated Warning A N If the BAS is malfunctioning the brake sys tem is still functioning normally but without the additional brake boost available that BAS would normally provide in an emergen cy braking maneuver Therefore the braking distance may increase Warning A N The BAS cannot prevent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle nor can it increase braking efficiency beyond that afforded by the condition of the vehicle brakes and tires or the traction The BAS cannot prevent accidents including those resulting from excessive speed in turns following another vehicle too closely or hydroplaning Only a safe attentive and Safety and Security skillful driver can prevent accidents The ca pabilities of a BAS equipped vehicle must never be exploited in a reckless or danger ous manner which could jeopardize the us er s safety or the safety of others Adaptive Brake Adaptive Brake provides a high level of braking safety as well as increased braking comfort Important notes on using the brake system e Following extended periods of only mi nor loads to your brake system you should occasionally apply the brakes when traveling at high speeds This im proves the grip of the brake pads Warning A N Make sure not to e
75. can be killed or seriously injured by an inflating air bag Note the following im portant information when circumstances re quire you to place a child in the front passenger seat e Your vehicle is equipped with air bag technology designed to turn off the front passenger front air bag in your vehicle when the system senses the weight of a typical 12 month old child or less along with the weight of a standard appropri ate child restraint on the front passen ger seat e Achild ina rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat will be serious ly injured or even killed if the front pas senger front air bag inflates in a collision which could occur under some circum stances even with the air bag technolo gy installed in your vehicle The only means to completely eliminate this risk is to never place a child in a rear facing child restraint in the front seat We therefore strongly recommend that you always place a child in a rear facing child restraint in the back seat b gt Safety and Security b gt Occupant safety If you must install a rear facing child re straint on the front passenger seat be cause circumstances require you to do so make sure that the indicator lamp is illumi nated indicating that the front passen ger front air bag is deactivated Should the indicator lamp not illuminate or go out while the restraint is installed please check installation Periodically check the indicator l
76. car pets Headliner and shelf below rear window gt Use a soft bristle brush or a dry sham poo cleaner in case of excessive dirt Seat belts gt Only use clear lukewarm water and soap T The seat belts must not be treated with chemical cleaning agents Do not dry the seat belts at temperatures above 176 F 80 C or in direct sunlight A Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection Warning Upholstery Using aftermarket seat covers or wearing clothing that have the tendency to give off coloring e g when wet etc may cause the upholstery to become permanently dis colored By lining the seats with a proper intermediate cover contact discoloration will be prevented A Only use seat or head restraint covers which have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle model Using other seat or head restraint covers may interfere with or prevent the activation of the active head restraints Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for availability Warning Leather upholstery Please note that leather upholstery is a natural product and is therefore subject to a natural aging process Leather uphol stery may also react to certain ambient in fluences such as high humidity or high temperature by showing wrinkles for ex ample gt Wipe leather upholstery with a damp cloth and dry thoroughly or clean
77. cellular air time e the relevant cellular phone network and GPS signals are available and pass the information on to the response cen ter Location of the vehicle on a map is only pos sible if the vehicle is able to receive signals from the GPS satellite network and pass the informa tion on to the Response Center Warning A N If the indicator lamp in the SOS button is flashing continuously and there was no voice connection to the Response Center established then the Tele Aid system could not initiate an emergency call e g the rele vant cellular phone network is not available The message Call Failed appears in the multifunction display for approximately 10 seconds Should this occur assistance must be sum moned by other means Initiating an emergency call manually P54 25 5202 31 1 Cover 2 SOS button gt Briefly press on cover Q The cover will open gt Press SOS button 2 briefly The indicator lamp in SOS button 2 will flash until the emergency call is concluded gt Wait for a voice connection to the Response Center gt Close cover Q after the emergency call is concluded Warning A N If you feel at any way in jeopardy when in the vehicle e g smoke or fire in the vehicle vehicle in a dangerous road location please do not wait for voice contact after you have pressed the emergency button Carefully leave the vehicle and move to a safe loca tion The Response Cente
78. changer can play audio CDs as well as MP3 CDs For more information on operating the CD changer refer to separate COMAND operat ing instructions Selecting CD track gt Turn on COMAND and select CD or CD changer Refer to separate COMAND operating instructions gt Press button or repeatedly until the settings for the CD currently being played appear in the multifunc tion display gt gt Controls in detail Control system gt gt 1 c 1 a O Track i 72 F 143 8 MI P54 32 2129 31 1 Current CD for CD changer 2 Current track gt Press button BVA or EAN repeatedly until the desired track is selected i To select a CD from the CD changer maga zine press a number on the COMAND system key pad located in the center console Selecting MP3 CD track gt Turn on COMAND and select CD or CD changer Refer to separate COMAND operating instructions gt Press button or repeatedly until the settings for the MP3 CD cur rently being played appear in the multi function display Ou a ag Sinatrs New P54 32 4934 31 1 MP3 mode 2 Current track a Level of information displayed will vary de pending on the information contained on the MP3 CD insert in the single CD player of the COMAND system To select a MP3 CD from the CD changer maga zine press a number on the COMAND system key pad located in the center console NAV menu The NAV menu contains the func
79. conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high tem perature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law A The temperature grade for this tire is estab lished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underin flation or excessive loading either sepa rately or in combination can cause excessive heat build up and possible tire failure Warning Operation Tire ply material 1 Plies in sidewall 2 Plies under tread a For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration This marking tells you about the type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread Tires and wheels Tire and loading terminology Accessory weight The combined weight in excess of those standard items which may be replaced of automatic transmission power steering power brakes power windows power seats radio and heater to the extent that these items are available as factory installed equipment whether installed or not Air p
80. contact an au thorized Mercedes Benz Center Factory setting When unlocking or locking the vehicle with the SmartKey an acoustic signal sounds The acoustic signal is activated at the factory If you wish to deactivate the feature or adjust its signal volume contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Global unlocking gt Press button E9 All turn signal lamps flash once An acoustic signal sounds once The locking knobs in the doors move up The anti theft alarm system is dis armed The vehicle will lock again automatically and rearm the anti theft alarm system within approximately 40 seconds of un locking if e neither door nor trunk is opened e the SmartKey is not inserted in the starter switch e the central locking switch is not activated Global locking gt Press button eg With the trunk and all doors closed e All turn signal lamps flash three times e An acoustic signal sounds three times e The locking knobs in the doors move down e The anti theft alarm system is armed Selective setting If you frequently travel alone you may wish to reprogram the SmartKey so that press ing button only unlocks the driver s door the storage compartment under the armrest the glove box and the fuel filler flap gt Press and hold buttons and simultaneously for about 5 seconds un til battery check lamp flashes twice The Smar
81. control lever The cruise control lever is the uppermost lever on the left hand side of the steering column gt page 24 Driving systems Warning A N The cruise control is a convenience system designed to assist the driver during vehicle operation The driver is and must always remain responsible for the vehicle s speed and for safe brake operation Only use the cruise control if the road traffic and weather conditions make it ad visable to travel at a steady speed e The use of cruise control can be danger ous on winding roads or in heavy traffic because conditions do not allow safe driving at a steady speed e The use of cruise control can be danger ous on slippery roads Rapid changes in tire traction can result in wheel spin and loss of control e Deactivate the cruise control when driv ing in fog The Resume function should only be oper ated if the driver is fully aware of the previ ously set speed and wishes to resume this particular preset speed Controls in detail Driving systems Setting current speed gt Accelerate or decelerate to the desired speed gt Briefly lift Q or depress 2 the cruise On uphill or downhill grades the cruise con trol may not be able to maintain the set speed Once the grade eases the set speed will be re sumed On downhill grades the cruise control maintains control lever the set speed with active braking action In addi tion
82. could damage the vehicle s electrical system which will not be covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Use only jumper cables with sufficient cross section and insulated terminal clamps Always make sure the jumper cables are not on or near pulleys fans or other parts that move when the engine is started or running Warning A N Keep flames or sparks away from battery Do not smoke Observe all safety instructions and precau tions when handling automotive batteries gt page 291 Practical hints Jump starting The battery is located in the trunk under neath the luggage box gt page 397 Only jump start the vehicle from the battery in the trunk gt Make sure the two vehicles do not touch Turn off all electrical consumers Apply parking brake gt page 59 Make sure the gear selector lever is set to position P gt Open the trunk P54 10 2482 31 1 Positive terminal of discharged battery 2 Negative terminal of discharged bat tery 3 Positive terminal of charged battery 4 Negative terminal of charged battery gt Connect positive terminals C and of the batteries with the jumper cable Clamp cable to charged battery first BE Never invert the terminal connections gt Start engine of the vehicle with the charged battery and run at idle speed gt Connect negative terminals and 2 of the batteries with the jumper cable Clamp cable to charg
83. does not meet current U S federal safety 6 Hand held remote control but Sorana ton When programming a garage door opener park the vehicle outside the garage Controls in detail Useful features gt gt Step 2 gt If you have previously programmed a signal transmitter button and wish to retain its programming proceed to step 3 If you are programming the integrated remote control for the first time press and hold the two outer signal transmit ter buttons 2 and and release them only when indicator lamp be gins to flash after approximately 20 seconds do not hold the button for longer than 30 seconds This proce dure erases any previous settings for all three channels and initializes the memory If you later wish to program a second and or third hand held transmitter to the remaining two signal transmitter buttons do not repeat this step and be gin directly with step 3 Step 3 gt Hold the end of hand held remote control of the device you wish to train approximately 2 to 5 in 5 to12 cm away from the signal trans mitter button or to be pro grammed while keeping indicator lamp in view Step 4 gt Using both hands simultaneously press hand held remote control button 6 and the desired signal trans mitter button or Do not release the buttons until step 5 is com pleted Indicator lamp will flash first slowly and then rapidly
84. door from the inside Locking Open door only when conditions are safe to do gt Press lower half of the central lock ing switch If the vehicle was previously centrally locked with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO it will If all doors are closed the vehicle not unlock using the central locking switch locks If the vehicle was previously locked with the cen tral locking switch Unlocking e andthe SmartKey or SmartKey with gt Press upper half Q of the central lock KEYLESS GO is set to factory settings the ing switch complete vehicle is unlocked when a door is opened from the inside The vehicle unlocks e and the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is set to selective settings only the door opened from the inside is un locked Controls in detail Seats For more information on seat adjustment For removal of the active head restraints see Adjusting gt page 41 we recommend that you contact an autho Warning A l rized Mercedes Benz Center For more information on folding the seats For your protection drive only with properly see Loading gt page 238 Adjust the head restraint in such a way that positioned head restraints it is as close to the head as possible Frontseatacive head restraints n reaa l ji Adjust head restraint so that the head re n or information on head restraint adjust straint supports the back of the head at eye ment see Seat adjustment
85. eee 210 Synchronizing the power tilt sliding SUNOOF cecccce eee 212 Driving SYSTEMS cccceeeecceeeeeceeeeeeees 213 CruiS Control sscsceessssseeees 213 DIST OMIC gt aetan 217 Airmatic DC Dual Control 230 Parktronic system Parking assist acaqusientacsaewdereuniaed 234 LOA GINS eeose aE EEEE rnderess 238 ROOF TACK oa an 238 Loading instructions sese sseees 238 Ski bag Canada only 239 Cargo tie down hookS 66 242 Retaining NOOK cseecceeeeseeeeees 242 Useful features cccccsssssseecseeeeees 243 SC At the gas station e 283 Storage compartments 06 DAS Operation a e 269 Refueling 283 Cup 86 6 S corani 246 The first 1000 miles 1500 km 270 Check regularly and before a PSA erenn 248 Driving instructions eee 27 1 IONE ED renien 285 Cigarette lighter neeese 249 Drive sensibly save fuel 271 Engine compartment seese 286 Power outlets ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 250 Drinking and driving eee 271 HOOd osessavsereauetereciatueeecdeaeaaseetesiaes 286 Heated steering wheel Fe GIG E A 271 Engine Oil rersieinronsrenane 287 Canada Only cceceeesccesesseeees 251 Power assistance c 272 Transmission fluid level 289 FIOOrmats ccereescvnivocsivecaserreeeaceners 252 Brak O enron E 272 Coolant level eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 290 Telephone ccccccccscsssscssesseese
86. fol lowing lamps will switch on additional ly e Tail and parking lamps e License plate lamps e Side marker lamps With the daytime running lamp mode activat ed and the engine running the low beam head lamps cannot be switched off manually Canada only The daytime running lamp mode is manda tory and therefore in a constant mode With the exterior lamp switch in position EJ oor EG you cannot switch on the high beam headlamps The high beam flasher is available at all times For nighttime driving you should turn the exterior lamp switch to position to permit activa tion of the high beam headlamps When the engine is running and you shift from a driving position to position N or P the low beam headlamps will switch off with a 3 minute delay When the engine is running and you e turn the exterior lamp switch to position gj the parking lamps and the side marker lamps switch on addi tionally e turn the exterior lamp switch to position J the manual headlamp mode has priority over the daytime run ning lamp mode The corresponding exterior lamps switch on gt page 126 USA only By default the daytime running lamp mode is deactivated Activate the daytime run ning lamp mode using the control system see Setting daytime running lamp mode USA only gt page 159 i With the daytime running lamp mode activated and the exterior lamp switch in position J you cannot switch on
87. for either the front axle or rear axle PO1 00 2613 31 Following is a discussion on how to work with the information contained on the Tire and Loading Information placard with re gards to loading your vehicle Tire and Loading Information Warning A N Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified total load limit as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake failure Tire and Loading Information placard Data shown on Tire and Loading Information placard example are for illustration purposes only Seating data are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in the illustration below Refer to Tire and Loading Information placard on vehicle for actual data specific to your vehicle TIRE AND Tn TIRE AND LOAL ING INFORMATION C SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL 5 FRONT 2 REAR 3 The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never enceed XXN kg or XXX Ibs TIRE s COLD TIRE PRESSURE PSSST oni REAR P195 70R14 200KPA 29PSI ADDITIONAL SPARE 1125 70015 420KPA 40PSI INFORMATION P40 00 2062 31 1 Load limit information on the Tire and Loading Information placard The Tire and Loading Information placard showing the load limit information is locat ed on the driver s door B pillar
88. g air pump auxiliary lamps up to a maximum 180 W Heated steering wheel Canada only The steering wheel heating warms up the leather area of the steering wheel The stalk is on the lower left hand side of the steering wheel C Switching on 2 Switching off 3 Indicator lamp Controls in detail Useful features Switching on gt Switch on the ignition gt page 38 gt Turn switch at the tip of stalk in direc tion of arrow Q The steering wheel is heated Indicator lamp 3 comes on The steering wheel heating is temporarily suspended while indicator lamp 3 remains on when e the temperature of the vehicle interior is above 86 F 30 C e the temperature of the steering wheel is above 95 F 35 C When these conditions do not apply anymore steering wheel heating continues Controls in detail Useful features Switching off gt Turn switch at the tip of stalk in direc tion of arrow 2 The heated steering wheel is switched off Indicator lamp 3 goes out a Indicator lamp 8 flashes or goes out e incase of power surge or undervoltage e incase of a steering wheel heating malfunc tion The steering wheel heating switches off au tomatically when you remove the SmartKey from the starter switch or on vehicles with KEYLESS GO when you switch off the ignition gt page 61 and open the driver s door For information on steering wheel see Multifunction ste
89. gear range of the transmis sion amp If you press on the accelerator when the en gine has reached its rpm limit the transmission will upshift beyond any gear range limit selected Canceling gear range limit gt Pull and hold right shift paddle until D reappears in the multifunction display gt page 171 The transmission will shift from the current gear range directly to gear range D Controls in detail Shifting into optimal gear range gt Pull and hold left shift paddle Q The transmission will automatically select the gear range suited for optimal acceleration and deceleration This will involve shifting down one or more gears Automatic transmission Manual shift program CLS 63 AMG f In addition to the automatic shift program C or S your vehicle is equipped with the manual shift program M In the manual program mode M system controlled automatic gearshifting is switched off and you need to change the gears by manually upshifting or downshift ing using the steering wheel gearshift paddles gt page 178 or the gear selector lever a Allow engine to warm up under low load use Do not place full load on the engine until the operating temperature has been reached Shift into reverse gear R or park position P only when the vehicle is stopped Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for an extended period when driving off on slippery road surfaces This may cause serious damage to
90. gt Fold the lower plate outward wards trom fastening bolts additionally secure the vehicle e g while changing the wheel gt Lift luggage box in the area of the fas Guide the tabs of the lower plate all the tening bolts and remove it from trunk way into the openings of base plate 3 For information on where to place wheel Install luggage box chocks when changing a wheel see Lift ing the vehicle gt page 413 Luggage box Remove luggage box gt Insert luggage box into trunk so that fastening clips are in line with fastening bolts P40 10 2776 31 4 Tilt the plate upward 2 Fold the lower plate outward 3 Insert the plate gt Push front edge of luggage box in direc tion of arrow under cover of trunk sill 1 Fastening clip 2 Luggage box gt Press fastening clips onto fastening bolts until they lock into place Practical hints Unlocking locking in an emergency Unlocking the vehicle If you cannot unlock the vehicle with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO unlock the driver s door and the trunk using the me chanical key d Unlocking your vehicle with the mechanical key and opening the driver s door or the trunk will trigger the anti theft alarm system To cancel the alarm insert the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO in the starter switch Removing the mechanical key Unlocking the driver s door PRO 20 2725 31 a aa locking
91. gt page 296 Operation gt Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kilograms or XXX Ibs on the Tire and Loading Infor mation placard The combined weight of all occupants cargo luggage and trailer tongue load if applicable should never exceed the weight referenced in that statement Seating capacity The seating capacity gives you important information on the number of occupants that can be in the vehicle Observe front and rear seating capacity The Tire and Loading Information placard showing the seating capacity is located on the driver s door B pillar gt page 296 Tires and wheels Gp Data shown on Tire and Loading Information placard example are for illustration purposes only Seating data are specitic to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in the illustration below Refer to Tire and Loading Information placard on vehicle for actual data specific to your vehicle g TIRE AND LOA ING INFORMATION E CIE a a a SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL 5 FRONT 2 REAR 3 The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed JOCK kg or XXX Ibs TIRE COLD TIRE PRESSURE POSSIT MANUAL FR ea ron ADOTIONAL FORMATION P40 00 2063 31 1 Seating capacity information on the Tire and Loading Information placard Operation Tires and wheels Steps for determining correct load limit The following steps have been developed as required of a
92. gt page 42 level This will reduce the potential for injury Warning AN For information on active head restraints to the head and neck in the event of an ac see Active head restraints gt page 81 cident or similar situation For your protection drive only with properly Do not drive the vehicle without the seat positioned head restraints Rear seat head restraints head restraints Head restraints are intend Adjust the head restraint so that the center ed to help reduce injuries during an acci of the head restraint supports the back of dent the head level This will reduce th Warning A e head at eye level Ihis will reduce the po Do not interchange head restraints from tential for injury to the head and neck in the event of an accident or similar situation For safety reasons always drive with the front and rear seat rear head restraints in the upright position head restraints Head restraints are intend ed to help reduce injuries during an acci dent ti The rear seat head restraints cannot be aa Keep the area around head restraints clear justed of articles e g clothing to not obstruct the folding operation of the head restraints You cannot remove the active head re straint on the driver s and front passen ger s seats Folding head restraints back The rear seat head restraints can be folded backward for increased visibility Ss i bS D4 1 Head restraint release
93. head restraint cover until it engages A Warning When pushing back the head restraint cush ion take care that your fingers do not be come caught between the head restraint cushion and the cover Failing to do so may lead to injury gt Repeat this procedure for second head restraint For information on head restraint adjust ment see Seats gt page 41 Practical hints Replacing SmartKey batteries If the batteries in the SmartKey SmartKey with KEYLESS GO are discharged the ve hicle can no longer be locked or unlocked It is recommended to have the batteries re placed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Warning A N Batteries contain poisonous and corrosive substances Therefore keep the batteries out of reach of children If a battery is swallowed seek medical help immediately A SmartKey batteries contain Perchlorate ma terial which may require special handling and regard for the environment Check with your local government s disposal guidelines California residents see http www dtsc ca gov HazardousWaste Perchlorate index cfm Warning Batteries contain materials that can harm the environment if disposed of improperly Recycling of batteries is the preferred method of disposal Many states require sellers of batteries to accept old batteries for recycling i When inserting the batteries make sure they are clean and free of lint i When changing
94. headlamps will not be automatically switched on under foggy conditions To minimize risk to you and to others acti vate headlamps by turning exterior lamp switch to when driving or when traffic and or ambient lighting conditions require you to do so In low ambient lighting conditions only switch from position R to with the vehicle at a standstill in a safe location Switching from Mg to will briefly switch off the headlamps Doing so while driving in low ambient lighting conditions may result in an accident Lighting The automatic headlamp feature is only an aid to the driver The driver is responsible for the operation of the vehicle s lights at all times gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to posi tion Bag With the SmartKey in starter switch position 1 or the KEYLESS GO start stop button pressed once only the parking lamps and the side marker lamps will switch on and off automati cally When the engine is running the low beam headlamps the tail and parking lamps the license plate lamps and the side marker lamps will switch on and off automatically a USA only With the automatic headlamp mode activated you can switch on the high beam headlamps in low ambient lighting conditions Controls in detail Lighting Daytime running lamp mode gt Turn exterior lamp switch to position WJ or Egy When the engine Is running the low beam headlamps are switched on In low ambient light conditions the
95. i Make sure the seat belt retracts fully so that the seat belt and or latch plate cannot get caught or pinched in the door or in the seat mechanism This can damage the seat belt and impair the effectiveness of the seat belt and or cause damage to the door and or door trim pan el Such damage is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Damaged seat belts must be replaced Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Locking Warning A N To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the door openings when closing the doors Parking and locking Be especially careful when small children are around Before closing doors make sure that there is no possibility of someone getting caught in a door during closing Warning When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised ac cess to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury gt Exit the vehicle and close all doors and the trunk Getting started Parking and locking If you hear a warning signal you have forgot ten to switch off the low beam headlamps or the parking lamps before opening the driver s door In addition the message Switch Off Lights appears in the multifunction display
96. indicators Each warning indicator is divided into five yellow and two red segments for either side of the vehicle The Parktronic system is operational when yellow readiness indicators 3 are illuminated The position of the gear selector lever determines which warning indicators will be activated Gear selector lever position Warning indicator D Front area activated RorN Front and rear area activated P Neither activated As your vehicle approaches an object one or more segments will come on depending on the distance When the seventh seg ment illuminates you have reached the minimum distance Front area An intermittent acoustic warning will sound as the first red distance segment illuminates and a constant acoustic warning lasting a maximum of 2 seconds will sound for the second red distance segment The signal is canceled when the gear selec tor lever is placed in position P or the parking brake is activated Rear area An intermittent acoustic warning will sound as the first red distance segment illuminates and a constant acoustic warning lasting a maximum of 2 seconds will sound for the second red distance segment The signal is canceled when the gear selec tor lever is placed in position D P or the parking brake is activated Switching the Parktronic system on off The Parktronic system can be switched off manually The Parktronic switch is located in the low er part of the center console
97. inside of the fuel filler flap Press button or onthe mul gt tifunction steering wheel repeatedly until the standard display menu ap pears in the multifunction display gt page 145 Press the EAN or Keg button repeat edly until you see the current inflation pressures for each tire appear in the multifunction display or the following message appears in the multifunction display Tire pressure is only displayed after driving for a few minutes Press the reset button gt page 27 The following message will appear in the multifunction display Restart tire pressure monitor Cancel 165 Press the button The following message will appear in the multifunction display Tire Pressure Monitor Restarted After driving a few minutes the system verifies that the current tire inflation pressures are within the system s specified range Afterwards the current tire inflation pressures are accepted as reference pressures and then moni tored If you wish to cancel activation gt Press the EE button Potential problems associated with underinflated and overinflated tires Underinflated tires Underinflated tires can cause excessive and uneven tire wear adversely affect fuel economy lead to tire failure from being overheated adversely affect handling characteristics A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires
98. is installed on the outside of the vehicle The external antenna must be approved by Mercedes Benz Please contact an autho rized Mercedes Benz Center for informa tion on the installation of an approved external antenna Refer to the radio trans mitter operation instructions regarding use of an external antenna Controls in detail Warning Please do not forget that your primary re sponsibility is to drive the vehicle A driver s attention to the road must always be his her primary focus when driving For your safety and the safety of others we rec ommend that you pull over to a safe location and stop before placing or taking a tele phone call If you choose to use the telephone while driving please use the hands free device and only use the telephone when road weather and traffic conditions permit Some jurisdictions prohibit the driver from using a mobile telephone while driving a vehicle Only operate the COMAND Cockpit Man agement and Data System if road weather and traffic conditions permit Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of 44 feet approximate ly 14 m every second Observe all legal requirements Useful features When the mobile phone is inserted in the cradle you can operate the telephone us ing the following devices mobile phone keypad e COMAND see separate operating in structions e buttons and on
99. lamp Low beam headlamp indicator lamp de pending on vehicle production date High beam headlamp indicator lamp 9 Main odometer with e Selector lever position e Program mode Clock with Brake warning lamp USA only Brake warning lamp Canada only Page 353 344 59 130 51 1795 197 347 347 Instrument cluster Item engine Engine malfunction in dicator lamp USA only Engine malfunction indicator lamp Cana da only Combination low tire pressure TPMS mal function telltale USA only Low tire pressure telltale Canada only QD Fuel display with WW Fuel tank reserve warning lamp 2 Reset button for Resetting trip odometer Adjusting instrument cluster illumination Confirming new time settings Page 348 348 354 354 351 137 136 157 At a glance Multifunction steering wheel Item Page Multifunction display in 139 speedometer Operating control system 140 2 Selecting the submenu or setting the volume Press button up to increase E down to decrease 3 Telephone Press button to take a call to dial to redial to end a call to reject an incoming call Item 4 Menu systems Press button for next menu for previous menu Moving within a menu Press button Wag for next display B for previous display Page Vv Center console Upper part At a glance Item 4 zone
100. may be necessary to obtain expected braking ef fect Maintain a safe distance from vehicles in front Resting your foot on the brake pedal will cause excessive and premature wear of the brake pads It can also result in the brakes overheating thereby significantly reducing their effec tiveness It may not be possible to stop the vehicle in sufficient time to avoid an acci dent T Because the ESP operates automatically the engine and ignition must be shut off SmartKey in starter switch position 0 or 1 or KEYLESS GO start stop button in position 0 or 1 when testing the brakes on a brake test dy namometer and such testing should be no longer than 10 seconds Active braking action through ESP may other wise seriously damage the brake system which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited War ranty To help prevent brake disk corrosion after driving on wet road surfaces particularly salted roads it is advisable to brake the vehicle with considerable force prior to parking The heat generated serves to dry the brakes If your brake system is normally only sub jected to moderate loads you should occa sionally test the effectiveness of the brakes by applying above normal braking pressure at higher speeds This will also enhance the grip of the brake pads A Make sure not to endanger any other road users when carrying out these braking ma neuvers Warning Refer to the description of the Brake Assist
101. menu Use the Convenience submenu to activate the easy entry exit feature Activating easy entry exit feature Use this function to activate and deacti vate the easy entry exit feature gt page 45 Controls in detail Control system Warning A N You must make sure no one can become trapped or injured by the moving steering wheel when the easy entry exit feature is activated To stop steering wheel movement do one of the following e Move steering wheel adjustment stalk gt page 45 e Press one of the memory position but tons or the memory button M gt page 124 Do not leave children unattended in the ve hicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could open the driver s door and unintentionally activate the easy entry exit feature which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Move the selection marker with the or E button to the Convenience submenu Press button JA or Ref repeatedly until the message Easy entry Func tion appears in the multifunction dis play The selection marker is on the current setting Easy entry Function 4 OFF On 72 F 143 8 MI P54 32 4933 31 Press button or E to switch Easy entry Function On or Off Trip computer menu Use the trip computer menu to call up sta tistical data on your vehicle The following information is available Function Page Fuel consumption statistics 165 since start Fuel
102. must also meet all other fuel requirements such as resistance to spark knock boiling range vapor pressure etc Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Gasoline additives A major concern among engine manufac turers is carbon build up caused by gaso line Mercedes Benz recommends only the use of quality gasoline containing additives that prevent the build up of carbon depos its After an extended period of using fuels without such additives carbon deposits can build up especially on the intake valves and in the combustion area leading to engine performance problems such as e Warm up hesitation e Unstable idle e Knocking pinging e Misfire e Power loss In areas where carbon deposits may be encountered due to lack of availability of gasolines which contain these additives Mercedes Benz recommends the use of additives approved by us for use on Mercedes Benz vehicles Refer to Factory Approved Service Products pamphlet USA only or contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for a listing of ap proved product s Follow directions on product label Do not blend other fuel additives with fuel This only results in unnecessary costs and may be harmful to the engine operation T Damage or malfunction resulting from poor fuel quality or from blending additional fuel addi tives other than those tested and approved by us for use on Mercedes Benz vehicles listed in the Factory Approved Servi
103. off your shoul der In a frontal crash your body would move too far forward That would in crease the chance of head and neck in juries The seat belt would also apply too much force to the ribs or abdomen which could severely injure internal or gans such as your liver or spleen Never wear seat belts over rigid or breakable objects in or on your clothing such as eyeglasses pens SmartKeys etc as these might cause injuries Position the lap belt as low as possible on your hips and not across the abdo men If the seat belt is positioned across your abdomen it could cause serious in juries in a crash Never use a seat belt for more than one person at a time Do not fasten a seat belt around a person and another per son or other objects Seat belts should not be worn twisted In a crash you wouldn t have the full width of the seat belt to distribute im pact forces The twisted seat belt against your body could cause injuries Pregnant women should also always use a lap shoulder seat belt The lap belt portion should be positioned as low as possible on the hips to avoid any possi ble pressure on the abdomen Never place your feet on the instrument panel dashboard or on the seat Always keep both feet on the floor in front of the seat When using a seat belt to secure infant or toddler restraints or children in boost er seats always follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions When the engine is
104. on cup holder and press cup holder downward until it engages Controls in detail Cup holder in the rear center console j M gt 1 Cover gt Slide cover Q forward Removing cup holder i The cup holder can be removed for cleaning Clean the cup holder with clear lukewarm water Useful features C Cup holder 2 Locking pin gt Move pin in direction of arrow to un lock the cup holder gt With the cup holder unlocked take cup holder Q out upwards Reinstalling cup holder gt Insert cup holder gt Move pin 2 against direction of arrow to lock the cup holder Controls in detail Useful features Cup holder in the rear seat armrest Ashtrays Removing ashtray insert Center console ashtray Warning A N m Remove front ashtray only with vehicle standing still Set the parking brake to secure vehicle from movement Move gear selector lever to position N With gear selec tor lever in position N turn off the engine gt Briefly press the front of the rear arm Secure vehicle from movement by set ting the parking brake Move the gear rest S Ea A A Ba ted selector lever to position N The cup holder extends automatically Cover 2 Sliding button Now you have more room to take out the insert Opening ashtray gt Push sliding button 2 to the right and gt Briefly press the marking on the bot nol tom of cover Q gt Grip and rem
105. on longer downhill grades the automatic The current speed is set transmission will automatically downshift gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Cruise control is activated 1 Set current or higher m 2 Set current or lower speed 3 Cancel cruise control 4 Resume at last set speed The selected speed appears in the multi function display for approximately 5 seconds and the corresponding speed ometer segments from the selected speed to the vehicle maximum speed are illumi nated A The cruise control brakes automatically so that the set speed is not exceeded Warning Keep in mind that the cruise control is a con venience system designed to assist the driv er during vehicle operation The driver is and must always remain responsible for the ve hicle s speed and for safe brake operation Canceling cruise control There are several ways to cancel the cruise control gt Step on the brake pedal The cruise control is canceled The last speed set is stored for later use or gt Briefly push the cruise control lever in direction of arrow gt page 214 The cruise control is canceled The last speed set is stored for later use The last stored speed is canceled when you turn off the engine Controls in detail a The cruise control automatically switches off if e you step on the brake pedal e you depress the parking brake pedal In this case the segment
106. one time only basis An air bag or ETD that was activated must be replaced No modifications of any kind may be made to any components or wiring of the SRS This includes changing or re moving any component or part of the SRS the installation of additional trim material badges etc over the steering wheel hub front passenger front air bag cover outboard sides of the front seat backrests door trim panels or door frame trims and installation of addition al electrical electronic equipment on or near SRS components and wiring Keep area between air bags and occupants free from objects e g packages purs es umbrellas etc Do not pass seat belts over sharp edges They could tear Do not make any modification that could change the effectiveness of the seat belts Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide ade quate protection Do not hang items such as coat hangers from the coat hooks or handles over the door These items may turn into projec tiles and cause head and other injuries when the window curtain air bag is de ployed Never place your feet on the instrument panel dashboard or on the seat Always keep both feet on the floor in front of the seat Air bag system components will be hot after an air bag has inflated Do not touch In addition improper repair work on the SRS creates a risk of rendering the SRS inoperative or causing u
107. or close the tilt sliding sunroof using the SmartKey summer open ing convenience Closing feature gt page 208 Depending on current position the tilt sliding sunroof may also open or close when the air re circulation button in the automatic climate control gt page 191 or gt page 190 is pressed and held gt Switch on the ignition gt page 38 Power tilt sliding sunroof Opening and closing the power tilt sliding sunroof gt To open close raise or lower the tilt sliding sunroof move the sunroof switch to resistance point in the re quired direction of arrows to Release the sunroof switch when the tilt sliding sunroof has reached the desired position Controls in detail Power tilt sliding sunroof Fully opening Express open and clos ing Express close the power tilt slid ing sunroof gt To open or close the tilt sliding sun roof move the sunroof switch past the resistance point in direction of arrow 1 to 2 and release The tilt sliding sunroof opens or closes completely Stopping the power tilt sliding sunroof during Express operation gt Move the sunroof switch in any direc tion fthe movement of the tilt sliding sunroof is blocked during the closing procedure the tilt sliding sunroof will stop and reopen slightly Synchronizing the power tilt sliding The tilt sliding sunroof must be synchro nized after the battery has been disconnected or
108. period T Do not use any special lubricant additives as these may damage the drive assemblies Us ing special additives not approved by Mercedes Benz may cause damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty More information on this subject is available at any Mercedes Benz Center Operation Engine compartment Checking engine oil level When checking the oil level the vehicle must be parked on level ground with the engine at operating tempera ture the vehicle must have been sta tionary for at least 5 minutes with the engine turned off with the engine not at operating tem perature yet the vehicle must have been stationary for at least 5 minutes with the engine turned off C Oil dipstick 2 Upper max mark 3 Lower min mark To check the engine oil level with the oil dipstick do the following vv Yy Open the hood gt page 286 Pull out oil dipstick 4 Wipe oil dipstick clean Fully insert oil dipstick Q into the dipstick guide tube gt Pull out oil dipstick Q again after approximately 3 seconds to obtain ac curate reading The oil level is correct when it is be tween lower min mark 3 and upper max mark 2 of oil dipstick 4 CLS 550 only The filling quantity between the upper and lower marks on the oil dipstick is approximately 2 1 US gt 2 0 I CLS 63 AMG only The filling quantity between the upper and lower marks on the oil dipst
109. reinforced tire Light Load designates a light load tire C D E designates load range associated with the maximum load a tire can carry at a specified pressure DOT Tire Identification Number TIN U S tire regulations require each new tire manufacturer or tire retreader to mold a TIN into or onto a sidewall of each tire produced The TIN is a unique identifier which facili tates efforts by tire manufactures to notify purchasers in recall situations or other safety matters concerning tires and gives purchasers the means to easily identify such tires The TIN is comprised of Manufacturer s identification mark Tire size Tire type code and Date of manufacture 1 DOT 2 Manufacturer s identification mark 3 Tire size 4 Tire type code at the option of the tire manufacturer Date of manufacture a For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration DOT Department of Transportation A tire branding symbol C gt page 319 which denotes the tire meets require ments of the U S Department of Transpor tation Manufacturer s identification mark The manufacturer s identification mark 2 gt page 319 denotes the tire manufacturer New tires have a mark with two symbols Retreaded tires have a mark with four sym bols For more information on retreaded tires see gt pa
110. safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seat ing position Thus we strongly recommend that children be placed in the rear seats whenever possible Regardless of seating position children 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child The infant or child restraint must be properly secured with the vehicle s seat belt the seat belt and top tether strap or lower anchors and top tether strap fully in accordance with the child seat manufacturer s instructions Always sit as upright as possible properly use the seat belts and use an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child gt D b gt Safety and Security Occupant safety Children can be killed or seriously injured by an inflating air bag Note the following im portant information when circumstances require you to place a child in the front passenger seat e Your vehicle is equipped with air bag technology designed to turn off the front passenger front air bag in your vehicle when the OCS senses the weight of a typical 12 month old child or less along with the weight of a standard appropriate child restraint on the front passenger seat A child in a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger
111. should de termine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires Warning As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitor ing system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly underinflated Accord ingly when the low tire pressure telltale illu minates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significant ly underinflated tire causes the tire to over heat and can lead to tire failure Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehi cle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driv er s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if underinflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale fig Operating radio transmission equipment e g wireless headsets two way radios in or near the vehicle could cause the TPMS to mal function Tire inflation pressure warnings If the system detects a significant loss of tire inflation pressure in one or more than one tire a message appears in the multi function display Tire Pressure psi 2 5 CO 29 20 72 F 145 8 MI P54 32 5169 31 Example illustration The respective tire is indicated by a red rectangl
112. started the seat belt telltale will always illuminate for 6 seconds to remind you and your pas sengers to fasten your seat belts If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the engine is started an additional warning chime will also sound for a maxi mum of 6 seconds or until the driver s seat belt is fastened lf after these 6 seconds the driver s or the front passenger s seat belt with the front passenger seat occupied is not fastened with front doors closed e the seat belt telltale remains illu minated for as long as either the driv er s or front passenger s seat belt is not fastened e and if the vehicle speed once exceeds 15 mph 25 km h the seat belt telltale starts flashing and a warning chime sounds with increasing intensity for a maximum of 60 seconds or until the driver s and the front pas senger s seat belt are fastened If the driver s or the front passenger s seat belt remains unfastened after 60 seconds the warning chime stops sounding the seat belt telltale stops flashing but continues to be illu minated The seat belt telltale will only go out if both the driver s and front passenger s seat belt with the front passenger seat oc cupied are fastened or the vehicle is standing still and a front door is opened For more information see Practical hints gt page 351 Emergency Tensioning Device ETD seat belt force limiter The seat belts for the front
113. steering wheel rim Placing hands and arms in side the rim can increase the risk and potential severity of hand arm injury when driver front air bag inflates Adjust the front passenger seat as far as possible rearward from the dashboard when the seat is occupied e Occupants especially children should never place their bodies or lean their heads in the area of the door where the side impact air bag inflates This could result in serious injuries or death should the air bag be triggered Always sit as upright as possible properly use the seat belts and use an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child Failure to follow these instructions can result in severe injuries to you or other occupants If you sell your vehicle it is important that you make the buyer aware of this safety information Be sure to give the buyer this Operator s Manual Safety and Security Warning Accident research shows that the safest place for children in an automobile is in the rear seat It should be noted that with respect to both front and rear side impact air bags there is a possibility for a side impact air bag related injury if occupants especially children are not properly seated or restrained when next to a side impact air bag which needs to deploy rapidly in a side impact in order to do its job To help avoid the possibility of injury please
114. stop to secure the Minispare wheel BE Always lower trunk floor before closing the trunk Practical hints Where will I find 1 Vehicle tool kit 2 Collapsible tire 3 Electric air pump 4 Storage well casing Removing the collapsible tire gt Remove storage well casing that con tains the vehicle tool kit and the elec tric air pump 1 Collapsible tire 2 Tensioning strap vehicles with 19 collapsible tire only 3 Retaining screw 4 Storage well casing base Tensioning strap vehicles with 19 collapsible tire only Remove storage well casing base 4 gt Remove retaining screw by turning it counterclockwise gt Remove collapsible tire Storing the collapsible tire after use If you wish to store the collapsible tire after use carry out the following steps Other wise the collapsible tire may not fit the spare wheel well T Make sure the collapsible tire is dry before storing it gt Unscrew the valve cap from the valve of the collapsible tire gt Take the valve extractor from the vehicle tool kit gt page 395 gt Unscrew the valve insert from the valve and allow the air to escape it may take a few minutes for the collapsible tire to deflate completely gt Screw the valve insert back into the valve gt Screw the valve cap back onto the valve 1i Vehicles with 19 collapsible tire only Be fore storing the collapsible tire i
115. stream will cool down the brakes faster Operation Driving instructions High performance brake system CLS 63 AMG only The high performance brake system is de signed to operate under the extremely high operating demands required to accommo date the performance capabilities of the vehicle The brakes may produce a squeak ing type noise depending on the e vehicle speed e brake force applied e ambient conditions e g temperature and humidity As with any brake system the wear of indi vidual brake system Components such as brake pads or disks strongly depends on your driving style and the conditions under which you operate the vehicle Thus a driv ing style calling for high demand braking will cause your vehicle s brakes to wear more quickly Warning A N New vehicle brake pads and discs and replacement brake pads and discs may take several hundred miles of driving until they provide optimum braking efficiency Until that time you may need to use increased brake pedal pressure while braking Please be aware of this and adjust your driving and braking accordingly during this break in period Excessive high demand braking will cause correspondingly high brake wear Please be attentive to the brake warning lamp in the instrument cluster and brake condition mes sages in the multifunction display Especial ly for high performance driving it is important to maintain and have the brake system checked r
116. switch e Press button or on the SmartKey In vehicles with KEYLESS GO e Pull an outside door handle The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be within 3 ft 1 m of the vehicle e Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 39 The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be in side the vehicle Controls in detail Valet locking i To deny any unauthorized person access to the trunk e g when you valet park the vehicle lock it separately with the mechanical key Leave only the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO less its mechanical key with the vehicle Ta P80 20 2910 31 1 Neutral position 2 Locked gt Locking and unlocking Close the trunk gt page 111 Remove the mechanical key from the SmartKey gt page 398 Insert the mechanical key in the trunk lid lock Turn the mechanical key clockwise to position 2 to lock the trunk The trunk remains locked even when the vehicle is centrally unlocked i You can only cancel the separate trunk lock ing mode by means of the mechanical key gt Insert the mechanical key in the trunk lid lock Turn the mechanical key counterclock wise to neutral position 1 to unlock the trunk You can now open the trunk gt page 109 Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Automatic central locking Locking and unlocking from the inside The doors and the trunk automatically lock when the ignition is switched on and the W
117. the particular rim type Failure to do so can re sult in the bolts loosening and possibly an accident Retreaded tires are not tested or recom mended by Mercedes Benz since previous damage cannot always be recognized on re treads The operating safety of the vehicle cannot be assured when such tires are used Important guidelines e Only use sets of tires and rims of the same type and make e Tires must be of the correct size for the rim Tires and wheels Break in new tires for approximately 60 miles 100 km at moderate speeds Regularly check the tires and rims for damage Dented or bent rims can cause tire inflation pressure loss and damage to the tire beads If vehicle is heavily loaded check tire inflation pressure and correct as re quired Do not allow your tires to wear down too far Adhesion properties on wet roads are sharply reduced at tread depths of less than in 3 mm The wheels on the front and rear axles are different For this reason pay at tention to the markings on the inside of the wheel rims Wheels marked REAR AXLE ONLY on the inside of the rim may only be fitted on the rear axle When replacing individual tires you should mount new tires on the front wheels first on vehicles with same sized wheels all around Operation Tires and wheels Tire care and maintenance A Regularly check the tires for damage Dam aged tires can cause tire inflation pressur
118. the Tire and Loading Informa tion placard on the driver s door B pillar also consult the tire inflation pressure la bel if available on the fuel filler flap for any additional information pertaining to special driving situations For more infor mation see Important notes on tire infla tion pressure gt page 302 Data shown on Tire and Loading Information placard example are for illustration purposes only Tire data are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in the illustration be low Refer to Tire and Loading Information plac ard on vehicle for actual data specific to your vehicle Operation Tires and wheels TIRE AND LOAI SEEOWNER S busi Front pissyrone zooxes zoesi YOOTE Sa REAR P195 70R14 200KPA 29PS ADDITIONAL SEES EEE n re Gee 70 INFORMATION JE P40 00 2064 31 1 Tire and Loading Information placard with recommended cold tire inflation pressures The Tire and Loading Information placard lists the recommended cold tire inflation pressures for maximum loaded vehicle weight The tire inflation pressures listed apply to the tires installed as original equipment Important notes on tire inflation pressure A Warning If the tire inflation pressure drops repeatedly e Check the tires for punctures from foreign objects e Check to see whether air is leaking from the valves or from around the rim Tire temperature and tire inflati
119. the engine is started A Let the system complete the adjustment procedure before setting the vehicle in mo tion All steering wheel adjustment must be completed before setting the vehicle in mo tion Driving off with the steering wheel still adjusting could cause the driver to lose con trol of the vehicle Warning Mirrors Adjust the interior and exterior rear view mirrors before driving so that you have a good view of the road and traffic condi tions Interior rear view mirror gt Manually adjust the interior rear view mirror For more information see Rear view mir rors gt page 183 Exterior rear view mirrors A Warning Exercise care when using the passen ger side exterior rear view mirror The mirror surface is convex outwardly curved surface for a wider field of view Objects in mirror are closer than they appear Check your interior rear view mirror or glance over your shoulder before changing lanes Getting started The buttons are located on the drivers door AA N E 1 Passenger side exterior rear view mir ror button 2 Adjustment button 3 Driver s side exterior rear view mirror button gt Switch on the ignition gt page 38 Press button 3 for the driver s side exterior rear view mirror or button Q for the passenger side exterior rear view mirror gt Push adjustment button 2 up down left or right according to the desired setting A
120. the high beam headlamps The high beam flasher is available at all times For nighttime driving you should turn the exterior lamp switch to position or W to permit activation of the high beam headlamps When the engine Is running and you turn the exterior lamp switch to position or E the manual headlamp mode has priority over the daytime running lamp mode The corresponding exterior lamps switch on gt page 126 Locator lighting and night security illumination Locator lighting and night security illumi nation are described in the Control sys tem section see Setting locator lighting gt page 160 and Setting night security il lumination Headlamps delayed shut off gt page 161 Fog lamps A In low ambient lighting or foggy conditions only switch from position R to with the vehicle at a standstill in a safe location Switching from EGY to will briefly switch off the headlamps Doing so while driving in low ambient lighting conditions may result in an accident Warning Controls in detail hig Fog lamps will operate with the parking lamps and or the low beam headlamps on Fog lamps should only be used in conjunction with low beam headlamps Consult your State or Province Motor Vehicle Regulations regarding permissible lamp operation lt p Fog lamps cannot be switched on with the exterior lamp switch in position To switch on the fog lamps turn the exterior lamp switch
121. the multi function steering wheel e Voice Control see separate operating instructions See also separate operating manual for in structions on how to use the mobile phone Gp Various mobile phone cradles can be in stalled in the cockpit These mobile phone cra dles can be obtained from an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The functions and services available to you while using the mobile phone depend on your service provider and the type of mobile phone you are using Controls in detail Useful features The cradle is located in the center armrest gt Open the telephone compartment un der center armrest gt page 243 Inserting mobile phone in mobile phone cradle Once the mobile phone has been inserted in the mobile phone cradle calls can only be made via the Voice Control T Do not try to remove the mobile phone along with the cradle You could otherwise damage the mobile phone cradle gt If applicable remove the cover for the external antenna connection from the back of the mobile phone and store it in a safe place Be sure to comply with the mobile phone s operating instructions as well P82 70 5734 31 Example illustration C Insert the mobile phone 2 Connector contact 3 Mobile phone cradle gt Slide the lower end of the mobile phone into connector contact 2 on cradle 8 gt Push the top of the mobile phone in di rection of arrow Q until the lug on the m
122. this in mind when checking tire inflation pressure where the temperature is different from the outside temperature Operation Checking tire inflation pressure Regularly check your tire inflation pressure at least once a month Check and adjust the tire inflation pressure when the tires are cold The tires can be considered cold if the vehicle has been parked for at least 3 hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km If you check the tire inflation pressure when the tires are warm the vehicle has been driven for several miles or sitting less than 3 hours the reading will be approximately 4 psi 0 3 bar higher than the cold reading This is normal Do not let air out to match the specified cold tire inflation pressure Otherwise the tire will be underinflated Tires and wheels A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being over heated Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified total load limit as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the drive
123. to brake and steer the ve hicle Warning A N If you have selected the Comfort suspension tuning gt page 230 the vehicle lowers slightly when it is locked You should there fore make sure that no one is standing near the wheel arches or lying underneath the ve hicle when it is being locked Otherwise personal injury could result Getting started Warning A N Do not park this vehicle in areas where com bustible materials such as grass hay or leaves can come into contact with the hot exhaust system as these materials could be ignited and cause a vehicle fire To reduce the risk of personal injury or damage to the vehicle drivetrain as a result of vehicle movement before turning off the engine and leaving the vehicle always e Keep right foot on brake pedal e Firmly depress parking brake pedal e Move the gear selector lever to position P e Slowly release brake pedal e When parked on an incline turn front wheel towards the road curb e Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 0 and remove the SmartKey from the starter switch or press KEYLESS GO start stop button Parking and locking e Take the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you and lock vehicle when leaving T If you have selected the Comfort suspen sion tuning page 230 the vehicle lowers slightly when you lock it within approximately 60 seconds after switching off the engine When parking make sure tha
124. to position first Front fog lamps gt Switch on the low beam headlamps gt page 55 gt Pull out exterior lamp switch to first stop The front fog lamps switch on The green indicator lamp in the exterior lamp switch comes on gt page 126 gt Lighting Push in the exterior lamp switch The front fog lamps are switched off The green indicator lamp in the exterior lamp switch goes out Rear fog lamp driver s side only gt Switch on the low beam headlamps gt page 55 Pull out exterior lamp switch to second stop The front fog lamps and the rear fog lamp switch on The yellow indicator lamp in the exterior lamp switch comes on gt page 126 Push in the exterior lamp switch to first stop The rear fog lamp is switched off The yellow indicator lamp in the exterior lamp switch goes out The front fog lamps remain lit Controls in detail Lighting Combination switch Combination switch C High beam 2 High beam flasher High beam gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position gt page 126 gt Push the combination switch in direc tion of arrow Q to switch on the high beam The high beam headlamp indicator lamp E in the instrument cluster comes on gt page 26 gt Pull the combination switch in direction of arrow 2 to its original position to switch off the high beam The high beam headlamp indicator lamp E in the instrument clus
125. upwards gt Refill the reservoir with MB Windshield Washer Concentrate MB SummerFit and water or commercially available premixed washer solvent antifreeze depending on ambient temperatures BE Always use washer solvent antifreeze where temperatures may fall below freezing point Failure to do so could result in damage to the washer system reservolr BE Only use washer fluid which is suitable for plastic lenses Improper washer fluid can dam age the plastic lenses of the headlamps For more information see Windshield and headlamp washer fluid mixing ratio gt page 455 Vv Tires and wheels Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for information on tested and rec ommended rims and tires for summer and winter operation They can also offer ad vice concerning tire service and purchase Warning A N Replace rims or tires with the same designa tion manufacturer and type as shown on the original part See an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for further informa tion If incorrectly sized rims and tires are mounted e The wheel brakes or suspension compo nents can be damaged e The correct operating clearance of the wheels and the tires are no longer guar anteed Operation Warning A N Worn old tires can cause accidents If the tire tread is badly worn or if the tires have sustained damage replace them When replacing rims only use genuine Mercedes Benz wheel bolts specified for
126. vehicle jack is located in the storage compartment underneath the trunk floor Warning AN The jack is designed exclusively for jacking up the vehicle at the jack take up brackets built into both sides of the vehicle To help avoid personal injury use the jack only to lift the vehicle during a wheel change Never get beneath the vehicle while it is supported by the jack Keep hands and feet away from the area under the lifted vehicle Always firmly set parking brake and block wheels P40 10 3885 31 Operational position P40 10 3960 31 py Turn crank handle clockwise Storage position Before storing the vehicle jack in its com before raising vehicle with jack gt Remove vehicle jack from its partment Do not disengage parking brake while the compare e It should be fully collapsed vehicle is raised Be certain that the jack is gt Turncrank handle in direction of arrow always vertical plumb line when in use es as far as it will go e The handle must be folded in storage pecially on hills Always try to use the jack position ona level surface Make sure the jack arm is fully seated in the jack take up bracket Always lower the vehicle onto sufficient capacity jackstands before working under the vehicle Practical hints Where will I find Setting up the collapsible wheel chock Tilt both plates upward Q gt Turn fastening clips G to the left up The collapsible wheel chock serves to
127. vehicle or in the trunk The vehicle is only locked when the turn signals flash three times If you are carrying a second SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you you can still lock the vehicle Controls in detail Closing trunk from the outside manually 1 Handles gt Lower trunk lid by pulling firmly on handles Q Close trunk with hands placed flat on trunk lid Locking and unlocking Warning A N To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the trunk opening when closing the trunk Be espe cially careful when small children are around When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised ac cess to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Closing the trunk from the inside If the trunk lid comes into contact with an automatically object while closing e g luggage that has been piled too high in the upper motion sequence the A closing procedure is stopped and the trunk re Warning opens slightly In vehicles with trunk opening closing sys tem you can close the trunk from the in side using the remote trunk opening closing switch Maintain sight of trunk area while operating
128. way to achieve the maximum effectiveness of the ABS and ESP in winter operation For safe handling make sure that all mounted winter tires are of the same make and have the same tread design A Winter tires with a tread depth of less than 1 in 4 mm must be replaced They are no longer suitable for winter operation Warning Always observe the speed rating of the winter tires installed on your vehicle If the maximum speed for which your tires are rated is below the speed rating of your ve hicle you must place a notice to this effect where it will be seen by the driver Such notices are available at your tire dealer or any authorized Mercedes Benz Center A If you use your spare tire when winter tires are fitted on the other wheels be aware that the difference in tire characteristics may very well impair turning stability and that overall driving stability may be reduced Adapt your driving style accordingly Warning Have the spare tire replaced with a winter tire at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Block heater Canada only The engine is equipped with a block heater The electrical cable may be installed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Operation Snow chains i When driving with snow chains always se lect the raised level of the level control system Airmatic gt page 230 Other settings may result in damage to your vehicle T Some tire sizes do not leave adequate c
129. wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated Operation Overinflated tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling characteristics cause uneven tire wear be more prone to damage from road hazards adversely affect ride comfort increase stopping distance A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Tires and wheels MOExtended system The MOExtended system allows you to continue driving your vehicle even if there is a total loss of pressure in one or more tires You may only use the MOExtended system in conjunction with the Run Flat Indicator Canada only gt page 304 or the TPMS USA only gt page 306 or the Advanced TPMS Canada only gt page 309 For information on driving in case of pres sure loss in one or more tires emergency mode see the Practical hints section gt page 419 Operation Tires and wheels Tire labeling Besides tire name sales designation and manufacturer name a number of markings can be found on a tire Following are some explanations for the markings on your v
130. wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly Practical hints What to do if Lamp in center console Problem Possible cause consequence Suggested solution X The system is malfunctioning gt Have the system checked as soon as The indicator lamp illuminates and remains Pa ai Se illuminated with the weight of a typical adult BAS aaa or someone larger than a small individual on gt Read and observe messages in the the front passenger seat multifunction display and follow cor rective steps gt page 358 Warning A N If the indicator lamp illuminates and remains illuminated with the weight of a typical adult or someone larger than a small individual on the front passen ger seat do not have any passenger use the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired Practical hints What to do if Problem Possible cause consequence Suggested solution X The system is malfunctioning gt Make sure that there is nothing between seat cush The indicator lamp does not illuminate and or does not remain illuminated with the weight of a typical 12 month old child in a standard child restraint or less on the front passenger seat Warning A N If the indicator lamp does not illuminate or remains out with the weight of a typical 12 month old child ion and child seat and check installation of the child seat gt Make sure that no objects applying supplemental weight onto the seat are p
131. window encounters an obstruction that blocks its path in a circumstance where you are closing the window by pulling and holding the switch by pressing and holding button on the SmartKey by pressing and holding the lock button vehicles with KEYLESS GO on an outside door handle the automatic reversal function will not op erate When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised ac cess to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Controls in detail Power windows You can also open or close the windows us ing the SmartKey see Summer opening fea ture gt page 208 and Convenience closing feature gt page 208 Depending on current position the windows may also open or close when the air recirculation button in the automatic climate control gt page 191 or gt page 190 is pressed and held d Operating the windows from the rear is not possible if you activate the override switch gt page 87 With the SmartKey in starter switch position 0 or removed from the starter switch the power windows can be operated e until you open the driver s or front passen ger s door e for at least 5 minutes if no door was opened gt Switch on the ignitio
132. 1 800 387 0100 Introduction Operator s Manual Operating your vehicle outside the USA Certain Mercedes Benz models are avail or Canada able for delivery in Europe under our Euro pean Delivery Program For details consult If you plan to operate your vehicle in for an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or eign countries please be aware that write to e service facilities or replacement parts In the USA may not be readily available Mercedes Benz USA LLC e unleaded gasoline for vehicles with cat European Delivery Department alytic converters may not be available One Mercedes Drive the use of leaded fuels will damage the Montvale NJ 07645 0350 catalysts y In Canada e gasoline may have a considerably low er octane rating and improper fuel can cause engine damage Mercedes Benz Canada Inc European Delivery Department 98 Vanderhoof Avenue Toronto Ontario M4G 4C9 Introduction Where to find it This Operator s Manual is designed to pro vide comprehensive support information for you the vehicle operator Each section has its own reference color eee At a glance Here you will find an overview of your vehi cle s interior and exterior main features BEE Getting started Here you will find all the information you need for your first drive You should read this section first if this is your first Mercedes Benz vehicle or if you are rent ing or borrowing this vehicle EEEE
133. 12 V 100 Ah Bosch F8 DPP 332U NGK PFR 5R 11 0 039 in 1 00 mm 18 5 22 lb ft 25 30 Nm Vv Main dimensions and weights Main dimensions Model Overall vehicle length Overall vehicle width exterior rear view mirrors folded out Overall vehicle height Wheelbase Track front Track rear Weights Roof load max 220 Ib 100 kg Trunk load max 220 Ib 100 kg CLS 550 193 3 in 4910 mm 81 1 in 2059 mm 55 7 in 1414 mm 112 4 in 2854 mm 62 5 in 1587 mm 61 8 in 1570 mm Technical data Main dimensions and weights CLS 63 AMG 193 5 in 4915 mm 81 1 in 2059 mm 54 5 in 1389 mm 112 4 in 2854 mm 63 in 1599 mm 62 3 in 1583 mm Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Capacities Warning A For health reasons you should prevent ser vice fluids from coming into direct contact Vehicle components and their respective l i with your skin or clothing lubricants must match Therefore only use Comply with all valid regulations with re products tested and approved by spect to handling storing and disposing of If a service fluid is swallowed contact a phy Mercedes Benz service fluids Otherwise you could endan sician immediately er persons or the environment Please refer to the Factory Approved aes Service Products pamphlet USA only or Keep service fluids out of the reach of chil inquire at an authorized Mercedes Benz dren Center Model C
134. 5 Lap analysis 148 Overall analysis 148 RACETIMER 146 Vehicle supply voltage 146 Anticorrosion antifreeze 454 Antilock Brake System see ABS Anti theft systems 97 Anti theft alarm system 97 Immobilizer 97 Aquaplaning see Hydroplaning Ashtrays 248 Aspect ratio 323 AUDIO menu 148 Audio search function 163 Audio system CD mode 149 Selecting radio station 149 Selecting satellite radio station 149 Auto dimming Rear view mirrors 183 Automatic central locking Control system 163 Automatic climate control 4 zone 188 Air recirculation mode 198 Deactivating 193 Rear window defroster 186 Setting the temperature 195 Automatic headlamp mode 127 Automatic lighting control Interior lighting 133 Automatic locking when driving 163 Automatic shift program 175 Automatic transmission Accelerator position 173 Automatic shift program 175 Emergency operation limp home mode 182 Gearranges 174 Gear selector lever 169 Gear selector lever control one touch gearshifting 176 Gear selector lever positions 171 Gear shifting malfunctions 182 Kickdown 173 Kickdown manual shift program CLS 63 AMG 181 Manual shift program CLS 63 AMG 179 Program mode selector switch 175 Shifting procedure 170 Starting the engine 51 Steering wheel gearshift control one touch gearshifting 177 Auxiliary bulbs 404 Messages in display 383 B Backrest Seat 42 Seat multicontour 120 Backup lamps see Reverse lamps Bar 324 BAS 90 B
135. A A Risk of explosion Fire open flames and smoking are prohibited when handling batteries Avoid creating sparks Battery acid is caustic Do not allow it to come into contact with skin eyes or clothing Wear suitable protective cloth ing especially gloves apron and faceguard Engine compartment Wear eye protection Rinse any acid spills immediate ly with clear water Contact a physician if necessary Sy Keep children away Follow the instructions in this Operator s Manual Batteries contain materials that can harm the environment if disposed of improperly Recycling of batteries is the preferred method of disposal Many states require sellers of batteries to accept old batteries for recycling Operation Engine compartment Washer system and headlamp cleaning system The washer reservoir is located in the en gine compartment 1 Cap for washer reservoir Fluid for the washer system and the head lamp cleaning system is supplied from the washer reservoir It has a capacity of ap proximately 6 9 US qt 6 5 I During all seasons add MB Windshield Washer Concentrate MB SummerFit to water Premix the washer fluid in a suitable container A Washer solvent antifreeze is highly flamma ble Do not spill washer solvent antifreeze on hot engine parts because it may ignite and burn You could be seriously burned Warning gt Use the tab to pull cap G
136. A only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment i Canada only This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment a You can also open and close the windows and tilt sliding sunroof using the SmartKey gt page 208 Locking and unlocking T If you can no longer lock or unlock the vehi cle with the SmartKey then the batteries in the SmartKey are discharged the SmartKey is mal functioning or the vehicle battery is drained e Check the batteries in the SmartKey gt page 103 and replace them if necessary gt page 402 e Use the mechanical key to unlock the driv er s door gt page 398 and the trunk gt page 399 e Have the vehicle battery checked by an au thorized Mercedes Benz Center If the SmartKey is malfunctioning
137. Activating gt Press button 14 gt page 190 MAX COOL appears in display gt page 190 The air conditioning switches automatically to the following functions maximum cooling maximum blowing power the air recirculation mode is switched on Deactivating gt Press button 14 gt page 190 again MAX COOL disappears in display gt page 190 The previous settings are once again in effect a To switch the maximum cooling function off you can also press button Bid BGS Kj or gt page 190 Air recirculation mode Switch to air recirculation mode to prevent unpleasant odors from entering the vehicle from the outside e g before driving through a tunnel This setting cuts off the intake of outside air and recirculates the air in the passenger compartment Warning A N Fogged windows impair visibility endanger ing you and others If the windows begin to fog on the inside switching off the air recirculation mode immediately should clear interior window fogging If interior window fogging persists make sure the air conditioning gt page 201 is activated or press button K Activating gt Press button gt page 190 or gt page 191 The indicator lamp on the button comes on a The air recirculation mode is activated auto matically at high outside temperatures and if the concentration of carbon monoxide CO and ni trogen oxide in the outside air increases for ex
138. Air distribution driver s side Front window defroster Temperature rocker switch driver s side Display Temperature rocker switch passenger side Rear window defroster MAX con 8 AUTO 72 OFF RET So Air distribution passenger side Air distribution and air volume pas senger side automatic manual AC cooling on off Rear air conditioning remote control Increasing air volume 0000 Pa3 40 3792 31 Climate control on off Decreasing air volume MAX COOL on off Air recirculation Air distribution and air volume driv er s side automatic manual Controls in detail 4 zone automatic climate control AUTO 22c REST 9 amp 8 OFF So alld PBg 40 3791 31 Canada only Q Air distribution driver s side Air distribution passenger side 2 Climate control on off 2 Front window defroster Air distribution and air volume pas 3 Decreasing air volume Temperature rocker switch driver s senger side automatic manual Residual heat ventilation side AC cooling on off 15 Air recirculation 4 Display Rear air conditioning remote control Air distribution and air volume driv Temperature rocker switch QD Increasing air volume er s side automatic manual passenger side Rear window defroster Controls in detail 4 zone automatic climate control A When operating the climate control the air that ent
139. Automatic belt tensioner Air conditioning compressor Power steering pump 6 Crankshaft 6 Air conditioning compressor 7 Coolant pump 7 Crankshaft Generator alternator Coolant pump 9 Generator alternator Technical data Engine Vv Engine Model CLS 550 219 372 CLS 63 AMG 219 377 Engine 273 156 Mode of operation 4 stroke engine gasoline injection 4 stroke engine gasoline injection No of cylinders 8 8 Bore 3 86 in 98 00 mm 4 02 in 102 20 mm Stroke 3 56 in 90 50 mm 3 72 in 94 60 mm Total piston displacement 333 3 cu in 5461 cm 378 8 cu in 6208 cm Compression ratio 10 7 1 hse Output acc to SAE J 1349 382 hp 6000 rom 507 hp 6800 rpm 285 kW 6000 rpm 378 kW 6800 rpm Maximum torque acc to SAE J 1349 391 Ib ft 2800 rpm 4800 rom 465 b ft 5 200 rom 530 Nm 2800 rpm 4800 rpm 630 Nm 5 200 rpm Maximum engine speed 6500 rpm 7200 rpm Firing order 1 5 4 2 6 3 7 8 1 5 4 2 6 3 7 8 Poly V belt 2404 mm 2360 mm The quoted data apply only to the standard vehicle Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for the corresponding data of all special bodies and special equip ment 2 Premium fuel required Performance may vary with fuel octane rating Technical data Rims and tires BE Only use tires which have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz Tires approved by Mercedes Benz are developed to provide best possible performance in conjunction with the driving safety systems on your
140. Bi See er a 18 is Order No 6515 1429 13 Part No 219 584 98 81 USA Edition A 2008 CLS Class Operator s Manual CLS Class 2 Mercedes Benz CLS 550 CLS 63 AMG Our company and staff congratulate you on the purchase of your new Mercedes Benz Your selection of our product is a demon stration of your trust in our company name Furthermore it exemplifies your desire to own an automobile that will be as easy as possible to operate and provide years of service Your Mercedes Benz represents the ef forts of many skilled engineers and crafts men To help assure your driving pleasure and also the safety of you and your passen gers we ask you to make a small invest ment of time e Please read this manual carefully then return it to your vehicle where it will be handy for your reference e Please follow the recommendations contained in this manual They are de signed to acquaint you with the opera tion of your Mercedes Benz e Please pay attention to the warnings and cautions contained in this manual They are designed to help improve the safety of the vehicle operator and oc cupants We extend our best wishes for many miles of safe pleasurable driving Mercedes Benz USA LLC A DaimlerChrysler Company Introduction ccceceececesceceececees 9 Product information eccscescecesceees 9 Operators Manual ccccccseecceeeeees 10 Service and warranty information
141. Center established then the Tele Aid system could not initiate an Information call e g the relevant cel lular phone network is not available The mes sage Call Failed appears in the multifunction display Information calls can be terminated using the button on the multifunction steering wheel or the END Button on the COMAND Sys tem T If the indicator lamps do not start flashing after pressing one of the buttons or remain illu minated in red at any time the Tele Aid system has detected a malfunction or the service is not currently active and may not initiate a call Con tact your authorized Mercedes Benz Center and have the system checked or contact the Re sponse Center at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA or 1 888 923 8367 in Canada as soon as pos sible Controls in detail Call priority If other service calls such as a Roadside Assistance call or Information call are active an Emergency call is still possible In this case the Emergency call will take priority and override all other active calls i The indicator lamp in the respective button flashes until the call is concluded Emergency calls can only be terminated by a Response Cen ter or Customer Assistance Center representa tive whereas Roadside Assistance and Information calls can also be terminated by pressing button on the multifunction steer ing wheel or using the END button on the COMAND System BE if the indicator lamp continues to flash or th
142. DAIMLERCHRYSLER AG KG MADE IN GERMANY GVWR PNBV 2390 a 09 05 E GAWR PWEF AV 1200 ree PC VT om GAWR SE R AR 1230 pans cone WDBSK7 elidel 1000 WDBSK 9F 17F 113822 C775 NET P00 01 3134 31 P00 01 3271 31 1 Certification label includes Paintwork Example certification label U S vehicles Example certification label code VIN Canada vehicles The Vehicle Identification Number VIN 3 Paintwork code o ah asa can be found in the following locations Paintwork code e onthe certification label Data shown on certification label are for il lustration purposes only These data are specific e embossed underneath a cover in the to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in center armrest the illustration Refer to certification label on ve hicle for actual data specific to your vehicle e onthe lower edge of the windshield Technical data Identification labels 0 When ordering parts please specify vehicle identification and engine numbers 3 Emission control information label in cludes both federal and California cer tification exhaust emission standards 4 VIN lower edge of windshield Engine number engraved on engine Technical data Layout of poly V belt drive CLS 550 CLS 63 AMG P13 22 2096 31 P13 22 2132 31 1 Idler pulley 1 Idler pulley 2 Idler pulley 2 Idler pulley 3 Automatic belt tensioner 3 Idler pulley 4 Power steering pump 4
143. Distronic system is operated by means of the cruise control lever The cruise control lever is the uppermost lever on the left hand side of the steering column 1 Set current or higher speed 2 Set current or lower speed 3 Deactivate Distronic 4 Resume at last set speed Activating Distronic You can activate Distronic if e you are driving between 20 mph 30 km h and 110 mph 180 km h e the ESP is activated gt page 92 If Distronic has not been activated after pressing the cruise control lever you will see the message in the multifunction display In the following cases you cannot activate Distronic e upto 2 minutes after starting the engine e when you brake e if you have set the parking brake e if the gear selector lever is in position P Ror N e if the ESP is switched off Setting the current speed gt Accelerate or decelerate to the desired speed gt Briefly lift or depress the cruise control lever Distronic is activated and the current speed is set gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal i If you do not take your foot off the accelerator completely the following message will appear in the multifunction display DISTRONIC Override The distance to a slower moving vehicles in front of you will not be set Your vehicle speed will then be determined only by the accelerator ped al position Controls in detail Setting a higher speed Warning A N
144. Fuel e Coolant e Brake fluid e Bird droppings e Insects e Tree resins etc Frequent washing reduces and or elimi nates the aggressiveness and potency of the above adverse influences Vehicle care More frequent washings are necessary to deal with unfavorable conditions e near the ocean e in industrial areas smoke exhaust emissions e during winter operation You should check your vehicle from time to time for stone chipping or other damage Any damage should be repaired as soon as possible to prevent corrosion In doing so do not neglect the underbody of the vehicle A prerequisite for a thor ough check is a washing of the underbody followed by a thorough inspection Dam aged areas need to be re undercoated Operation Vehicle care Your vehicle has been treated at the facto ry with a wax base rustproofing in the body cavities which will last for the lifetime of the vehicle Post production treatment is neither necessary nor recommended by Mercedes Benz because of the possibility of incompatibility between materials used in the production process and others ap plied later We have selected car care products and compiled recommendations which are specially matched to our vehicles and which always reflect the latest technology You can obtain Mercedes Benz approved car care products at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Scratches corrosive deposits corrosion or damage due to negligent or incorrec
145. ISTRONIC Off message appears in the multifunction display for approximately 5 seconds set speed could cause an accident and or serious injury to you and others Ge The following message will appear in the gt Briefly tip the cruise control lever in di multifunction display for approximately rection of arrow gt page 222 5 seconds DISTRONIC Off The last stored speed is deleted when you turn Warning A N Distronic is activated and set to the last off the engine stored speed Distronic switches off and releases the gt Remove your foot from the accelerator brakes when the vehicle decelerates below pedal the minimum speed of approximately 20 mph 30 km h by operation of the system At that time the driver must apply the brakes in order to reduce vehicle speed further or bring it to a stop Controls in detail Driving systems Setting the following distance in Distronic You can set the specified following dis tance for Distronic by varying the time set ting between 1 0 and 2 0 seconds Using this time setting and the current speed of your vehicle Distronic calculates and sets the required following distance to the vehi cle ahead The set distance will be shown in the multifunction display field The thumbwheel for making the time set ting is located on the lower section of the center console A It is up to the driver to exercise discretion to select the appropriate setting given road conditions traff
146. LS 550 with Bi Xenon headlamps only 130 Hazard warning flasher 132 Interior lighting in the front 130 Interior lighting in the rear 134 Door entry lamps ccceeeeeees 135 Trunk VENT a caccesnenseceshbesdencesabeseees 135 Instrument cluster ce ceeeeeeeeee eens 136 Adjusting instrument cluster MTU ATION sessaesceseesudererwaresrbarastic 136 Coolant temperature indicator 137 Resetting trip odometer 137 TaChomete ccccsssssseeceeeeseees 138 Outside temperature indicator 138 Control system ccccesseeceesesceees 139 Multifunction display 139 Multifunction steering wheel 140 Standard display menu AMG MENU sceon eiar AUDIGH IME NU iessicrstahsesededeucuniennsast NAV MenU seessssessssesssesesseesssseesss DiStronic MENU ccseescceeeeeees Vehicle status message memory MENU cccceessecceeeeeeees Settings MENU cccsessceceeseees Trip computer MeNU 0 cceee TEET MENU mirr a Automatic tranSMiSSION cccceeee Gear selector lever Shifting procedure ssssseesssseesss Gear selector lever positions Drine LIDS areara Gear ranges ssssessseeessseessseresseees Automatic shift program Gear selector lever one touch gearshifting ceessccccceesseeeenes Steering wheel gearshift control one touch gearshift
147. Maintenance Booklet with you when you take the vehicle to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for service The service advisor will record each service in the booklet for you Roadside Assistance The Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Program provides factory trained technical help in the event of a breakdown Calls to the toll free Roadside Assistance number 1 800 FOR MERCedes in the USA 1 800 387 0100 in Canada will be answered by Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Representatives 24 hours a day 365 days a year For additional information refer to the Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Pro gram brochure in your vehicle literature portfolio Change of address or ownership If you change your address be sure to send in the Change of Address Notice found in the Service and Warranty Information Booklet or simply call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center in the USA at 1 800 FOR MERCedes or Customer Ser vice in Canada at 1 800 387 0100 It is in your own interest that we can contact you should the need arise If you sell your Mercedes please leave all literature with the vehicle to make it avail able to the next operator If you bought this vehicle used be sure to send in the Notice of Purchase of Used Car found in the Service and Warranty Information Booklet or call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Cen ter in the USA at 1 800 FOR MERCedes or Customer Service in Canada at
148. Only choose this setting for a short time Otherwise the windows could fog up impairing visibility and endangering you and others Warning A Follow the recommended settings for heat ing and cooling given on the following pag es Otherwise the windows could fog up impairing visibility and endangering you and others Warning Controls in detail 4 zone automatic climate control Operating the climate control system in automatic mode i When operating the climate control system in automatic mode you will only rarely need to adjust the temperature air volume and air distri bution In automatic mode cooling with dehumidify is switched on This function can be switched off A If you switch off the cooling function the windows can fog up more quickly Window fogging may impair visibility and endanger you and others Warning You can switch the automatic climate con trol system on and off for each side of the pas senger compartment as desired Activating gt Pressone button BY gt page 190 or gt page 191 while the engine is run ning The indicator lamp on the button comes on AUTO appears in display 4 gt page 190 or gt page 191 The air volume and air distribution are adjust ed automatically gt Use temperature rocker switches G and gt page 190 or gt page 191 to separately adjust the air tempera ture on each side of the passenger compartment
149. R gt Press button or repeatedly until the AMG menu appears in the mul Warning A N tifunction display gt Press button JA repeatedly until the vehicle supply voltage appears in the multifunction display The RACETIMER feature is only for use on roads and in conditions where high speed driving is permitted Racing on public roads is prohibited under all circumstances and 1 1 the driver is and must always remain re care Lee sponsible for following posted speed limits 14 0 u 2 P54 32 4155 31 The RACETIMER allows you to time and save driving stretches in hours minutes and seconds 1 Gear indicator Vehicle supply voltage gt Press button or repeatedly until the AMG menu appears in the mul tifunction display gt Press button JA repeatedly until the RACETIMER appears in the multifunc tion display i O P54 32 4156 31 1 Gear indicator 2 RACETIMER Lap amp You can start the RACETIMER when the engine is running or the starter switch is in position 2 gt page 38 i While the RACETIMER is being displayed you cannot adjust the volume using buttons or E Starting the RACETIMER gt Press button ES The timer starts Displaying intermediate time gt Press button EE while the timer is running The intermediate time is shown for 5 seconds Stopping the RACETIMER gt Press button ES The timer stops id When you stop the vehicle and tur
150. The temperature of the vehicle interior is adjusted automatically Deactivating gt or Press button or gt page 190 or gt page 191 The AUTO indicator in display gt page 190 or gt page 191 goes out The automatic function for air vol ume is switched off and air volume is controlled according to the desired set ting Turn air distribution controls and 7 gt page 190 or gt page 191 on each side of the passenger compart ment to the desired symbol The indicator lamp on the correspond ing button goes out Automatic air dis tribution is switched off in the corresponding zone and air distribu tion is controlled according to the de sired position The automatic air volume remains switched on Setting the temperature _ Use temperature control rocker switches 3 and gt page 190 or gt page 191 to separately adjust the air temperature on each side of the passenger compartment You should raise or lower the temperature setting in small incre ments preferably starting at 72 F 22 C The adjusted temperature appears in display gt page 190 or gt page 191 The climate control will adjust to the set temperature as fast as possible You can also adjust the temperature in the rear passenger compartment gt page 202 i When operating the climate control system in automatic mode you will only rarely need to adjust the temperature air volume and ai
151. a tions and number and size of occupants The following examples use a load limit of 1500 Ibs This is for illustration purposes only Make sure you are using the actual load limit for your vehicle stated on the vehicle s Tire and Loading Informa tion placard gt page 297 Operation Tires and wheels Example Combined Numberof Seating Occupants weight Combined Available cargo luggage and trailer weight limit occupants configura weight of all tongue weight total load limit from of occu driver and tion occupants placard minus combined weight of pants and passengers all occupants cargo from Tire and Loading In formation placard 1 1500 4 front 2 Occupant 1 150 lbs 630 Ibs 1500 Ibs 630 Ibs 870 Ibs Occupant 2 180 lbs rear 2 Occupant 3 160 Ibs Occupant 4 140 Ibs 2 1500 3 front 1 Occupant 1 200 lbs 540 Ibs 1500 Ibs 540 Ibs 960 Ibs rear 2 Occupant 2 190 lbs Occupant 3 150 Ibs 3 1500 1 front 1 Occupant 1 150 lbs 150 Ibs 1500 Ibs 150 Ibs 1350 Ibs The higher the weight of all occupants the less cargo and luggage load capacity is available For more information see Trailer tongue load gt page 300 Operation Tires and wheels Certification label Even after careful determination of the combined weight of all occupants cargo and the trailer tongue load if applicable gt page 300 as to not exceed the permis sible load limit you must make sure that your vehicle never exc
152. a tow bar if e the engine will not run e there is a malfunction in the brake sys tem e there is a malfunction in the power sup ply or in the vehicle s electrical system This is necessary to adequately control the towed vehicle Prior to towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground make certain that the SmartKey is in starter switch position 2 If the SmartKey is left in the starter switch position O for an extended period of time it can no longer be turned in the switch In this case the steering is locked To unlock remove SmartKey from starter switch and reinsert Towing the vehicle Warning A N With the engine not running there is no power assistance for the steering system In this case itis important to keep in mind that a considerably higher degree of effort is nec essary to steer the vehicle Adapt your driv ing accordingly BE if the vehicle is towed with the front axle raised the gear selector lever must be in position N and the engine must be shut off SmartKey in starter switch position O or 1 Active braking action through the ESP may otherwise seriously damage the brake system When towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground the selector lever must be in position N and the SmartKey must be in starter switch position 2 When towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground or the front axle raised the vehicle may be towed only for distances up to 30 miles 50 km and at a s
153. adult or a child weighing more than the weight of a typical 12 month old child in a standard child restraint instances where the system may suppress deployment of the front passenger front air bag even though the impact met the criteria and was of suffi cient severity to deploy the driver front air bag The indicator lamp is lo cated in the center console y 3 a 4 E L Peg 10 3408 31 1 Indicator lamp The indicator lamp Q will be illuminated except with the SmartKey removed or in starter switch position O gt page 38 Safety and Security Warning A N If the ESS indicator lamp and the indicator lamp are lit at the same time there is a malfunction in the Occupant Classification System The front passenger front air bag will be deactivated in this case Have the system checked as soon as possi ble by qualified technicians Contact an au thorized Mercedes Benz Center Only have the seat repaired or replaced by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center In order to ensure proper operation of the air bag system and OCS e Do not place more than 4 4 Ibs 2 kg into the ruffled storage bag on the back of the front passenger seat Otherwise the OCS may not be able to properly ap proximate the occupant weight category Occupant safety Do not place objects under and or around the front passenger seat Do not hang anything from or attach any items to the seats Do not stuff objects
154. age 356 Warning A N Never place anything between seat cushion and child seat e g pillow since it reduces the effectiveness of the Occupant Classifi cation System The bottom of the child seat must make full contact with the passenger seat cushion An incorrectly mounted child seat could cause injuries to the child in case of an accident instead of increasing protec tion for the child Follow the manufacturer s instructions for installation of child seats Seat belts The use of seat belts and infant and child restraint systems is required by law in all 50 states the District of Columbia the U S territories and all Canadian provinces Even where this is not the case all vehicle occupants should have their seat belts fas tened whenever the vehicle is in motion For more information see Fastening the seat belts gt page 48 i For information on infants and children trav eling with you in the vehicle and restraint sys tems for infants and children see Children in the vehicle gt page 82 Warning A N Always fasten your seat belt before driving off Always make sure all of your passengers are properly restrained even those sitting in the rear Failure to wear and properly fasten and po sition your seat belt greatly increases your risk of injuries and their likely severity in an accident You and your passengers should always wear seat belts If you are ever in an accident your i
155. aintenance Booklet T To prevent damage to the catalytic convert ers only use premium unleaded gasoline in this vehicle Any noticeable irregularities in engine operation should be repaired promptly Otherwise exces sive unburned fuel may reach the catalytic con verter causing it to overheat which could potentially start a fire Operation A As with any vehicle do not idle park or operate this vehicle in areas where combus tible materials such as grass hay or leaves can come into contact with the hot exhaust system as these materials could be ignited and cause a vehicle fire Warning Emission control Certain parts of the engine and the emis sion control system serve to keep the toxic components of the exhaust gases within permissible limits required by law These systems will function properly only when maintained strictly according to fac tory specifications Any adjustments on the engine should therefore be carried out only by qualified Mercedes Benz Cen ter authorized technicians Driving instructions Engine adjustments should not be altered in any way Moreover the specified service procedures must be carried out regularly according to Mercedes Benz servicing requirements For details refer to the Maintenance Booklet Warning A N Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health All exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide CO and inhaling it can cause un consciousness and possible d
156. al consumers are turned on The seat heating switches off automatically The seat heating will switch back on again auto matically as soon as sufficient voltage is avail able Controls in detail Seats Seat ventilation The blue indicator lamps on the switch show the ventilation level selected Level 3 Three indicator lamps on highest level 2 Two indicator lamps on 1 One indicator lamp on lowest level off No indicator lamp on The seat ventilation for the driver seat can be activated using summer opening feature gt page 208 1 Seat ventilation switch gt Switch on the ignition gt page 38 Switching seat ventilation on gt Press switch 1 repeatedly until the desired ventilation level is set One or more blue indicator lamps on the switch show the selected ventila tion level Switching seat ventilation off gt Press switch Q repeatedly until all in dicator lamps go out i If one or more of the lamps on the seat ven tilation switch are flashing there is insufficient voltage available since too many electrical con sumers are turned on The seat ventilation switches off automatically The seat ventilation will switch back on again au tomatically as soon as sufficient voltage is avail able Controls in detail Memory function Y Memory function Prior to operating the vehicle the driver With the memory function you can store up should check and ad
157. al locking system engages and the locking knobs drop down T If you hear a warning signal and the message Release Parking Brake appears in the multifunction display when driving off you have forgotten to release the parking brake Release the parking brake gt page 53 Getting started Driving b gt amp Once the vehicle is in motion the automatic central locking system engages and the locking knobs drop down The automatic door lock feature can be deacti vated page 163 You can open a locked door from the inside Open door only when conditions are safe to do SO After a cold start the automatic transmis sion engages at a higher revolution This allows the catalytic converter to reach its operating temperature earlier A On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehi cle control Your vehicle s ABS will not pre vent this type of loss of control Warning A It is dangerous to shift the gear selector lever out of P or N if the engine speed is higher than idle speed If your foot is not firmly on the brake pedal the vehicle could accelerate quickly forward or in reverse You could lose control of the vehicle and hit someone or something Only shift into gear when the engine is idling normally and when your right foot is firmly on the brake pedal Warning For more information on driving see Dr
158. al tire inflation pressure information for driving at high speeds gt page 302 or for vehicle loads less than the maximum loaded vehicle condition gt page 302 If such information is provided it can be found on the inside of the fuel filler flap gt page 283 gt Switch on the ignition gt page 38 gt Press button or on the mul tifunction steering wheel repeatedly until the standard display menu ap pears in the multifunction display gt page 139 gt Press the JA or Keg button repeat edly until you see the flowing message Iire Pressure Monitor Active Menu R Button Operation gt Press the reset button gt page 27 The following message will appear in the multifunction display Restart tire pressure monitor Cancel Yes gt Press the button The following message will appear in the multifunction display Tire Pressure Monitor Restarted After driving a few minutes the current tire inflation pressure values are ac cepted as reference pressures and then monitored If you wish to cancel activation gt Press the E button Tires and wheels Checking tire inflation pressure elec tronically with the Advanced Tire Pres sure Monitoring System Advanced TPMS Canada only a This device complies with RSS 210 of Indus try Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any
159. alfunction and switched off M Continue driving with added caution Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible The ABS may not be operational Failure to follow these instructions increases the The brake system is still functioning nor risk of an accident mally but without the ABS BAS ESP and PRE SAFE available diminished as a result of snow rain or fog DISTRONIC The distance control may be impaired even Currently Unavailable before the system is able to detect a dirty see Operator s Manual sensor The message will be displayed in the multifunction display and Distronic will be turned off Practical hints What to do if Display message Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator s Manual Possible cause conse quence Front passenger front air bag is activated while driving even though a child small individual or object below the system s weight threshold is on the front passenger seat or the front passenger seat is empty Ob jects on the seat or forces act ing on the seat may make the system sense supplemental weight Possible solution Stop the vehicle in a safe location as soon as possible and check the front passenger seat for the following v Apply the parking brake Switch off the ignition gt page 38 Open the front passenger door Remove child and child restraint from front passenger seat and properly secure the chi
160. alysis Lap analysis gt Press button EAN or Re to see other lap analyses al These functions are only available if you These functions are only available if you have saved at least one lap and have stopped the have saved at least two laps and have stopped L Each lap is shown in its own submenu The RACETIMER the RACETIMER fastest lap is indicated by flashing symbol A gt Press button or repeatedly Press button or repeatedly until the AMG menu appears in the mul until the AMG menu appears in the mul AUDIO menu tifunction display tifunction display The functions in the AUDIO menu operate gt Press button J repeatedly until the Press button MJ repeatedly until the the audio equipment which you currently overall analysis appears in the multi lap analysis appears in the multifunc have turned on function display tion display If no audio equipment is currently turned G RT oo s4 21 2 G Li 001z 55 2 on the message AUDIO off is shown in the 65 mph 3 65 mph 3 multifunction display 5 si 60 mph 5 60 mph The following functions are available 61 miles 4 61 miles _ 4 Function Page P54 32 4158 31 P54 32 4159 31 Selecting radio station 149 1 Overall analysis of RACETIMER Q Lap number l l l A Overall driving time Lap time Selecting satellite radio station 149 3 Maximum speed 3 Maximum speed Operating CD player 149 4 Overall distance driven 4 Lap length 5 Average sp
161. amage Practical hints Flat tire Preparing the vehicle gt Park the vehicle in a safe distance from moving traffic on a hard flat surface when possible Turn on the hazard warning flashers Turn the steering wheel so that the front wheels are in a straight ahead position Set the parking brake Move the gear selector lever to P Turn off the engine gt page 60 vY v vy Yy Have any passenger exit the vehicle at a safe distance from the roadway Open door only when conditions are safe to do so Vehicles with SmartKey Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch Vehicles with KEYLESS GO Open the driver s door this puts the starter switch in position 0 same as with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch The driver s door then can be closed again Mounting the spare wheel Warning J The dimensions of the spare wheel Minispare or collapsible tire are different from those of the road wheels As a result the vehicle handling characteristics change when driving with a spare wheel mounted Adapt your driving style accordingly The spare wheel is for temporary use only When driving with spare wheel mounted ensure proper tire pressure and do not ex ceed a vehicle speed of 50 mph 80 km h Drive to the nearest Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible to have the spare wheel replaced with a regular road wheel Never operate the vehicle with more than one spare wheel moun
162. amp while driving to make sure the lamp is illuminated If the indicator lamp goes out or remains out do not transport a child on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired A child in a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured or even killed if the front passenger front air bag inflates If you have to place a child in a forward facing child restraint on the front passenger seat move the seat as far back as possible use the proper child restraint recommended for the age size and weight of the child and se cure child restraint with the vehicle s seat belt according to the child seat manufacturer s instructions For children larger than the typical 12 month old child the front passenger front air bag may or may not be activat ed gt page 72 i Deployment of the driver front air bag does not mean that the front passenger front air bag also should have deployed The Occupant Classification System gt page 71 may have determined that the seat was empty or occupied by the weight up to or less than that of a typical 12 month old child seated in a standard child restraint both instances where the system suppresses deployment of the front passenger front air bag even though the im pact met the criteria and was of sufficient severity to deploy the driver front air bag that the seat was occupied by a small individ ual such as a young teenager or a small
163. ance service is due gt Switch on the ignition gt page 38 gt Press button or on the mul tifunction steering wheel repeatedly until the standard display appears in the multifunction display gt page 139 gt Press button BYA or EAN until the maintenance service indicator display with the service symbol and the service deadline appears in the multi function display Operation Maintenance Q If the battery is disconnected the days of disconnection will not be included in the count shown by the maintenance service indicator To arrive at the true maintenance service deadline you will need to subtract these days from the days shown in the maintenance service indicator message or the maintenance service indicator display Do not confuse the maintenance service indica tor with the engine oil level indicator BEA Resetting the maintenance service indicator In the event that the maintenance service on your vehicle is not carried out by an au thorized Mercedes Benz Center you can have the maintenance service indicator re set The automotive maintenance facility carrying out the maintenance service will find the information for resetting the main tenance service indicator in the mainte nance relevant information for your vehicle Such information is available from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center or directly from Mercedes Benz If the maintenance service indicator was in advertently reset h
164. and go out after approxi mately 15 minutes Shifting procedure _ The automatic transmission selects indi vidual gears automatically depending on e gear selector lever drive position D gt page 171 with gear ranges gt page 174 e the selected program mode C S gt page 175 or M C S CLS 63 AMG only gt page 179 e the position of the accelerator pedal gt page 173 e the vehicle speed q T Allow engine to warm up under low load use Do not place full load on the engine until the operating temperature has been reached Shift into reverse gear R or park position P only when the vehicle is stopped Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for an extended period when driving off on slippery road surfaces This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty When the gear selector lever is in drive position D you can influence transmission shifting by e limiting the gear range e changing gears manually Gear selector lever positions The current gear selector lever position appears in the multifunction display 149 5 M 26753 MI 1 Current gear selector lever position Controls in detail Effect Park position Gear selector lever position when the vehicle is parked Place gear selector lever in park position P only when vehicle is stopped The park position is not intended to serve as a brake
165. and rear outer seats are equipped with Emergency Ten sioning Devices and seat belt force limit ers The ETD is designed to activate in the fol lowing cases e in frontal or rear end impacts exceed ing the system deployment threshold Safety and Security Occupant safety e incertain vehicle rollovers e ifthe restraint systems are operational and functioning correctly see EJ indicator lamp gt page 64 i The ETDs for the front seats will only acti vate if the front seat belts are fastened latch plate properly inserted into buckle The ETDs for the rear outer seats will activate with or without the respective seat belts fas tened In an impact Emergency Tensioning Devic es remove slack from the seat belts Seat belt force limiters reduce the peak force exerted by the seat belts on occupants during a crash A An Emergency Tensioning Device ETD that was activated must be replaced Warning When disposing of the Emergency Tension ing Device our safety instructions must be followed These are available at any autho rized Mercedes Benz Center Safety and Security Occupant safety Automatic comfort fit feature seat belt An automatic comfort fit feature for front seats reduces the retracting force of the seat belts when they are in normal use Preventive occupant safety PRE SAFE AN The PRE SAFE system is intended to re duce the effects of a crash on properly seat belted vehic
166. anual emergency e roadside assistance e information The Tele Aid system Is operational provid ing that the vehicle s battery is charged properly connected not damaged and cel lular and GPS coverage is available The speaker volume of a Tele Aid call can be adjusted when using the volume control on the COMAND System or on the multi function steering wheel To raise turn the rotary volume control on COMAND System clockwise or press button on the multifunction steering wheel To lower turn the rotary volume control on COMAND System control counterclock wise or press button EE on the multi function steering wheel gt To activate press the SOS button the Roadside Assistance button or the Information button RSM depend ing on the type of response required The SOS button is located in the overhead control panel page 258 The Roadside Assistance button and the Information button are located below the center armrest cover gt page 243 BE The Tele Aid system utilizes the cellular net work for communication and the GPS Global Po sitioning System satellites for vehicle location If either of these signals are unavailable the Tele Aid system may not function and if this oc curs assistance must be summoned by other means When a Tele Aid call has been initiated the COMAND System audio is muted and the select ed mode radio tape or CD pauses The optional cellular phone if installed and inserted i
167. apacity Fuels coolants lubricants etc Engine with oil filter CLS 550 9 0 US gt 8 5 I Approved engine oils CLS 63 AMG 9 3 US qt 8 8 Automatic transmission CLS 550 9 7 US gt 9 2 MB Automatic Transmission Fluid CLS 63 AMG 9 3 US qt 8 8 Rear axle CLS 550 1 37 US qt 1 3 Hypoid gear oil SAE 85 W 90 CLS 63 AMG 1 27 US qt 1 2 Hypoid gear oil SAE 75 W 140 Model Power steering CLS 550 CLS 63 AMG Front wheel hubs CLS 550 CLS 63 AMG Brake system All models Cooling system CLS 550 CLS 63 AMG Fuel tank All models including a reserve of CLS 550 CLS 63 AMG Air conditioning system All models Washer system All models Washer and headlamp cleaning All models system Technical data Capacity approx 1 0 US qt 0 9 I approx 1 3 US qt 1 2 I approx 3 0 oz 85 g each approx 3 2 oz 90 g each 0 63 US qt 0 6 I 11 9 US qt 11 3 I 12 5 US qt 11 8 1 21 12 US gal 80 0 I 2 38 US gal 9 0 1 3 7 US gal 14 0 I 4 8 US gt 4 51 6 9 US qt 6 51 Fuels coolants lubricants etc Fuels coolants lubricants etc MB Power Steering Fluid Chevron Texaco PSF 9109 High temperature roller bearing grease MB Brake Fluid DOT 4 MB 325 0 Anticorrosion Antifreeze Premium unleaded gasoline Minimum Posted Octane 9 1 Avg of 96 RON 86 MON R 134a refrigerant and special PAG lubricant oil never R 12 MB Windshield Washer Concentrate For detailed information please refer to the Factor
168. arning wheels are turning at vehicle speeds of ap proximately 9 mph 15 km h or more When leaving the vehicle always remove the The locking knobs in the doors move down SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and You can open a locked door from the in l lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat side Open door only when conditions are tended in the vehicle or with access to an Mee safe to do so oe unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised ac Central locking switch a The doors are designed to unlock automati cess to a vehicle could result in an accident Unlocking cally after an accident if the force of the impact and or serious personal injury Lockin exceeds a preset threshold The vehicle locks au 8 tomatically when the ignition is switched on and the wheels are turning at vehicle speeds ofap YOU can lock or unlock the doors and the proximately 9 mph 15 km h ormore You could trunk from inside using the central locking therefore lock yourself out when the vehicle switch This can be useful for example if e is pushed or towed you want to lock the vehicle before starting e isona test stand to drive The fuel filler flap cannot be locked or un You can deactivate the automatic locking locked with the central locking switch mode using the control system gt page 163 Controls in detail Locking and unlocking You can open a locked
169. artKey SmartKey with KEYLESS GO or mechanical key you should do the following gt Have the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO deactivated by an autho rized Mercedes Benz Center gt Report the loss of the SmartKey SmartKey with KEYLESS GO or the me chanical key immediately to your car insurance company gt Have the mechanical lock replaced if necessary Any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to supply you with a replacement Opening the doors from the inside You can open a locked door from the in side Open door only when conditions are safe to do so Q Locking knob 2 Inside door handle If the vehicle has previously been locked with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO opening a door from the inside will trigger the anti theft alarm system To cancel the alarm do one of the following e Press button or on the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO e nsert the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO in the starter switch In vehicles with KEYLESS GO e Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 39 The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be inside the vehicle e Pull an outside door handle The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be within 3 ft 1 m of the vehicle aD When you open a door the side window on that side lowers slightly Once you close the door the window moves up again Controls in detail Front doors gt Pull on door handle 2 on the respec tive front do
170. artKey functions e g unlocking with KEYLESS GO and locking with button Jy Always carry the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you Never store the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO together with e Electronic items such as a cellular phone or another SmartKey with KEYLESS GO e Metallic objects such as coins or metal foil Doing so could impair the function of the KEYLESS GO system Controls in detail To lock or unlock the vehicle the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be located outside the vehicle within ap proximately 3 ft 1 m of a door or the trunk lid In order to start the engine with the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO e The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be located in the vehicle e The brake pedal must be firmly de pressed Do not depress the accel erator If the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is positioned farther away from the vehi cle the system may no longer recog nize the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO The vehicle cannot be locked or the engine started via the KEYLESS GO system If the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is re moved from the vehicle e g if passen ger exits the vehicle with the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Locking and unlocking e when pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button or trying to lock the vehicle with the outside door handle the message Key Not De tected appears in the multifunc tion display e with the engine running the mes sage Key Not Detected appears in the multifunction display while d
171. as soon as possible gt page 404 Bi Xenon headlamp gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Halogen headlamp gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt page 404 Bi Xenon headlamp gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt page 404 The right high beam lamp is malfunction Replace the bulb as soon as possible ing gt page 404 Display symbol 0 e I Display message License Plate Lamp Left License Plate Lamp Right AUTO Light Inoperative Practical hints What to do if Possible cause consequence Possible solution The left license plate lamp is malfunction gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible ing gt page 404 The right license plate lamp is malfunction gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible ing gt page 404 The light sensor is malfunctioning The gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz headlamps switch on automatically Center as soon as possible To switch off the headlamps U S vehicles only gt Inthe control system set lamp opera tion to manual mode gt page 159 gt Switch off headlamps using the exteri or lamp switch Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display message Possible cause consequence Possible solution Rear Left Foglamp The left rear fog lamp is malfunctioning gt Contact an authorized Me
172. ase brake pedal Operation e Slowly release brake pedal e When parked on an incline turn front wheel towards the road curb e Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 0 and remove the SmartKey from the starter switch or press KEYLESS GO start stop button vehi cles with KEYLESS GO e Take the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you and lock vehicle when leaving Tires Warning A N If you feel a sudden significant vibration or ride disturbance or you suspect that possi ble damage to your vehicle has occurred you should turn on the hazard warning flash ers carefully slow down and drive with cau tion to an area which is a safe distance from the road Driving instructions Inspect the tires and the vehicle underbody for possible damage If the vehicle or tires appear unsafe have the vehicle towed to the nearest Mercedes Benz Center or tire dealer for repairs Treadwear indicators TWI are required by law These indicators are located in six places on the tread circumference and become visible at a tread depth of approx imately in 1 6 mm at which point the tire is considered worn and should be re placed The treadwear indicator appears as a solid band across the tread Operation Driving instructions Warning A N Although the applicable federal motor vehi cle safety laws consider a tire to be worn when the treadwear indicators TWI be come visible at
173. assenger front air bag is activated and will be deployed e inthe event of certain frontal impacts e if impact exceeds a preset deployment threshold e independently of the side impact air bags If the front passenger front air bag is deployed the rate of inflation will be influenced by e the rate of relevant vehicle deceleration as assessed by the air bag control unit e front passenger s weight category as identified by the Occupant Classification System OCS Warning According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seat ing position Thus we strongly recommend that children be placed in the rear seats whenever possible Regardless of seating position children 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appropriate infant or child restraint recom mended for the size and weight of the child The infant or child restraint must be properly secured with the vehicle s seat belt the seat belt and top tether strap or lower anchors and top tether strap fully in accordance with the child seat manufacturer s instruc tions Always sit as upright as possible properly use the seat belts and for children 12 years old and under use an appropriately sized in fant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child Safety and Security Occupant safety Children
174. ately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Mercedes Benz USA LLC If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or Mercedes Benz USA LLC To contact NHTSA you may either call the Auto Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov Introduction Vehicle data recording Y Vehicle data recording Information regarding electronic recording devices Including notice pursuant to California Code 9951 Please note that your vehicle is equipped with devices that can record vehicle systems data and if equipped with the Tele Aid system may transmit some data in certain accidents This information helps for example to diagnose vehicle systems after a collision and to continuously improve vehicle safety DaimlerChrysler may access the information and share it with others for safety research or vehicle diagnosis purposes with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee in response to an official request by law enforcement or other governme
175. atic headlamp mode Daytime running lamp mode gt page 128 5 Parking lamps also tail lamps li cense plate lamps side marker lamps instrument panel lamps 6 Low beam headlamps or high beam headlamps 7 Front fog lamps 8 Rear fog lamp Qe If you hear a warning signal you have forgot ten to switch off the low beam headlamps or the parking lamps before opening the driver s door In addition the message Switch Off Lights appears in the multifunction display Switch off the low beam headlamps or the park ing lamps lf the message Switch Off Lights or Remove Key appears in the multifunction dis play remove the SmartKey from the starter switch or switch off the automatic headlamp mode T Failure to switch off the exterior lamps when leaving the vehicle may result in a discharged battery Low beam headlamps The low beam headlamps can be switched on and off with the exterior lamp switch us ing the manual headlamp mode gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position Jey Automatic headlamp mode The following lamps switch on and off au tomatically depending on the brightness of the ambient light e Low beam headlamps e Tail and parking lamps e License plate lamps e Side marker lamps Controls in detail Warning If the exterior lamp switch is set to RI e the headlamps may switch off unexpect edly when the system senses bright ambient light for example light from oncoming traffic e the
176. attempt to establish voice contact with the vehicle occupants If the tailgate recessed handle was pulled for more than 20 seconds before door unlock autho rization was received by the Response Center you must wait 15 minutes before pulling the tail gate recessed handle again Stolen Vehicle Recovery services In the event your vehicle was stolen gt Report the incident to the police The police will issue a numbered incident report p gt Pass this number on to the Mercedes Benz Response Center along with your password issued to you when you subscribed to the service The Response Center will then attempt to covertly contact the vehicle s Tele Aid system Once the vehicle is located the Response Center will contact the local law enforcement and you The vehicle s location will only be provided to law enforcement ae When the anti theft alarm or the tow away alarm stays on for more than 30 seconds a call is initiated automatically to the Response Cen ter See anti theft alarm system gt page 97 Garage door opener The integrated remote control is capable of operating up to three separately controlled devices It provides a convenient way to re place up to three hand held remote con trols used to operate devices such as garage door openers gate openers or oth er devices compatible with HomeLink or some other systems Before the integrated remote control can be used it must be pro
177. atteries SmartKey Checking battery condition 108 Replacing 402 Batteries SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Checking battery condition 108 Replacing 402 Batteries vehicle 420 Charging 422 Disconnecting 421 Jump starting 423 Messages in display 372 373 Reconnecting 422 Reinstalling 422 Removing 421 Bead 324 Beverage holder see Cup holders Bi Xenon headlamps see Headlamps 126 Block heater Canada only 329 Brake fluid Checking 285 Brake lamps Cleaning lenses 337 Replacing bulbs 406 Brake pads Message in display 373 Brakes High performance brake system CLS 63 AMG only 274 Warning lamp 347 Break in period 270 Bulbs replacing see Replacing bulbs C California retail buyers and lessees impor tant notice for 11 Can holder see Cup holders Capacities and recommended fuels lubricants 448 Cargo tie down hooks 242 Carpets cleaning 340 Catalytic converter 281 CD player 149 Center console Lower part 30 PASS AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp 356 Upper part 29 Central locking Automatic 116 Locking unlocking from inside 116 Switching on off control system 163 Central locking switch 116 Certification label 300 Checking tire pressure electronically with the Advanced Tire Pressure Monitoring system Advanced TPMS Canada only 309 Checking tire pressure electronically with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS USA only 306 Children in the vehicle 82 Airbags 67 Infant and child restraint systems 82 LATCH type chil
178. atus message mem ory appears in the multifunction dis play Vehicle status messages have been recorded If conditions have occurred causing status messages to be recorded the number of messages appears in the multifunction display 2 Messages 72 F 1439 8 MI gt Press button Bg or Ba The stored messages will now be dis played in the order in which they have occurred For malfunction and warning messages see Vehicle status messag es in the multifunction display gt page 358 P54 32 4917 31 Should the vehicle s system record any conditions while driving the number of messages will reappear in the multifunc tion display when the SmartKey in the starter switch is turned to position O or removed from the starter switch The vehicle status message memory will be cleared when you turn the SmartKey in the start er switch to position 1 or 2 You will then only see high priority messages in the multifunction display gt page 358 Settings menu In the Settings menu there are two func tions e The function To reset press reset button for 3 seconds with which you can reset all the settings to the original factory settings e A collection of submenus with which you can make individual settings for your vehicle gt Press button or repeatedly untilthe Settings menu is seen in the multifunction display Settings To reset press reset button For 3 seconds oO
179. au tions when handling automotive batteries gt page 291 Never lean over batteries while connecting you might get injured Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid Do not allow this fluid to come in contact with eyes skin or clothing In case it does immediately flush affected area with water and seek medical help if necessary A battery will also produce hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive Keep flames or sparks away from battery avoid improper connection of jumper cables smoking etc i The battery is a Valve Regulated Lead Acid VRLA battery also referred to as fleece bat tery Such batteries do not require topping up of the electrolyte level VRLA batteries therefore do not have cell caps and the battery cover is non removable Do not attempt to open the bat tery as otherwise the battery will be damaged Even though VRLA batteries do not require top ping up of the electrolyte level and cannot be opened to check the electrolyte level the bat tery condition must be checked periodically by performing a battery conductance test Refer to Maintenance Booklet for battery condition test ing intervals The factory equipped VRLA battery is leak proofed Only use a battery as replacement that has the same security features and is of identical size voltage and capacity as the facto ry equipped battery T As with any other battery disconnect the battery if you do not intend to operate your vehi cle
180. autho rized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so Adjust driving to be consis tent with reduced braking responsive ness Call Roadside Assistance Notify an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Start the engine gt page 51 Have the brake pads replaced as soon as possible Practical hints What to do if Display symbol USA only BRAKE Canada only Display message Release Parking Brake H 3 USA BRAKE O lt a nly Et NBS SIP MOP eel ve Canada only See Operator s Man O USA only Check Brake Fluid Canada only Level O Warning A N Driving with the messages Check Brake Fluid Level displayed can result in an ac cident Have your brake system checked im mediately Possible cause consequence You are driving with the parking brake set ABS ESP EBP as well as PRE SAFE have switched off due to a malfunction BAS is also switched off The brake system is still functioning nor mally but without the ABS BAS ESP and PRE SAFE available There is insufficient brake fluid in the reservoir Do not add brake fluid before checking the brake system Overfilling the brake fluid res ervoir can result in spilling brake fluid on hot engine parts and the brake fluid catching fire You can be seriously burned Possible solution gt vy Release the parking brake gt page 53
181. ave an authorized Mercedes Benz Center correct it Only reset if the proper maintenance service has been performed Resetting the system without performing the proper service as called for by the maintenance service indicator will result in engine damage and or other vehicle damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Vv Vehicle care Cleaning and care of vehicle Regular and proper care will help to main tain the value of your vehicle The best way to protect your vehicle from harmful envi ronmental influences is to wash it and use protective treatments regularly A Many cleaning products can be hazardous Some are poisonous others are flammable Always follow the instructions on the partic ular container Always open your vehicle s doors or windows when cleaning the inside Warning Never use fluids or solvents that are not de signed for cleaning your vehicle Always lock away cleaning products and keep them out of reach of children While in operation even while parked your vehicle is subjected to varying external in fluences which if gone unchecked can at tack the paintwork as well as the vehicle underbody and cause lasting damage Operation Such damage is caused not only by ex treme and varying climatic conditions but also by e Air pollution e Road salt e Tar e Gravel and stone chipping To avoid paint damage you should imme diately remove e Grease and oil e
182. ays close the cover Cargo tie down hooks Four hooks are located in the trunk gt Carefully secure cargo by applying even load on all hooks with rope of suf ficient strength to hold down the cargo Always follow loading instructions gt page 238 Retaining hook A retaining hook is located on the upper edge of the trunk and can be used to at tach cargo items such as bags Pos 00 4728 31 1 Tab 2 Retaining hook gt Pull tab C of retaining hook 2 down BE Do not use the retaining hook to tie down cargo Controls in detail Y Useful features Storage compartments Glove box A To help avoid personal injury during a colli sion or sudden maneuver exercise care when storing objects in the vehicle Put lug gage or cargo in the trunk if possible Do not pile luggage or cargo higher than the seat backs Do not place anything on the shelf below the rear window Warning 1 Unlocked 2 Locked 3 Glove box lid release Luggage nets cannot secure hard or heavy objects Keep compartment lids closed This will help to prevent stored objects from being thrown about and injuring vehicle occupants during an accident Opening and closing the glove box The glove box lid opens downward gt Push lid up to close gt Press glove box lid release 3 to open Useful features Locking and unlocking the glove box gt Insert mechanical key gt page 398 into the
183. batteries always replace both batteries The required replacement batteries are available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Replacement batteries Lithium type CR 2025 or equivalent gt Remove the mechanical key out of the SmartKey SmartKey with KEYLESS GO gt page 398 P80 35 2283 31 1 Mechanical key 2 Battery compartment gt Insert mechanical key Q into opening gt Press mechanical key Q in direction of arrow The battery compartment is unlatched gt Pull battery compartment 2 out of the housing 3 Batteries 4 Contact springs gt Pull out batteries P80 35 2284 31 Practical hints Using a line free cloth insert new bat teries 3 under contact springs 4 with the positive terminal side facing up Return battery compartment 2 gt page 402 into housing until it locks into place Slide the mechanical key back into the SmartKey SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Check the operation of the SmartKey SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Replacing SmartKey batteries Practical hints Replacing bulbs Bulbs Safe vehicle operation depends on proper exterior lighting and signaling It is there fore essential that all bulbs and lamp as semblies are in good working order at all times Correct headlamp adjustment is extremely important Have headlamps checked and readjusted at regular intervals and when a bulb has been replaced See your autho ri
184. bility to steer or brake the vehicle You might lose control over the vehicle Warning With a spare wheel without wheel sensor mounted the system may still indicate the tire inflation pressure of the removed wheel for some minutes If this happens keep in mind that the indicated value where the spare wheel is mount ed does not reflect the actual spare tire inflation pressure A The TPMS does not indicate a warning for wrongly selected inflation pressures Always adjust tire inflation pressure according to the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar or if available the supplemental tire inflation pressure infor mation on the inside of the fuel filler flap Warning The TPMS is not able to issue a warning due to a sudden dramatic loss of pressure e g tire blowout caused by a foreign object In this case bring the vehicle to a halt by care fully applying the brakes and avoiding abrupt steering maneuvers A Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recom mended by the vehicle manufacturer on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar or if available the tire inflation pressure label on the fuel filler flap If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the Tire and Load ing Information placard or if available the tire inflation pressure label you
185. button Q The passenger side exterior rear view mirror is selected Adjust the exterior rear view mirror with button 2 so that you see the rear wheel and the road curb Memory function gt Press memory button M gt Within 3 seconds press bottom of ad justment button The parking position is stored if the mirror does not move Q If the mirror does move repeat the above steps After the setting is stored you can move the mirror again Controls in detail Lighting For information on how to switch on the headlamps and use the turn signals see Switching on headlamps gt page 55 and see Turn signals gt page 55 fyou drive in countries where vehicles drive on the other side of the road than the country where the vehicle is registered you must have the headlamps modified for symmetrical low beams Relevant information can be obtained at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Vehicles equipped with active Bi Xenon headlamps The active Bi Xenon headlamps monitor your steering angle and driving speed then automatically shift their beams to either side to better follow the curvature of the road ahead increasing usable illumination over con ventional headlamps Exterior lamp switch Exterior lamp switch 1 Standing lamps left turn left two stops 2 Standing lamps right turn left one stop 3 WJ Off Daytime running lamp mode gt page 128 4 GZ Autom
186. by pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button and open the driver s door with the driver s door open starter switch is in position 0 same as with SmartKey re moved from starter switch before attempting to remove any blockage e Remove blockage e Turn the windshield wipers on again T If windshield wipers fail to function at all in combination switch position BJ or R e set the combination switch to the next high est wiper speed e have the windshield wipers checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Switching on windshield wipers gt Turn the combination switch to the de sired position depending on the inten sity of the rain Windshield wipers off Slow intermittent wiping Rain sensor operation with low sensitivity Fast intermittent wiping Rain sensor operation with high sensitivity Slow continuous wiping Fast continuous wiping Intermittent wiping Only switch on intermittent wiping under wet weather conditions or in the presence of precipitation T Do not leave windshield wipers in intermittent setting when the vehicle is taken to an automatic car wash or during windshield cleaning Windshield wipers will operate in the presence of water sprayed on the windshield and windshield wipers may be damaged as a re sult T If you have set intermittent wiping dirt on the surface of the rain sensor or optical effects may cause the windshield wipers to wipe in an undesired fashion Th
187. call will appear in the multifunction display Tel 00 01 15 HEWMAH 72 F 149 8 MI P54 37 7590 31 e If no connection is made the con trol system stores the dialed num ber in the redial memory Redialing The control system stores the most recent ly dialed phone numbers This eliminates the need to search through your entire phone book gt Press button or repeatedly until the Tel menu appears in the mul tifunction display Press button F In the multifunction display the first number in the redial memory appears Press button J or Ref repeatedly until the desired name appears in the multifunction display Press button F The control system dials the selected phone number Y Automatic transmission For more information on driving with an automatic transmission see Automatic transmission gt page 51 Your vehicle s transmission adapts its gear shifting process to your individual driving style by continually adjusting the shift points up or down These shift point adjust ments are performed based on current Operating and driving conditions If the operating conditions change the automatic transmission reacts by adjusting its shift program i During the brief warm up transmission upshifting is delayed This allows the catalytic converter to heat up more quickly to operating temperature Controls in detail Warning A N Make sure that absolutely no objects a
188. category The ruffled storage bag is intended for stor ing light weight items only Heavy objects objects with sharp edges or fragile objects may not be transported in the parcel net In an accident during hard brak ing or sudden maneuvers they could be thrown around inside the vehicle and cause injury to vehicle occupants The ruffled storage bag cannot protect transported goods in the event of an acci dent Parcel net in front passenger footwell J erg ad P68 00 4036 31 A small convenience parcel net is located in the front passenger footwell It is for small and light items such as road maps mail etc Controls in detail Useful features Warning A N The parcel net is intended for storing light weight items only Heavy objects objects with sharp edges or fragile objects may not be transported in the parcel net In an accident during hard brak ing or sudden maneuvers they could be thrown around inside the vehicle and cause injury to vehicle occupants The parcel net cannot protect transported goods in the event of an accident Controls in detail Useful features Cup holders Warning A N In order to help prevent spilling liquids on vehicle occupants and or vehicle equip ment only use containers that fit into the cup holder Use lids on open containers and do not fill containers to a height where the contents especially hot liquids could spill during braking vehicle maneu
189. ce Products pamphlet are not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Coolants The engine coolant is a mixture of water and anticorrosion antifreeze which pro vides e Corrosion protection e Freeze protection e Boiling protection by increasing the boiling point The cooling system was filled at the factory with a coolant providing freeze protection to approximately 35 F 37 C and corro sion protection T Add premixed coolant solution only Adding water and MB 325 0 Anticorrosion Antifreeze separately from each other could cause engine damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Lim ited Warranty If the antifreeze mixture is effective to 35 F 37 C the boiling point of the cool ant in the pressurized cooling system is reached at approximately 266 F 130 C The coolant solution must be used year round to provide the necessary corrosion protection and increase boil over protec tion Refer to Maintenance Booklet for re placement interval Coolant system design and coolant used determine the replacement interval The replacement interval published in the Maintenance Booklet is only applicable if MB 325 0 Anticorrosion Antifreeze solu tion or other Mercedes Benz approved products of equal specification see Factory Approved Service Products pam phlet are used to renew the coolant con centration or bring it back up to the proper level Technical data For information on other Mercedes Benz
190. collision Under no circumstances should the driver await the intermittent warning sound before braking See the follow ing warning note The intermittent warning sound ceases and the red distance warning lamp goes out when the neces sary distance to the vehicle ahead is again established C Segments If Distronic detects a vehicle directly ahead the segments representing the difference from the speed of the vehicle ahead to the set speed come on If Distronic calculates that there is a dan ger of collision e The distance warning lamp in the instrument cluster comes on red e An intermittent warning sounds Warning A N An intermittent warning sounds and the distance warning lamp in the instru ment cluster is illuminated if the Distronic system calculates that the distance to the vehicle ahead and your vehicle s current speed indicate that Distronic will not be ca pable of slowing the vehicle sufficiently to maintain the preset following distance which creates a danger of a collision Immediately brake the vehicle to increase the distance to the vehicle in front of you The warning sound is intended as a final cau tion that you have not interceded with your own braking inputs to avoid a potentially dangerous situation Do not wait for the op eration of the warning signal to intercede with your own braking as that will result in potentially dangerous emergency braking which will not always result i
191. comes on while The emission control system used by the service station to link the driving _ vehicle to the shop diagnostics system e Systems which affect emissions It allows the accurate identification of Such malfunctions may result in excessive system malfunctions through the read emissions values and may switch the engine out of diagnostic trouble codes It is to its limp home emergency operation located in the front left area of the foot mode well next to the parking brake i Some states may by law require you to con tact a workshop as soon as the engine malfunc tion indicator lamp comes on Check local requirements Practical hints What to do if Problem Possible cause consequence Suggested solution USA only A loss of pressure has been detected in the Check the fuel cap J Canada only fuel system The fuel cap may not be closed f it is not closed properly properly or the fuel system may be leaky The yellow engine malfunction gt Close the fuel cap indicator lamp comes on while If it is closed properly driving gt Have the fuel system checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints What to do if Problem Possible cause consequence Suggested solution lt The red coolant temperature There is insufficient coolant in the reservoir Immediately add coolant to prevent warning lamp comes on when engine from overheating the engine is running gt page 290 If this warn
192. consumption statistics 165 since last reset Resetting fuel consumption 165 statistics Distance to empty 166 Fuel consumption statistics since start gt Press button or repeatedly until the first function of the trip com puter menu appears gt Press button EAN or Keg repeatedly until the message From Start appears in the multifunction display From Start 2 30h G 150M1 somph 3 18 4mpq gt 7 149 8 MI Pod 32449 74 31 1 Distance driven since start 2 Time elapsed since start 3 Average speed since start 4 Average fuel consumption since start Fuel consumption since last reset gt Press button or repeatedly until the first function of the trip com puter menu appears Controls in detail gt Press button EN or R repeatedly until the message From Reset appears in the multifunction display From Reset 0 30h G 29MI 58mph 3 18 4mpq D 7 149 8 MI Pod 32 4923 31 1 Distance driven since last reset 2 Time elapsed since last reset 3 Average speed since last reset 4 Average fuel consumption since last reset All statistics stored since the last engine start will be reset approximately 4 hours after the SmartKey in the starter switch is turned to position 0 or removed from the starter switch Resetting will not occur if you turn the SmartKey back to position 1 or 2 within this time period Control system Resetting fuel consumption statistics gt
193. ctane number see RON Reserve fuel Message in display 380 Reset button in the instrument cluster 136 153 Reset tool Active head restraints 401 Restraint system see Children in the vehi cle Retaining hook 242 Reverse gear position Automatic transmission 169 171 Rims 325 438 Roadside assistance 12 Button 259 RON 284 Roof rack 238 Rotating tires 326 Rubber parts cleaning 339 Run Flat Indicator 304 S Safety Driving safety systems 89 Occupant 64 Reporting defects 18 Safety belts see Seat belts Satellite radio 149 Seat belt force limiter 79 Seat belts 76 Children in the vehicle 82 Cleaning 340 Fastening 48 Height adjustment 50 Proper use of 50 78 Safety guidelines 68 Telltale 27 351 352 Warning lamp 351 352 Seating capacity 297 Seats 41 118 Adjusting 41 Easy entry exit feature 45 Heater 121 Memory function 123 Multicontour seat 120 Ventilation 122 securing cargo Cargo tie down hooks 242 Selecting display 156 Selective setting see Key SmartKey or Key SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Selector lever see Gear selector lever Self test OCS 76 Tele Aid 257 Service and warranty information 10 Service intervals see Maintenance Service indicator Service life Tires 294 Service see Maintenance service system see Maintenance system 330 Service Parts 432 Settings 106 152 Control system menus and submenus 141 Date 158 Individual Vehicle 152 Memory function 124 Resetti
194. ction display gt page 358 If the tire inflation pressure in the respec tive tire s has have been corrected the combination low tire pressure TPMS malfunction telltale goes out after few minutes driving gt Read and observe messages in the multifunction display gt page 358 gt Have the IPMS checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center After the malfunction has been remedied the combination low tire pressure TPMS malfunction telltale goes out after few minutes driving Warning A N Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recom mended by the vehicle manufacturer on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar or if available the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard or the tire inflation pressure label you should de termine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires Practical hints As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitor ing system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly underinflated Accord ingly when the low tire pressure telltale illu minates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the pr
195. ctive device in other situations Reprogramming a single signal trans mitter button To program a device using a signal trans mitter button previously trained follow these steps gt Switch on the ignition gt page 38 gt Press and hold the desired signal transmitter button or Do not release the button gt Indicator lamp will begin to flash af ter 20 seconds Without releasing the signal transmitter button proceed with programming starting with step 3 Operation of integrated remote control gt Switch on the ignition gt page 38 gt Select and press the appropriate inte grated signal transmitter button 3 or to activate the remote con trolled device The integrated remote control trans mitter continues to send the signal as long as the button is pressed up to 20 seconds Erasing integrated remote control memory gt Switch on the ignition gt page 38 gt Simultaneously press and hold outer signal transmitter buttons 2 and for approximately 20 seconds until indicator lamp Q flashes rapidly Do not hold for longer than 30 seconds The codes of all three channels are erased a Ifyou sell your vehicle erase the codes of all three channels Programming tips If you are having difficulty programming the integrated remote control here are some helpful tips e Check the frequency of hand held re mote control typically located on the rever
196. cts applying pres sure on the back of the seat Always make sure that the seat has clearance in all di rections at all times ap If your seat including your trim cover and cushion needs to be serviced in any way take the vehicle to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Only seat accessories approved by Mercedes Benz may be used Both driver and the front passenger should always use the indicator lamp as an indication of whether or not the front passenger is properly positioned Safety and Security Occupant safety Warning J If the indicator lamp illumi nates when an adult or someone larger than a small individual is in the front passenger seat have the front passenger re position himself or herself in the seat until the indicator lamp goes out or check whether objects are caught under or around the seat More information about air bag display mes sages gt page 364 In the event of a collision the air bag control unit will not allow front passenger front air bag deployment when the OCS classified the front passenger seat occupant as being up to or less than the weight of a typical 12 month old child in a standard child re straint or if the front passenger seat is sensed as being empty When the OCS senses that the front passen ger seat occupant Is classified as being up to or less than the weight of a typical 12 month old child in a standard child re straint the indicator lamp will illum
197. d keep a safe distance to other road users and objects on the street i n winter operation the maximum effectiveness of the ABS BAS ESP and Adap tive Brake is only achieved with winter tires gt page 328 or snow chains as required Safety and Security Driving safety systems ABS A Do not pump the brake pedal Use firm steady brake pedal pressure instead Pump ing the brake pedal defeats the purpose of the ABS and significantly reduces braking effectiveness Warning The Antilock Brake System ABS regulates the brake pressure so that the wheels do not lock during braking This allows you to maintain the ability to steer your vehicle The ABS is functional above a speed of approximately 5 mph 8 km h indepen dent of road surface conditions On slippery road surfaces the ABS will respond even with light brake pressure The indicator lamp in the instrument cluster comes on when you switch on the ignition It goes out when the engine is run ning Safety and Security Driving safety systems Braking At the instant one of the wheels is about to lock up a slight pulsation can be felt in the brake pedal indicating that the ABS is in the regulating mode gt Keep firm and steady pressure on the brake pedal while experiencing the pul sation Continuous steady brake pedal pressure yields the advantages provided by the ABS namely braking power and the ability to steer the vehicle T
198. d to make you and others aware of various risks You should not remove any of these warning labels unless explicitly instructed to do so by information on the label itself Removal of any of these labels may cause you and others to be unaware of certain risks which may result in an accident and or personal injury Introduction Problems with your vehicle Y Problems with your vehicle If you should experience a problem with your vehicle particularly one that you believe may affect its safe operation we urge you to immediately contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center to have the problem diagnosed and corrected if required If the matter is not handled to your satisfaction please discuss the problem with the Mercedes Benz Center management or if necessary contact us at one of the following addresses In the USA Customer Assistance Center Mercedes Benz USA LLC One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 In Canada Customer Relations Department Mercedes Benz Canada Inc 98 Vanderhoof Avenue Toronto Ontario M4G 4C9 Introduction Reporting safety defects For the USA only The following text is published as required of manufacturers under Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 Reporting safety defects If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immedi
199. d gear range appears in the multifunction display 1 Current gear range Effect The transmission shifts through sixth gear only The transmission shifts through fifth gear only The transmission shifts through fourth gear only Effect The transmission shifts through third gear only With this selection you can use the braking effect of the engine The transmission shifts through second gear only Allows the use of engine s braking power when driving e on steep downgrades e in mountainous regions e under extreme operating conditions The transmission operates in first gear only For maximum use of engine s braking effect on very steep or lengthy downgrades Controls in detail Automatic transmission The selected program mode appears in the multifunction display 149 5 M Automatic shift program The program mode selector switch is located on the lower part of the center console D 26753 N41 Program mode selector switch CLS 63 AMG only M Manual For manual gear shifting Current program mode gt page 179 T Never change the program mode when the C Comfort For standard driving gear selector lever is out of park position P This could result in a change of driving characteristics for which you may not be prepared Program mode selector switch C Comfort For comfort driving S Sport For sporty driving S Sport For standard driving The last selected program m
200. d one or more drive wheels are spinning the ESP warn ing lamp in the instrument cluster flashes However the ESP will then not stabilize the ve hicle The switch is located on the center con sole 1 ESP switch gt With the engine running press ESP switch Q until the ESP warning lamp in the instrument cluster comes on The ESP is switched off Safety and Security Driving safety systems Switching off the ESP Please be aware of these limits when you Warning amp VAN CLS 63 AMG only switch off the ESP When the ESP warning lamp S or Do not switch off the ESP when a spare illuminated continuously the ESP is Warning A wheel is mounted switched off or is not operational due to a malfunction Vehicle stability in standard driving maneuvers is reduced Adapt your speed and driving to the prevail ing road conditions and to the non operating status of the ESP T Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for an ex tended period with the ESP switched off This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty The ESP should not be switched off during normal driving Disabling of the system will result in the following e no restriction to engine torque e loss of system supported traction control ESP OFF is designed for driving on closed tracks when the natural oversteer and un dersteer characteristics are desired
201. d seat anchors 86 Override switch for rear passenger compartment 87 Cigarette lighter 249 Climate control system Air conditioning refrigerant 450 Air conditioning Cooling 201 Air distribution 195 Air recirculation mode 198 Air volume 196 Automatic mode Control panel Rear Deactivating system Front defroster 197 Maximum cooling MAX COOL 198 Rear climate control 202 Residual engine heat REST 201 Clock 27 157 Setting time 157 Cockpit 24 Cold tire inflation pressure 324 Collapsible tire Inflating 416 Collapsible wheel chock 397 COMAND see separate operating instruc tions Combination filter with pollutant sensitive air recirculation mode 200 Combination switch 55 130 194 202 194 Control system 139 Functions 143 Multifunction display 139 Multifunction steering wheel 140 Resetting to factory default 153 Control system menus 142 143 AUDIO 148 Distronic 151 NAV 150 Settings 152 Standard display 145 TEL 166 Trip computer 164 Vehicle status message memory 151 Control system submenus Convenience 163 Instrument cluster 155 Lighting 159 Time Date 157 Vehicle 162 Convenience submenu 163 Activating easy entry exit feature 163 Coolant Defrosting Checking level 290 Front 197 Messages in display 375 377 Rear window 186 Temperature 282 Delayed shut off Temperature indicator 137 Exteriorlamps 161 Warning lamp 350 Interior lighting 162 Corner illuminating front fog lamps 130 Department of Transportation se
202. d the last speed stored flashes for approximately 5 seconds the dirt e g slush has dissolved Distronic works again Offset driving Controls in detail Driving systems Lane changing Narrow vehicles el a Para Meh U m ee ee T TEn e l P54 70 2214 31 A vehicle traveling in your lane but offset from your direct line of travel may not be detected by Distronic There will be insuffi cient distance to the vehicle ahead n om Ei m a ae a Pe abate toes age l x Tea h i ee P54 70 2215 31 P54 70 2216 31 Distronic has not yet detected the vehicle Because of their narrow profile the vehi changing lanes There will be insufficient cles traveling near the outer edges of the distance to the lane changing vehicle lane have not yet been detected by Distronic There will be insufficient dis tance to the vehicles ahead Controls in detail Driving systems Airmatic DC Dual Control Airmatic automatically selects the opti mum suspension tuning and ride height for your vehicle The Airmatic consists of two components e Adaptive Damping System ADS e Vehicle level control The ADS automatically selects the opti mum damping for the respective driving conditions At the same time the suspen sion is set to either Sport 1 Sport 2 or Comfort Suspension tuning The suspension tuning is set according to
203. desired interior light gt Press front rear interior lighting switch or 2 again to switch off the respective interior light Switching front reading lamps on and off The front reading lamps are located in the ee interior rear view mirror Left reading lamp on off 2 Left reading lamp 3 Right reading lamp 4 Right reading lamp on off Rear interior lamp gt Press front reading lamp switch C or to switch on the desired front reading lamp gt Press front reading lamp switch C or again to switch off the respective front reading lamp Rear reading lamps gt Press rear reading lamp switch Q or 4 to switch on the respective rear reading lamp gt Press rear reading lamp switch Q or 4 again to switch off the respective rear reading lamp Controls in detail Door entry lamps For better orientation in the dark the cor responding door entry lamps will switch on in darkness when you open a door and the automatic control is activated The door entry lamps will switch off when the corresponding door is closed a If you turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 0 and switch off the head lamps the door entry lamps will remain lit for ap proximately 5 minutes Lighting Trunk lamp The trunk lamp switches on if the trunk is opened If the trunk remains open the trunk light ing switches off automatically after ap proximately 10 minutes Contr
204. discharged after a malfunction if the tilt sliding sunroof does not open smoothly Remove the respective fuse from the fuse box in passenger compartment gt page 428 Reinsert the fuse in the fuse box Switch on the ignition gt page 38 Move and hold the sunroof switch in di rection of arrow 8 until the tilt sliding sunroof is fully raised at the rear Keep holding the sunroof switch in di rection of arrow 8 for approximately 1 second Check the Express open feature gt page 212 If the tilt sliding sunroof opens com pletely the roof is synchronized Other wise repeat the above steps Y Driving systems The following driving systems are explained on the following pages e Cruise control and Distronic with which the vehicle can maintain a preset speed e Airmatic DC adjusts the vehicle sus pension characteristics automatically and controls the vehicle level e Parktronic system which assists the driver during parking maneuvers For information on the BAS ABS ESP and EBP see Driving safety systems gt page 89 Controls in detail Cruise control The cruise control automatically maintains the speed you set for your vehicle Use of cruise control is recommended for driving at a constant speed for extended periods of time You can set or resume cruise control at any speed above 20 mph 30 km h The cruise control function is operated by means of the cruise
205. djusting BB if an exterior rear view mirror was forcibly pushed forward hit from the rear or forcibly pushed rearward hit from the front reposition it by applying firm pressure until it snaps into place The mirror housing is now properly posi tioned and you can adjust the mirror normally The memory function gt page 123 lets you store the setting for the seat position together with the setting for the steering wheel and the exterior rear view mirrors At low ambient temperatures the exterior rear view mirrors will be heated automatically For more information see Activating exte rior rear view mirror parking position gt page 184 For more information see Rear view mir rors gt page 183 Getting started Driving Warning A N Make sure that absolutely no objects are ob structing the pedals range of movement Keep the driver s footwell clear of all obsta cles If there are any floormats or carpets in the footwell make sure that the pedals still have sufficient clearance During sudden driving or braking maneuvers the objects could get caught between the pedals You could then no longer brake or accelerate This could lead to accidents and injury Fastening the seat belts Warning A N Always fasten your seat belt before driving off Always make sure all of your passengers are properly restrained even those sitting in the rear Failure to wear and properly fasten a
206. do if Possible solution gt vy Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrupt steering and braking maneuvers If necessary change the wheel gt page 412 Have the damaged wheel repaired or replaced at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrupt steering and braking maneuvers Check and adjust tire pressure as required If necessary change the wheel gt page 412 Have the damaged wheel repaired or replaced at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display message Please correct the tire pressure Tire Pressure Caution Tire Defect Tire Pressure Check Tires Warning Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle Possible cause consequence The pressure is too low in one or more tires One or more tires are deflating Vehicles with Advanced TPMS The tire pressure in one or more tires is already below the minimum value Possible solution gt Check and correct tire inflation pressure as required gt page 303 Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrupt steering and braking maneuvers If necessary change the wheel gt page 412 Have the damaged wheel repaired or replaced at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrupt steering and braking maneuvers
207. door handle Seat adjustment Memory function for stor ing seat exterior mirror and steering wheel settings Exterior rear view mirror ad jJustment Switches for opening clos ing front and rear side win dows rear window override switch 6 Remote trunk release switch trunk opening clos ing system a ss LL Getting started Unlocking Adjusting Driving Parking and locking Getting started Unlocking The Getting started section provides an overview of the vehicle s most basic func tions First time Mercedes Benz owners should pay special attention to the infor mation given here Unlocking with the SmartKey If you are already familiar with the basic functions described here the Controls in detail section will provide you with further information The corresponding page refer ences are located at the end of each seg ment P80 35 2281 31 SmartKey with remote control Lock button Opening button for trunk 3 Unlock button 4 Panic button Warning A When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s un supervised access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury gt Press unlock button on the SmartKey All turn signal lamps flash once An ac
208. door window blocking Operation 87 Side windows 205 Synchronizing 207 Practical hints 344 PRE SAFE Messages in display 360 368 Problems While driving 58 With vehicle 17 Product information 9 Production options weight 325 Program mode see Automatic transmis sion Automatic shift program Program mode selector switch Automatic shift program 175 PSI 325 Push start see Tow start R RACETIMER 146 Radio Selecting stations 149 Selecting stations satellite 149 Radio transmitters 280 Reading lamp Front 133 Rear 134 Rear door ashtray see Ashtrays 249 Rear door window Blocking operation 87 Rear fog lamp see Fog lamps Rearlamp 406 Rear lamps see Tail lamps Rear seat head restraints see Head re straints Rear storage compartment in the rear cen ter console 244 Rear view mirrors see Mirrors Rear window defroster 186 Rear window sunshade 185 Recommended tire inflation pressure 325 Recovery services Stolen vehicle Tele Aid 262 Refrigerant Air conditioning 450 Refueling 283 Regular checks 285 Reminder seat belts see Seat belts Tell tale Remote control see Key SmartKey Remote door unlock Tele Aid 261 Replacing bulbs Additional turn signals 407 Brake lamps 407 Frontlamps 407 Headlamps 405 High beam headlamps 408 High mounted brake lamp 407 License plate lamps 409 Low beam headlamps 408 Parking lamps 409 Side marker lamps 407 Taillamps 409 Turn signallamps 408 Reporting safety defects 18 Research o
209. driving with the hood open gt Close the hood gt page 286 This message will appear whenever the gt Close the trunk trunk is open HH E The battery is no longer charging gt Stop immediately in a safe location or as soon as it is safe to do so and check the poly V belt Possible causes e alternator malfunctioning Veen it i e broken poly V belt a Do not continue to drive Otherwise Considerably greater brake pedal force is the engine will overheat due to an required and the stopping distance is inoperative water pump which may re increased sult in damage to the engine Notify an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If it is intact gt Drive immediately to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Adjust driving to be consistent with reduced braking responsiveness Display symbol Display message Battery Alternator Stop Vehicle Low Voltage Start Engine iO Brake Wear BE Brake pad thickness must be visually in spected by a qualified technician at the intervals specified in the Maintenance Booklet Practical hints Possible cause consequence There is a malfunction in the electronic system The battery is malfunctioning Considerably greater brake pedal force is required and the stopping distance is in creased The battery has insufficient voltage The brake pads have reached their wear limit What to do if Possible solution gt Have the system checked at an
210. dth For example Treadwear Traction Temperature 200 AA A All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Operation Tires and wheels Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rat ing based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For ex ample a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction The traction grades from highest to low est are AA A B and C Those grades rep resent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction perfor mance A The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Warning Temperature The temperature grades are A the high est B and C representing the tire s resis tance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled
211. e The following message appears in the multifunc tion display Cannot be completely reset to factory settings while driving Setting locator lighting With the locator lighting feature activated and the exterior lamp switch in position W the following lamps will switch on during darkness when the vehi cle is unlocked with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO e Parking lamps e Tail lamps e License plate lamps e Side marker lamps e Front fog lamps The locator lighting switches off when the driver s door is opened If you do not open a door after unlocking the vehicle with the SmartKey the lamps will switch off automatically after approxi mately 40 seconds gt Move the selection marker with button or E to the Lighting submenu Press button JA or Ref repeatedly until the message Surround Light Function appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting Surround Light Function hi Fa DDEG OFF 72 F 143 3 HI P54 32 4920 31 Press button or E to switch the locator lighting function On or Off Turn the exterior lamp switch to position A when exiting the vehicle The locator lighting feature is activat ed Controls in detail Control system Setting ambient lighting The ambient light is switched off at gt Move the selection marker with Use this function to adjust the brightness Sering ii d oa of the ambient lighting E T aaa A ena etting nig
212. e In addition a warning signal sounds Operation Tires and wheels Restarting Advanced TPMS The TPMS usually recognizes new refer ence values automatically for example when you have e adjusted the tire inflation pressure e changed wheels or tires e mounted new wheels or tires A It is the driver s responsibility to calibrate the TPMS on the recommended cold infla tion pressure Underinflated tires affect the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You might lose control over the vehicle Warning Operation Tires and wheels If you want to set new reference values manually gt Using the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar or if available the supplemental tire infla tion pressure information on the inside of the fuel filler flap make sure the tire inflation pressure of all four tires is cor rect Restart the TPMS after adjusting the tire in flation pressure to the inflation pressure recom mended for the vehicle operating condition Tire pressure should only be adjusted on cold tires Observe the recommended tire inflation pres sure on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar gt page 296 Some vehicles may have supplemental tire inflation pressure information for driving at high speeds gt page 302 or for vehicle loads less than the maximum loaded vehicle condition If such infor mation is provided it can be found on the
213. e film that comes with the spare wheel and put the wheel in the trunk You can also place the damaged wheel down into the spare wheel well In this case you must stow the luggage bowl in the trunk MOExtended system The MOExtended system allows you to continue driving your vehicle even if there is a total loss of pressure in one or more tires You may only use the MOExtended system in conjunction with Tire Pressure Monitor ing System U S vehicles Run Flat Indica tor Canada vehicles or Advanced Tire Pressure Monitoring System Canada only T The maximum distance in emergency mode depends on the vehicle s load It is 30 miles 50 km if the vehicle is partially loaded and 18 miles 30 km if the vehicle ts fully loaded The point at which the maximum driving distance begins in emergency mode is when the warning message appears in the multifunction display indicating that there is a loss of tire inflation pressure Do not exceed the maximum speed of 50 mph 80 km h Practical hints Warning In emergency mode your vehicle s driving characteristics are diminished in such situa tions as e driving around curves e while braking e while accelerating rapidly Therefore your driving style must be adapt ed accordingly Avoid abrupt steering and driving maneuvers as well as driving over obstacles road curbs potholes or off road areas This is especially important if the vehicle is heavily
214. e loss As a result you could lose control of your vehicle Warning Worn old tires can cause accidents If the tire tread is badly worn or if the tires have sustained damage replace them Regularly check your tire inflation pressure at least once a month For more informa tion on checking tire inflation pressure see Recommended tire inflation pressure gt page 301 Tire inspection Every time you check your tire inflation pressure you should also inspect your tires for the following e excessive treadwear gt page 294 e cord or fabric showing through the tire s rubber e bumps bulges cuts cracks or splits in the tread or side of the tire Replace the tire if you find any of the above conditions Make sure you also inspect the spare tire periodically for condition and inflation Spare tires will age and become worn over time even if never used and thus should be inspected and replaced when necessary Life of tire The service life of a tire is dependent upon varying factors including but not limited to e Driving style e Tire inflation pressure e Distance driven A Tires and spare tire should be replaced after 6 years regardless of the remaining tread Warning Tread depth Do not allow your tires to wear down too far Adhesion properties on wet roads are sharply reduced at tread depths of less than 1 4 in 3 mm Tread wear indicators TWI are required by law Th
215. e tires different tire dimensions front vs rear tire rotation is not possible Warning Tire rotation can be performed on vehicles with tires of the same dimension all around If your vehicle is equipped with tires of the same dimension all around tires can be rotated observing a front to rear rotation pattern that will maintain the intended rotation spinning direction of the tire gt page 295 In some cases such as when your vehicle is equipped with mixed size tires different tire dimension front vs rear tire rotation is not possible If applicable to your vehicle s tire configu ration tires can be rotated according to the tire manufacturer s recommended in tervals in the tire manufacturer s warranty pamphlet located in your vehicle literature portfolio If none is available tires should be rotated every 3000 to 6000 miles 5000 to 10000 km or sooner if neces sary according to the degree of tire wear The same rotation spinning direction must be maintained gt page 295 Operation Tires and wheels Rotate tires before the characteristic tire wear pattern becomes visible shoulder wear on front tires and tread center wear on rear tires Thoroughly clean the mounting face of wheels and brake disks i e the inner side of the wheels tires during each rotation Check for and ensure proper tire inflation pressure Warning A N Have the tightening torque checked after changing a wheel
216. e DOT Cruise control 213 Dialing Canceling 215 A number telephone 167 Driving downhill 214 Difficulties Driving uphill 214 While driving 58 Fine adjustment 216 With starting 52 Lever 222 Digital clock see Clock Saving current speed 214 Digital speedometer 145 Setting speed 214 Dimensions vehicle 447 Cruise control lever 213 222 Direction of rotation tires 295 Cup holders 246 Curb weight 324 D Date display setting 158 159 Daytime running lamp mode 128 Setting 159 Deceleration With Distronic 221 Deep water see Standing water Defogging windshield 197 Displays Digital speedometer 145 Distronic 219 Maintenance service indicator message 330 Messages in display 358 Multifunction display 139 Outside temperature 139 156 Selecting 156 Symbol messages 372 Text messages 360 Vehicle status message memory 151 Vehicle system settings Control system 152 Distance Decreasing in Distronic 226 Increasing in Distronic 226 Warning function 226 Distance to empty range 166 Trip computer 164 Distronic 217 Activating deactivating 222 Cleaning system sensor 337 Control system 151 Distance warning function 226 Driving hints 227 Intermittent warning sound 226 Menu 221 Messages in display 361 362 Sensor cover 337 Symbol in multifunction display 151 Warning and indicator lamps 220 Door Entry lamps 135 Locking unlocking SmartKey 102 Locking unlocking SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 106 Message in d
217. e While in a sharp turn or if the vehicle in front is in a sharp turn Distronic could lose sight of a vehicle traveling in front of it then your vehicle could accelerate to the previously selected speed b gt Controls in detail b gt Driving systems Distronic regulates only the distance be tween your vehicle and those directly ahead of it but does not register stationary objects in the road e g e a stopped vehicle in a traffic jam e a disabled vehicle e an oncoming vehicle The driver must always be on the alert observe all traffic and intercede as required by steering or braking the vehicle A Distronic should not be used in snowy or icy road conditions Warning Turns and bends The most likely cause for a malfunctioning system is a dirty sensor located behind the hood grille especially at times of snow and ice or heavy rain In such a case Distronic will switch off and the message DISTRONIC Currently Unavailable See Operator s Manual appears in the multifunction display For cleaning and care of the Distronic sen sor see Cleaning the Distronic system sensor cover gt page 337 P54 70 22713 341 In turns or bends Distronic may not detect a moving vehicle in front or it may detect one too soon This may cause your vehicle to brake late or unexpectedly i If the message DISTRONIC Currently Unavailable See Operator s Manual disappears during driving an
218. e driving The engine runs erratically and misfires e An ignition cable may be damaged e The engine electronics may not be operating properly e Unburned gasoline may have entered the catalytic converter and damaged it gt Give very little gas Have the problem repaired by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible The coolant temperature is above 248 F 120 C The coolant is too hot and is no longer cooling the engine gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location as soon as possible and turn off the en gine Allow engine and coolant to cool off gt Check the coolant level and add cool ant if necessary gt page 290 In case of accident If the vehicle is leaking fuel gt Do not start the engine under any circumstances gt Notify local fire and or police authori ties If the extent of the damage cannot be determined gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance If no damage can be determined on the e major assemblies e fuel system e engine mount gt Start the engine in the usual manner Y Parking and locking You have now completed your first drive You have properly stopped and parked your vehicle End your drive as follows Warning A N With the engine not running there is no power assistance for the brake and steering systems In this case it is important to keep in mind that a considerably higher degree of effort is necessary
219. e electronic traction system cannot pre vent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle Safety and Security Driving safety systems Switching off the ESP Switching off the ESP except CLS 63 AMG A Warning The ESP should not be switched off during normal driving other than in the circum stances described below Disabling of the system will reduce vehicle stability in driving maneuvers Do not switch off the ESP when a spare wheel is mounted To improve the vehicle s traction switch off the ESP in driving situations where it would be advantageous to have drive wheels spin and thus cut into surfaces for better grip such as e when driving with snow chains e in deep snow e in sand or gravel A Switch on the ESP immediately if the afore mentioned circumstances do not apply any more Otherwise the ESP will not stabilize the vehicle when it is starting to skid or a wheel is spinning Warning When you switch off the ESP the ESP does not stabilize the vehicle the engine output is not limited which allows the drive wheels to spin and thus cut into surfaces for better grip the traction control will still apply the brakes to a spinning wheel the ESP continues to operate when you are braking you cannot activate the cruise control or the Distronic the cruise control or Distronic switch off if currently activated ee When the ESP is switched off an
220. e menus and the functions within each menu as being arranged in a circular pattern e If you press button or repeatedly you will pass through each menu one after the other e If you press button BV or Bay repeatedly you will pass through each function display one after the other in the current menu Controls in detail Inthe Settings menu instead of functions you will find a number of submenus for calling up and changing settings For instructions on using these submenus see the Settings menu section gt page 152 The number of menus available in the sys tem depends on which optional equipment is installed in your vehicle Control system The menus are described on the following pages Controls in detail Control system Menus This is what you will see when you scroll The table on the next page provides an through the menus overview of the individual menus ae Standard display 2 AMG Tire Pressure Trip computer TEL off ERS Vehicle supply voltage 3 AUDIO AUDIO off From Start 50m 60 16 4 mpg sil Distronic Settings Vehicle status press reset button Instr Cluster E Timer Date Lighting Vehicle SS SS __ P54 32 4938 31 Menus submenus and functions Menu 1 Standard display gt page 145 Digital speedometer Calling up maintenance system display Checking tire inflation pressure Commands submenu
221. e or more main functions of the Tele Aid system are malfunctioning The emergency power battery for the Tele Aid system is malfunctioning If the vehicle battery is also dead Tele Aid will not be operational The system is malfunctioning to have the system checked otherwise the SRS may not be activated when needed in an accident which could result in serious or fatal injury or it might deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarily which could also result in injury Possible solution gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible gt Have the Tele Aid system checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Have the Tele Aid system checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Drive with added caution to the near est authorized Mercedes Benz Center Display symbol Display message Caution Tire Pressure Tire Defect Check Tires Warning J Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You may lose control of the vehicle Contin ued driving with a flat tire will cause exces sive heat build up and possibly a fire Practical hints Possible cause consequence One or more tires are deflating The respective tire is shown in the multifunction display Vehicles with Advanced TPMS The tire pressure in one or more tires is already below the minimum value The respective tire is shown in the multifunction display What to
222. e phone cradle P82 70 5736 31 Example illustration 1 To release the mobile phone cradle 2 To remove the mobile phone cradle 3 Mobile phone cradle Controls in detail Useful features gt Press release button in direction of arrow 1 and take mobile phone cradle 3 out in direction of arrow 2 Installing a different mobile phone cradle PB2 70 5737 31 Example illustration 1 Contact plate 2 Recesses 3 Mobile phone cradle gt Insert mobile phone cradle into recesses 2 of contact plate Q gt Push mobile phone cradle forward until it engages Controls in detail Useful features Tele Aid i The initial activation of the Tele Aid system may only be performed by completing the sub scriber agreement and placing an acquaintance call using button RAM Failure to complete ei ther of these steps will result in a system that is not activated If you have any questions regarding activation please call the Response Center at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA or 1 888 923 8367 in Canada Shortly after the completion of your Tele Aid acquaintance call you will receive a user ID and password By visiting www mbusa com and selecting Tele Aid USA only you will have access to account information remote door unlock and more The Tele Aid system Telematic Alarm Identification on Demand The Tele Aid system consists of three types of response e automatic and m
223. e seat the door windows and the tilt sliding sunroof to their previous po sition If the seat belts do not release gt Adjust the backrest or seat slightly to the rear until the seat belt tension is di minished The locking mechanism releases Active head restraints The active head restraints offer the driver s and front passenger increased protection from whiplash type injuries In the event of a rear end collision the active head re straints on the driver s and front passen ger s seats are designed to move forward in the direction of travel providing the head with increased support earlier on in the collision sequence The active head re straints move forward whether the seat is occupied or not A Do not attach any objects e g hangers to the head restraint posts Otherwise the ac tive head restraints may not be able to func tion properly or offer the intended degree of protection in the event of a collision Warning For information on resetting the activated active head restraints see Resetting acti vated head restraints gt page 401 You cannot remove the active head restraint on the driver s and front passen gers seat For removal of the active head restraints we recommend that you contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center A Only use seat or head restraint covers which have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle model Using other seat or head r
224. e size designation Temporary spare tires which are high pressure compact spares designed for temporary emergency use only Operation Tire width The tire width Q gt page 314 indicates the nominal tire width in mm Aspect ratio The aspect ratio 2 gt page 314 is the dimensional relationship between tire section height and section width and is expressed in percentage The aspect ratio is arrived at by dividing section height by section width Tires and wheels Tire code The tire code gt page 314 indicates the tire construction type The R stands for radial tire type Letter D means diag onal or bias ply construction letter B means belted bias ply construction At the tire manufacturer s option any tire with a speed capability above 149 mph 240 km h can include a ZR in the size designation for example 245 40 ZR 18 For additional information see Tire speed rating gt page 316 Rim diameter The rim diameter 4 gt page 314 is the diameter of the bead seat not the diameter of the rim edge Rim diameter is indicated in inches in Operation Tires and wheels Tire load rating The tire load rating G gt page 314 is a numerical code associated with the maximum load a tire can support For example a load rating of 91 corre sponds to a maximum load of 1356 Ibs 615 kg the tire is designed to support See also Maximum tire load
225. e system does not reset contact the Response Center at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA or 1 888 923 8367 in Canada or Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 in the USA or Customer Ser vice at 1 800 387 0100 in Canada Useful features Remote door unlock In case you have locked your vehicle unin tentionally e g SmartKey inside vehicle and the reserve SmartKey is not handy gt Contact the Mercedes Benz Response Center at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA or 1 888 923 8367 in Canada You will be asked to provide your pass word which you provided when you completed the subscriber agreement gt Then return to your vehicle and pull the tailgate recessed handle for minimum of 20 seconds until the SOS button is flashing The message Connecting Call ap pears in the multifunction display As an alternative you may unlock the vehi cle via Internet using the ID and password sent to you shortly after the completion of your acquaintance call The Response Center will then unlock your vehicle with the remote door unlocking feature Controls in detail Useful features The remote door unlock feature is available if the relevant cellular phone network is avail able The SOS button will flash and the message Connecting Call will appear in the multifunc tion display to indicate receipt of the door unlock command Once the vehicle is unlocked a Response Center specialist may
226. e vehicle than there are seat belts available Be sure everyone riding in the vehicle is correctly restrained with a separate seat belt Never use a seat belt for more than one person at a time Warning A N Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seat backrest in an excessively reclined position as this can be dangerous You could slide under the seat belt in a collision If you slide under it the belt would apply force at the abdomen or neck That could cause serious or even fatal injuries The seat backrest and seat belts provide the best restraint when the wearer is in a position that is as upright as possible and the seat belts are properly positioned on the body Warning A N Read and observe the additional warning notices printed in the Safety and security section gt page 76 N k E 1 Belt outlet 2 Latch plate 3 Release button 4 Buckle Getting started Driving With a smooth motion pull the belt from belt outlet Q Place the shoulder portion of the belt across the top of your shoulder and the lap portion across your hips Push latch plate 2 into buckle until it clicks If necessary tighten the lap portion to a snug fit by pulling shoulder portion up Getting started Driving Belt outlet height adjustment _ p91 40 2543 31 1 Release button gt Press release button Q and move the seat belt height adjuster upward or downward Proper
227. e wheel chock and another sizeable object on the downhill side blocking both wheels of the axle not being worked on Practical hints Flat tire A The jack is designed exclusively for jacking up the vehicle at the jack take up brackets built into either side of the vehicle To help avoid personal injury use the jack only to lift the vehicle during a wheel change Never get beneath the vehicle while it is supported by the jack Keep hands and feet away from the area under the lifted vehicle Always firmly set parking brake and block wheels before raising vehicle with jack Warning Do not disengage parking brake while the vehicle is raised Be certain that the jack is always vertical plumb line when in use es pecially on hills Always try to use the jack on level surface Be sure that the jack arm is fully seated in the jack take up bracket Al ways lower the vehicle onto sufficient ca pacity jackstands before working under the vehicle P40 10 3744 31 1 Wheel wrench gt On wheel to be changed loosen but do not yet remove the wheel bolts ap proximately one full turn with wheel wrench The jack take up brackets are located di rectly behind the front wheel housings and in front of the rear wheel housings P40 10 3745 31 Q Jack take up bracket 2 Jack gt gt Place jack 2 on firm ground Position jack 2 under take up bracket so that it is always vertical plumb line
228. eath Do not run the engine in confined areas such as a garage which are not properly ventilated If you think that exhaust gas fumes are entering the vehicle while driving have the cause determined and corrected immediately If you must drive under these conditions drive only with at least one win dow fully open at all times Operation Driving instructions Coolant temperature During severe operating conditions and stop and go city traffic the coolant tem perature may rise close to approximately 248 F 120 C The engine should not be operated with the coolant temperature over 248 F 120 C Doing so may cause serious engine damage which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Warning e Driving when your engine is badly over heated can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine com partment to catch fire You could be seriously burned e Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns and can occur just by opening the engine hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Turn off the engine get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until the engine has cooled down V At the gas station Refueling A Gasoline is highly flammable and poisonous It burns violently and can cause serious per sonal injury Warning Never allow sparks flame or smoking mate rials near gasoline Turn off the engine b
229. ect value Tires and wheels gt Switch on the ignition gt page 38 Make sure the standard display menu appears in the multifunction display gt page 139 gt Press button BV or EAN repeatedly until the following message appears in the multifunction display Run Flat Indicator Active Menu R Button gt Press the reset button gt page 27 The following message will appear in the multifunction display Restart Run Flat Indicator Cancel Yes If you wish to confirm activation gt Press button ES The following message will appear in the multifunction display Run Flat Indicator Restarted bb Operation Tires and wheels gt P gt After a certain learning phase the Run Flat Indicator checks the set pressure val ues for all four tires If you wish to cancel activation gt Press button EE or gt Wait until the message Restart Run Flat Indicator Cancel Yes disappears Checking tire inflation pressure elec tronically with the Tire Pressure Moni toring System TPMS USA only i The Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS is equipped with a combination low tire pressure TPMS malfunction telltale in the in strument cluster gt page 27 Depending on how the telltale illuminates it indicates a low tire pressure condition or a malfunction in the TPMS system itself e fthe telltale illuminates continuously one or more of your tires is significantly underi
230. ed Canceling the alarm With the SmartKey gt Insert the SmartKey in the starter switch or gt Press button or on the SmartKey With KEYLESS GO gt Pull an outside door handle The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be within 3 ft 1 m of the vehicle or gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 39 The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be inside the vehicle Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Seats Memory function Lighting Instrument cluster Control system Automatic transmission Good visibility 4 zone automatic climate control Power windows Power tilt sliding sunroof Driving systems Loading Useful features Controls in detail Locking and unlocking In the Controls in detail section you will find detailed information on how to oper ate the equipment installed on your vehi cle If you are already familiar with the basic functions of your vehicle this section will be of particular interest to you To quickly familiarize yourself with the ba sic functions of the vehicle refer to the Getting started section of this manual The corresponding page numbers are giv en at the beginning of each segment For more information on locking and unlocking see Getting started gt page 36 and gt page 59 SmartKey Your vehicle comes supplied with two SmartKeys each with remote control and a removable mechanical key The SmartKey p
231. ed T The use of non genuine Mercedes Benz parts and accessories not authorized by Mercedes Benz could damage the vehicle which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty or could compromise the vehicle s du rability or safety Y Warranty coverage Your vehicle is covered under the terms of the warranties printed in the Service and Warranty Information Booklet Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will ex change or repair any defective parts origi nally installed in the vehicle in accordance with the terms of the following warranties e New Car Limited Warranty e Emission System Warranty e Emission Performance Warranty e California Maine Massachusetts and Vermont Emission Control System Warranty Technical data Replacement parts and accessories are covered by the Mercedes Benz Parts and Accessories Warranties copies of which are available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Warranty coverage Loss of Service and Warranty Information Booklet Should you lose your Service and Warranty Information Booklet have your authorized Mercedes Benz Center arrange for a re placement It will be mailed to you Technical data Identification labels MFD BY DAIMLERCHRYSLER AG STUTTGART KG LBS Jpassencercar mane in cermanvO9 05 GVWR 390 5270 THS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL TO GANR FRON OO 2645 5 THEFT PREVENTON STANDARDS IN Sa GAWR REAR 1230 2710 on THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN Af OVE
232. ed battery first gt Start the engine of the disabled vehi cle You can now turn on the electrical con sumers Do not switch on the headlamps under any circumstances gt Remove the jumper cables first from negative terminals 2 and and then from positive terminals 4 and You can now switch on the headlamps gt Have the battery checked at the near est authorized Mercedes Benz Center Y Towing the vehicle Mercedes Benz recommends that the vehicle be transported with all wheels off the ground using flatbed or appropriate wheel lift dolly equipment This method is preferable to other types of towing ith Do not tow start the vehicle T Use flatbed or wheel lift dolly equipment with SmartKey in starter switch turned to position 0 Do not tow with sling type equipment Towing with sling type equipment over bumpy roads will damage radiator and supports To prevent damage during transport do not tie down vehicle by its chassis or suspension parts Switch off the automatic central gt page 163 locking When circumstances do not permit the recommended towing methods the vehicle may be towed with all wheels on the ground or front wheels raised only so far as necessary to have the vehicle moved to a safe location where the recommended towing methods can be employed Practical hints Warning A N If circumstances require towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground always tow with
233. ed in park position P is dangerous Also park position P alone is not intended to or capa ble of preventing your vehicle from moving possibly hitting people or objects Warning Always set the parking brake in addition to shifting to park position P gt page 53 When parked on an incline turn the front wheels towards the road curb Do not park this vehicle in areas where com bustible materials such as grass hay or leaves can come into contact with the hot exhaust system as these materials could be ignited and cause a vehicle fire A When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could move the gear selector lever from park position P which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Warning Controls in detail Driving tips Stopping When you stop briefly e g at traffic lights Accelerator position gt Leave the transmission in gear Your driving style influences the gt Hold the vehicle with the brake transmission s shifting behavior a When you stop for a longer period of time peerage Sauleeupeniniie with the engine idling and or on a hill More throttle Later upshifting gt Set the parking brake Kickdown gt Move the gear selector lever to park position P Use kickdown w
234. eds no more than of maximum rpm in each gear Avoid accelerating by kickdown Do not attempt to slow the vehicle down by shifting to a lower gear using the gear selector lever Select gear 3 2 or 1 only when driving at moderate speeds for hill driving Select C as the preferred shift program gt page 175 for the first 1000 miles 1500 km After 1000 miles 1500 km you may grad ually increase vehicle and engine speeds to the permissible maximum BE Additional instructions for AMG vehicles During the first 1000 miles 1500 km do not exceed a speed of 85 mph 140 km h During this period avoid engine speeds above 4500 rpm in each gear All of the above instructions as may apply to your vehicle type also apply when driv ing the first 1000 miles 1500 km after the engine or the rear differential has been replaced amp Always obey applicable speed limits Y Driving instructions Drive sensibly save fuel Fuel consumption to a great extent de pends on driving habits and operating con ditions To save fuel you should Keep tires at the recommended infla tion pressures Remove unnecessary loads Remove roof rack when not in use Allow engine to warm up under low load use Avoid frequent acceleration and decel eration Have all maintenance work performed at the intervals specified in the Mainte nance Booklet and as required by the Maintenance System Contact an authorized
235. eed Average speed during lap Selecting radio station gt Turn on COMAND and select radio Refer to separate COMAND operating instructions gt Press button or repeatedly until the currently tuned station in the multifunction display appears 1m a Ow a 72 F 149 3 MI Pod 32 2478 31 1 Waveband setting 2 Station frequency gt Press button RVA or EAN repeatedly until the desired station is found Controls in detail You can only store new stations using the corresponding feature on the radio see separate operating instructions You can also operate the radio in the usual man ner Selecting satellite radio station USA only The satellite radio is treated as a radio application gt Select SAT radio with the correspond ing softkey in the radio menu SAT i sp 2 3 CH 55 t2 F 149 3 MI P54 32 2231 31 1 SAT mode and preset number 2 Setting for station selection using memory 3 Channel name or number gt Press button BVA or EAN repeatedly until the desired channel is found Control system i Additional optional satellite radio equipment and a subscription to satellite radio service pro vider are required for satellite radio operation Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for details and availability for your vehicle For more information refer to separate COMAND operating instructions Operating CD player o The COMAND system and the CD
236. eeds the Gross Vehi cle Weight Rating GVWR and the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for either the front or rear axle You can obtain the GVWR and GAWR from the certification label The certification label can be found on the driver s door B pillar see Technical data gt page 434 Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR The total weight of the vehicle all occupants all cargo and the trailer tongue load gt page 300 must never exceed the GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR The to tal allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear To assure that your vehicle does not ex ceed the maximum permissible weight limits GVWR and GAWR for front and rear axle have the loaded vehicle including driver passengers and all cargo and if applicable trailer fully loaded weighed on a suitable commercial scale Trailer tongue load The tongue load of any trailer is an impor tant weight to measure because it affects the load you can carry in your vehicle If a trailer is towed the tongue load must be added to the weight of all occupants riding and any cargo you are carrying in the vehicle The tongue load typically is be tween 10 and 15 of the trailer weight and everything loaded in it Your Mercedes Benz has been designed primarily to carry passengers and their cargo Mercedes Benz does not recom mend trailer towing with your vehicle Recommended tire inflation pressure A Wa
237. efore refueling Whenever you are around gasoline avoid in haling fumes and skin or clothing contact extinguish all smoking materials Direct skin contact with fuels and the inha lation of fuel vapors can damage your health T Damage resulting from the use of non ap proved fuels or fuel additives or resulting from mixing gasoline with diesel fuel is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty The fuel filler flap is located on the right hand side of the vehicle towards the rear Locking unlocking the vehicle with the remote control automatically locks unlocks the fuel filler flap a In case that the central locking system does not release the fuel filler flap or the opening mechanism is clamping notify Roadside Assis tance or an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Operation At the gas station 1 Fuel filler flap 2 Fuel filler cap 3 Holder gt Turn the engine off gt Vehicles with SmartKey Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch Vehicles with KEYLESS GO Open the driver s door this puts the starter switch in position 0 same as with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch The driver s door then can be closed again Operation At the gas station gt gt Open fuel filler flap by pushing at the point indicated by the arrow The fuel filler flap springs open gt Turn fuel cap 2 counterclockwise and hold on to it until possible pressure is released
238. egularly Driving off Apply the brakes to test them briefly after driving off Perform this procedure only when the road is clear of other traffic Warm up the engine smoothly Do not place full load on the engine until the oper ating temperature has been reached When starting off on a slippery surface do not allow a drive wheel to spin for an ex tended period with the ESP switched off Doing so may cause serious damage to the drive train which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty T When driving off on a slippery surface do not allow a drive wheel to spin for an extended period with the ESP switched off Doing so may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited War ranty T Simultaneously depressing the accelerator pedal and applying the brake reduces engine performance and causes premature brake and drivetrain wear Parking Warning VAN Do not park this vehicle in areas where com bustible materials such as grass hay or leaves can come into contact with the hot exhaust system as these materials could be ignited and cause a vehicle fire To reduce the risk of personal injury or damage to the vehicle drivetrain as a result of vehicle movement before turning off the engine and leaving the vehicle always e Keep right foot on brake pedal e Firmly depress parking brake pedal e Move the gear selector lever to position P e Slowly rele
239. ehicle s tires P40 10 3561 31 1 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards gt page 321 2 DOT Tire Identification Number TIN gt page 318 3 Maximum tire load gt page 320 4 Maximum tire inflation pressure gt page 320 Manufacturer 6 Tire ply material gt page 323 7 Tire size designation load and speed rating gt page 314 Load identification gt page 318 9 Tire name For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration For more information see Rims and tires gt page 438 Tire size designation load and speed rating C Tire width 2 Aspect ratio in 3 Radial tire code 4 Rim diameter Tire load rating 6 Tire speed rating Gy For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration General Depending on the design standards used the tire size molded into the sidewall may have no letter or a letter preceding the tire size designation No letter preceding the size designation as illustrated above Passenger car tire based on European design standards Letter P preceding the size designation Passenger car tire based on U S design standards Letter LT preceding the size designation Light Truck tire based on U S design standards Letter T preceding th
240. ehicle damage Due to the width of the vehicle fold in exterior rear view mirrors prior to running the vehicle through an automatic car wash to prevent dam age to the mirrors After running the vehicle through an auto matic car wash wipe any wax off of the wind shield gt page 338 This will prevent smears and reduce wiping noise which can be caused by residual wax on the windshield When leaving the car wash make sure that the mirrors are folded out Otherwise they may vi brate Ornamental moldings For regular cleaning and care of ornamen tal moldings use a damp cloth it Do not use chrome cleaner on ornamental moldings Although ornamental moldings may have chrome appearance they could be made of anodized aluminum that will be damaged when cleaned with chrome cleaner Instead use a damp cloth to clean those ornamental moldings For very dirty ornamental moldings of which you are sure are chrome plated use a chrome clean er Ifin doubt whether an ornamental molding is chrome plated contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Headlamps tail lamps side markers turn signal lenses gt Usea mild car wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Shampoo with plenty of water BE Only use window cleaning solutions that are suitable for plastic lamp lenses Window clean ing solutions which are not suitable may damage the plastic lamp lenses of the headlamps There fore do not use abrasives solve
241. ent do one of the following e Move steering wheel adjustment stalk gt page 45 e Press one of the memory position but tons or the memory button M gt page 124 Do not leave children unattended in the ve hicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could open the driver s door and unintentionally activate the easy entry exit feature which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Getting started Adjusting With the easy entry exit feature activated the steering wheel will return to its last set position when you e close the driver s door with the ignition switched on or e insert the SmartKey into the starter switch or press the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 39 once with the driver s door closed The last set steering wheel position is stored when e the ignition is switched off e the position is stored in memory gt page 123 With the easy entry exit feature activated the steering wheel tilts upwards when you e remove the SmartKey from the starter switch or e open the drivers door with the SmartKey in starter switch position O or 1 or the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 39 in position 1 i If the current position for the steering wheel is in the uppermost tilt position the steering wheel will no longer be able to move upward when the easy entry exit feature is activated The adjustment procedure is briefly interrupted when
242. ent temper atures rise This prevents inaccurate tem perature indications caused by heat radiated from the engine during idling or slow driving Y Control system The control system is activated as soon as the SmartKey in the starter switch is turned to position 1 or as soon as the KEYLESS GO start stop button is in position 1 The control system enables you to e call up information about your vehicle e change vehicle settings For example you can use the control sys tem to find out when your vehicle is next due for service to set the language for messages in the multifunction display and much more i The displays for the audio systems radio CD player will appear in English regardless of the language selected A A driver s attention to the road and traffic conditions must always be his her primary focus when driving Warning For your safety and the safety of others selecting features through the multifunction steering wheel should only be done by the driver when traffic and road conditions per mit it to be done safely Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of 44 feet approximate ly 14 m every second The control system relays information to the multifunction display Controls in detail Control system Multifunction display 1 Outside temperature 2 Trip odometer 3 Automatic transmission program mode 4 Ma
243. eployed e onthe impacted side of the vehicle e in impacts exceeding a preset deploy ment threshold e independently of the front air bags In addition the window curtain air bags 2 are deployed e in certain vehicle rollovers The side impact air bags and window cur tain air bags are not deployed in impacts which do not exceed the system s deploy ment threshold Occupant Classification System The Occupant Classification System OCS automatically turns the front passenger front air bag on or off based on the classi fied occupant weight category determined by weight sensor readings from the front passenger seat The system does not deactivate the front passenger side impact air bag the window cur tain air bag and the Emergency Tensioning De vice Occupants must sit properly belted in a po sition that is as upright as possible with their back against the seat backrest and feet on the floor to be correctly classified If the occupant s weight is transferred to another object in the vehicle e g by lean ing on armrests the OCS may not be able to properly approximate the occupant s weight category Safety and Security Occupant safety Furthermore the occupant weight may ap pear to increase or decrease due to objects hanging on the seat other passen gers pushing on the seat objects lodged underneath the seat or stuffed between seat and middle console or between seat and door or due to obje
244. er before its scheduled replacement interval A clogged filter will reduce the air volume to the interior and the windows could fog up impairing visibility and endangering you and others Have a clogged filter replaced as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Keep the air intake grille in front of the wind Shield free of snow and debris Do not obstruct air flow by placing objects on the air flow through exhaust slots below the rear window i If the vehicle interior is hot ventilate the in terior before driving off see Summer opening feature page 208 The climate control will then adjust the interior temperature to the set value much faster Deactivating the climate control system Controls in detail 4 zone automatic climate control Deactivating gt Press button gt page 190 or gt page 191 until the display gt page 190 or gt page 191 is cleared Reactivating gt Make sure the ignition is switched on gt Press button gt page 190 or gt page 191 again The previous settings are once again in effect The air conditioning will not engage no cooling if the A C mode gt page 201 is deactivated i To switch the system on you can also press another button with the exception of or Ea and GES gt page 190 or gt page 197 VAN When the climate control is switched off the outside air supply and circulation are also switched off
245. ering wheel gt page 140 Floormats Warning AN Whenever you are using floormats make sure there is enough clearance and that the floormats are securely fastened Floormats should always be securely fas tened using eyelets 2 and retainer pins 1 Before driving off check that the floormats are securely in place and adjust them if nec essary A loose floormat could slip and hinder proper functioning of the pedals Do not place several floormats on top of each other as this may impair pedal movement 1 jo P68 00 387 371 31 1 Retainer pins 2 Eyelets ae To install or remove the floormat more easi ly move the driver s seat or front passenger seat as far to the rear as possible gt page 42 Removing gt Pull floormats off of retainer pins gt Remove the floormats Installing gt Lay down the floormat gt Press the floormat eyelets 2 onto re tainer pins Q Telephone Warning A N Never operate radio transmitters equipped with a built in or attached antenna i e with out being connected to an external antenna from inside the vehicle while the engine is running Doing so could lead to a malfunc tion of the vehicle s electronic system pos sibly resulting in an accident and or serious personal injury Radio transmitters such as a portable tele phone or a citizens band unit should only be used inside the vehicle if they are con nected to an antenna that
246. eriod with the ESP switched off This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty 1 ESP switch gt With the engine running press ESP switch Q until the ESP warning lamp in the instrument cluster comes on The ESP is switched off Y Anti theft systems Immobilizer The immobilizer prevents unauthorized persons from starting your vehicle Activating With the SmartKey gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch The immobilizer is activated With KEYLESS GO gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop but ton once The engine is turned off gt Open the driver s door Deactivating With the SmartKey gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 2 gt page 38 With KEYLESS GO gt Start the engine by means of the start stop button on the gear selector lever Ge In case the engine cannot be started yet the vehicle s battery is charged the system is not operational Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call 1 800 FOR MERCedes in the USA or 1 800 387 0100 in Canada Safety and Security Anti theft systems Anti theft alarm system Once the alarm system has been armed a visual and audible alarm is triggered when someone opens e adoor e the trunk e the hood The alarm will stay on even if the activat ing element a door for example is imme diately closed The alarm s
247. errupt pro cedure Convenience closing feature When you lock the vehicle you can close the windows tilt sliding sunroof simulta neously gt Aim transmitter eye of the SmartKey at the driver s outside door handle gt page 208 The SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be in close proximity to the driver s out side door handle gt Press and hold button until the windows the tilt sliding sunroof are completely closed Vehicles with KEYLESS GO 1 Lock button gt Press and hold lock button Q at an outside door handle until the windows the tilt sliding sunroof are completely closed gt Release lock button at the outside door handle to interrupt procedure Controls in detail Warning A N When closing the windows and the tilt slid ing sunroof make sure that there is no dan ger of anyone being harmed by the closing procedure If potential danger exists proceed as fol lows e Release button to stop the closing procedure To open press and hold button BE To continue the closing procedure after making sure that there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the closing procedure press and hold button eg Vehicles with KEYLESS GO e Release the lock button gt page 62 on the exterior driver s door handle to stop the closing procedure e Pull on the exterior driver s door handle and hold firmly The side windows and the tilt sliding sunroof will open for as
248. ers the passenger compartment through the air vents can be very hot or very cold depending on the set temperature This may cause burn or frostbite to unpro tected skin in the immediate area of the air vents Always keep sufficient distance be tween unprotected parts of the body and the air vents If necessary use the air distribu tion controls gt page 190 or gt page 191 to direct the air to air vents in the vehicle in terior that are not in the immediate area of unprotected skin Warning The climate control is a 4 zone intelligent climate control system Your vehicle interi or is divided into 4 zones P83 40 2877 31 With the help of a sun sensor the climate control determines the relation of the sun to the vehicle and automatically adjusts the inside temperature for every individual zone You can set the temperature for each of the 4 zones separately The climate control is operational whenev er the engine Is running It cools the vehi cle s interior according to the angle and intensity of the sun s rays the outside tem perature and the selected temperature You can operate the climate control sys tem in either the automatic or manual mode Nearly all dust particles pollutants and odors are filtered out before outside air en ters the passenger compartment through the air distribution system Warning A N Severe conditions e g strong air pollution may require replacement of the filt
249. es of snow and ice see Cleaning the Parktronic system sensors gt page 337 Interference caused by other ultrasonic sig nals e g working jackhammers car wash or the air brakes of trucks can cause the sys tem to send erratic indications and should be taken into consideration Warning A N Make sure no persons or animals are in the area in which you are maneuvering You could otherwise injure them The Parktronic system is an electronic aid designed to assist the driver during park ing maneuvers It visually and audibly indi cates the relative distance between the vehicle and an obstacle The Parktronic system is automatically activated when you switch on the ignition release the parking brake and placed the gear selector lever in position D R or N The Parktronic system deactivates at speeds over approximately 11 mph 18 km h At lower speeds the Parktronic system turns on again The Parktronic system also deactivates when you place the gear selector lever in position P or depress the parking brake pedal roundings of your vehicle with six sensors in the front bumper and four sensors in the rear bumper 1 Sensors in the front bumper Range of the sensors To function properly the sensors must be free of dirt ice snow and slush Clean the sensors regularly being careful not to scratch or damage the sensors see Cleaning the Parktronic system sensors gt page 337 Controls i
250. ese indicators are located in six places on the tread circumference and become visible at a tread depth of approx imately in 1 6 mm at which point the tire is considered worn and should be re placed Recommended minimum tire tread depth e Summer tires in 3 mm e Winter tires in 4 mm A Warning Although the applicable federal motor safety laws consider a tire to be worn when the treadwear indicators TWI become visible at approximately in 1 6 mm we recom mend that you do not allow your tires to wear down to that level As tread depth approaches in 3 mm the adhesion properties on a wet road are sharply reduced Depending upon the weather and or road surface conditions the tire traction varies widely 1 TWI Tread Wear Indicator The treadwear indicator appears as a solid band across the tread Operation Storing tires i Keep unmounted tires in a cool dry place with as little exposure to light as possible Pro tect tires from contact with oil grease and gaso line Cleaning tires T Never use a round nozzle to power wash tires The intense jet of water can result in damage to the tire Always replace a damaged tire Tires and wheels Direction of rotation Unidirectional tires offer added advan tages such as better hydroplaning perfor mance To benefit however you must make sure the tires rotate in the direction specified An arrow on
251. ess of those standard items which they replace not previously considered in curb weight or accessory weight including heavy duty brakes ride levelers roof rack heavy duty battery and special trim PSI Pounds per square inch A standard unit of measure for air pressure gt bar kilopascal kPa Recommended tire inflation pressure Recommended tire inflation pressure for normal driving conditions is listed on the Tire and Loading Information placard locat ed on the driver s door B pillar Provides best handling tread life and riding com fort If so equipped supplemental informa tion pertaining to special driving situations can be found on the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap Rim A metal support for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead Operation Tires and wheels TIN Tire Identification Number Unique identifier which facilitates efforts by tire manufacturers to notify purchasers in recall situations or other safety matters concerning tires and gives purchases the means to easily identify such tires The TIN is comprised of Manufacturer s identifica tion mark Tire size Tire type code and Date of manufacture Tire load rating Numerical code associated with the maximum load a tire can support Tire ply composition and material used
252. essure using the vent screw DD Practical hints Flat tire b gt Lowering the vehicle j l Warning A gt Lower vehicle by turning crank coun terclockwise until vehicle is resting ful Follow recommend inflation pressures f ly on its own weight Do not overinflate tires Overinflating tires can result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc gt Remove the jack Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated gt Detach the electric air pump p40 10 3748 31 gt Stow electrical plug and air hose Wheel bolts behind flap Q and place the air pump Tighten the five wheel bolts evenly fol back in the trunk lowing the diagonal sequence illustrat Vehicles with Advanced TPMS eon TO nila bolt ar en Do not activate the tire inflation pressure moni Observe a tightening torque of 96 lb ft tor gt page 309 until a full size wheel tire with 130 Nm functioning sensor has been placed back into service on the vehicle Warning A N Have the tightening torque checked after changing a wheel The wheels could come loose if they are not tightened to a torque of 96 Ib ft 130 Nm gt Before storing the jack in the trunk it should be fully collapsed i Wrap the damaged wheel in the protectiv
253. estraint covers may interfere with or prevent the activation of active head restraint Contact an autho rized Mercedes Benz Center for availability Warning Safety and Security Occupant safety Warning A N For your protection drive only with properly positioned head restraints Adjust head restraints so that it is as close to the head as possible and the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level This will reduce the potential for injury to the head and neck in the event of an accident or similar situation Do not drive the vehicle without the seat head restraints Head restraints are intend ed to help reduce injuries during an acci dent For information on head restraint adjust ment see Seats gt page 41 Safety and Security Occupant safety Children in the vehicle If an infant or child is traveling with you in the vehicle gt Secure the child using an infant or child restraint appropriate to the age and size of the child gt Make sure that the infant or child is properly secured at all times while the vehicle is in motion Infant and child restraint seats and information on choosing an appropriate restraint system can be obtained from any Mercedes Benz Center Warning J Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle even if they are secured in a child restraint system The children could e injure themselves on parts of the vehicle e be serio
254. ever 176 Steering wheel gearshift control 177 Operating safety 16 Ornamental moldings cleaning 336 Outside temperature see Displays Overdue maintenance service 330 Overhead control panel 31 48 68 287 P Paintwork Cleaning 335 Panic alarm 88 Parcel net Front passenger footwell Parking 59 On hills 59 Over things that burn Potential consequences 59 Parking brake 53 59 Message in display 374 Parking lamps 405 Replacing bulbs Parking position Exterior rear view mirrors Gear position 51 Parktronic system Parking assist see Parktronic 245 409 125 Parktronic 234 Activating deactivating 237 Cleaning system sensors 337 Malfunctioning 237 Minimum distance 235 Range 234 System sensors 337 Warning indicators 25 236 Warning sounds 237 Parts service 432 PASS AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp see Front passenger front air bag off indica tor lamp Passenger compartment Interior lighting 133 Interior rear view mirror 47 Main fuse box 429 Parcel net in the front passenger footwell 245 Passenger safety see Occupant safety Pedals 271 Phone see Telephone Plastic parts cleaning 339 Pliers universal vehicle tool kit 395 Poly V belt drive Layout 436 Positions Memory function see Seats Power assistance 272 Power outlet 250 Power seat see Seats 43 Power tilt sliding sunroof 210 Opening closing 210 Stopping 212 Synchronizing 212 Power washer 334 Power windows 205 Cleaning 338 Operating 205 Rear
255. eze contains ethylene glycol which ited Warranty may burn if it comes into contact with hot engine parts You could be seriously burned Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display message lt Coolant Stop Vehicle turn engine off Warning Driving when your engine is badly overheat ed can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire You could be seriously burned Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns and can occur just by opening Possible cause consequence The coolant is too hot gt the engine hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Stop the vehicle in a safe location away from other traffic Turn off the engine get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until the engine has cooled down Possible solution Stop the vehicle in a safe location or as soon as it is safe to do so and immediately turn off the engine Only start the engine again after the mes sage disappears You could otherwise dam age the engine Apply the parking brake gt page 53 Observe the coolant temperature indicator in the instrument cluster gt page 26 If the temperature rises again gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately During severe operation conditions and stop and go city traffic the coolant tem perature may rise close to 248 F 120 C i The engine shou
256. for an extended period of time to prevent bat tery discharge or connect an accessory battery charge unit expressly approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle model to main tain the battery charge Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for further information The battery the battery ventilation hose and the lateral plug must always be securely installed when the vehicle is in operation i Never loosen or detach battery terminal clamps while the engine is running or the SmartKey is in the starter switch Otherwise the alternator and other electronic components could be severely damaged Have the battery checked regularly by an autho rized Mercedes Benz Center Refer to Maintenance Booklet for maintenance intervals or contact your authorized Mercedes Benz Center for further information Practical hints Disconnecting the battery Warning AN With a disconnected battery you will no longer be able to turn the SmartKey in the starter switch and pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button on the gear selector lever will have no effect the gear selector lever will remain locked in position P Depress parking brake firmly or move gear selector lever to position P Turn off all electrical consumers Remove SmartKey from starter switch Vehicles with KEYLESS GO gt Press the start stop button until the engine shuts off gt Open the driver s door gt Battery Open the trunk Read and observe
257. front air bags in this vehicle have been designed to inflate in two stages This allows the air bag to have different rates of inflation that are based on the rate of vehicle deceleration as as sessed by the air bag control unit On the front passenger side the front air bag de ployment is additionally influenced by the pas senger s weight category as identified by the Occupant Classification System OCS gt page 71 The lighter the front passenger side occupant the higher the vehicle deceleration rate required for the second stage inflation of the air bag The air bags will not deploy in impacts which do not exceed the system s deploy ment thresholds You will then be protect ed by the fastened seat belts The front passenger air bag will only be deployed if e the front passenger seat is occupied e the indicator lamp in the center console is not lit gt page 75 e the impact exceeds a preset deploy ment threshold Knee bag The knee bag is located on the driver side lower instrument panel It is designed to operate together with the driver air bag in certain frontal impacts exceeding a preset threshold The knee bag operates best in conjunction with a properly positioned and fastened seat belt Side impact air bags window curtain air bags 1 Front side impact air bags 2 Window curtain air bag 3 Rear side impact air bags The side impact air bags and window cur tain air bags are d
258. ft front fog lamp is malfunctioning The right front fog lamp is malfunctioning What to do if Possible solution gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display message rO r 1 Marker Lamp eros Lert Marker Lamp Front RITONG Parking Lamp Front Left Auxiliary Bulb On Parking Lamp PRONT en Auxiliary Bulb On High Beam Left High Beam Right Possible cause consequence The front left side marker lamp is mal functioning The front right side marker lamp is mal functioning Possible solution gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible The left front parking lamp is malfunction Halogen headlamp ing An auxiliary bulb is being used The right front parking lamp is malfunc tioning An auxiliary bulb is being used The left high beam lamp is malfunction ing gt Replace the bulb
259. g bulbs for front lamps 407 Replacing bulbs for rear lamps 409 Replacing wiper blades 0006 410 Wiper blades cccssescereeseees 410 FLL Oe tice nscweciauenets 412 Preparing the vehicle 006 412 Mounting the spare wheel 412 MOExtended system 006 419 BALOTI ciso 420 Disconnecting the battery 421 Removing the battery 066 421 Charging and reinstalling the pately sonnera aR 422 Reconnecting the battery 422 Jump startihg sgaxcevceveaseoseaedennensevaesds vanes 423 Towing the Vehicle ccccsseececneeees 425 Installing towing eye bolt 426 TLS e E E E E EE 428 Fuse box in passenger COMPArtMENL ceecceeeceeeceeeeees 429 Fuse box in trunk ssssecceeeseees 429 Ds Fuels coolants lubricants etc 448 Ds Technical data ccccccccecc cece eee 431 CAD AC HOS eetceceinchcesecannesadvocmeisedees 7 7 ca 1 0 Seen nee 457 Para SEN VIC cerien e 432 Engine OS sscratrororesscanicmaancaencias 450 Warranty COVErage eesesseeeceeeeeeees 433 Engine oil additives cceccees 450 Loss of Service and Warranty Air conditioning refrigerant 450 Information Booklet 00066 433 Brake fluid ccccccceececeeeeeeeeees 450 Identification labels ccc00eeee 434 Premium unleaded gasoline 451 Layout of
260. g of the gear To remove cover gt Press mark on cover Q in direction of arrow gt Lift cover off to reveal the threaded hole for towing eye bolt The towing eye bolt is supplied with the tool kit located in the storage compart ment under the trunk floor gt Screw towing eye bolt in to its stop and tighten with wheel wrench To reinstall cover gt Fit cover and snap into place Rear of vehicle P88 20 2641 31 2 Cover on right side of rear bumper Practical hints Towing the vehicle To remove cover gt Press mark on cover in direction of the arrow gt Fold cover down to reveal the threaded hole for the towing eye bolt The towing eye bolt is supplied with the tool kit located in the storage compart ment under the trunk floor gt Screw towing eye bolt in to its stop and tighten with wheel wrench To reinstall cover gt Fit cover and snap into place Practical hints Fuses The electrical fuses in your vehicle serve to switch off malfunctioning power circuits If a fuse is blown the components and sys tems secured by that fuse will stop operat ing A Only use fuses approved by Mercedes Benz with the specified amperage for the system in question and do not attempt to repair or bridge a blown fuse Using other than ap proved fuses or using repaired or bridged fuses may cause an overload leading to a fire and or cause damage to electrical components a
261. ge 293 Tire size The code 8 gt page 319 indicates the tire size Operation Tires and wheels Tire type code The code gt page 319 may at the option of the manufacturer be used as a descriptive code for identifying significant characteristics of the tire Date of manufacture The date of manufacture gt page 319 identifies the week and year of manufac ture The first two figures identify the week starting with 0 1 to represent the first full week of the calendar year The second two figures represent the year For example 3202 represents the 32nd week of 2002 Operation Tires and wheels Maximum tire load Maximum tire inflation pressure Warning TK Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified total load limit as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard locat ed on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly caus ing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or SS 1 Maximum tire load rating aD 1 Maximum permissible tire inflation pressure For more information on tire load rating For illustration purposes only Actual data gt page 316 on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration i For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in
262. glove box lock gt Turn the mechanical key to position 2 to lock or to position 1 to unlock the glove box Storage compartment telephone compartment under center armrest w l a A O aS kh E LO pyi f a o iy o I ee m Tr T i j _ d 1 Button to open storage telephone compartment 2 Cover Controls in detail Useful features Opening Storage compartment in the rear Storage compartment under the gt Press button right or left and fold armrest Oves seat cover 2 sideward The mobile phone cradle gt page 253 the Roadside Assistance button and the Infor mation button gt page 256 are located below the cover 2 Rear storage compartment in the rear center console 856 31 p gt Press the handle upwards and fold the Q Tab rear armrest cover up gt Pull tab upward T Do not sit on or lean your body weight against the armrest when it is folded down as you could otherwise damage it gt Fold the covering forward 1 Power outlet gt page 250 2 Cover gt Slide cover 2 back P68 00 3873 31 i Ruffled storage bags are located on the back of the front seats Warning J Do not place objects with a combined weight of more than 4 4 Ib 2 kg into the ruffled storage bag Otherwise the Occu pant Classification System OCS gt page 71 may not be able to properly approximate the occupant weight
263. grammed to the ga rage door opener gate operator or other device you wish to operate See the follow ing instructions for programming informa tion Controls in detail Useful features P A Warning AN Do not run the engine while programming the integrated remote control Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health All exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide CO and inhaling it can cause unconsciousness and possible death Before programming the integrated remote control to a garage door opener or gate operator make sure people and objects are out of the way of the device to prevent po tential harm or damage When programming a garage door opener the door moves up or Programming integrated remote P68 00 4456 31 down When programming a gate operator control Interior rear view mirror with integrated re the gate opens or closes Step 1 mote control l Do not use the integrated remote control gt Switch on the ignition gt page 38 Sp O Indicator lamp with any garage door opener that lacks 2 Signal transmitter button safety stop and reverse features as required by U S federal safety standards this includes any garage door opener model manufactured before April 1 1982 Needed for programming not part of vehi cle equipment Hand held remote control of ga A garage door that cannot detect an object rage door opener gate operator signaling the door to stop and reverse or other device
264. gt Move the slider for the left center vent Q or right center vent 2 to the left right up or down The air flow is directed in the corresponding direction ab For draft free ventilation push slides Q and 2 gt page 202 upward 4 zone automatic climate control Adjusting air volume gt Turn thumbwheel 3 or gt page 202 up or down The air volume is increased or decreased Adjusting the rear settings with the front control panel You can adjust the temperature for the rear climate control from the front climate control panel gt Press button RZJ or gt page 190 or gt page 191 The display switches over sud FP P83 40 2440 31 b gt 72 1 Rear climate control display Controls in detail 4 zone automatic climate control gt gt gt Set the desired temperature for the rear passenger compartment using the temperature rocker switches gt page 190 or gt page 191 After approximately 5 seconds after the last adjustment the display switch es back to its standard display You can also press button or gt page 190 or gt page 191 once more to switch back to the standard display Front center console storage compart The compartment can get very warm due to ment ventilation its confined space When storing heat sensitive ee Objects e g groceries in the compartment The front center console storage compart close the air vent while heati
265. he BAS EBP ESP and PRE SAFE are also switched off see messages in multifunction display The brake system is still functioning normally but without the ABS available If the ABS control unit is malfunctioning other systems such as the Parktronic system Dis tronic navigation system or the automatic transmission may also be malfunctioning The charging voltage has fallen below 10 volts The ABS has switched off The battery may not be sufficiently charged bulb self check when switching on the igni tion have the respective bulb checked and replaced if necessary Suggested solution gt Continue driving with added caution Wheels may lock during hard braking reducing steering capability gt Read and observe messages in the multifunction display gt page 358 gt Have the system checked at an autho rized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions in creases the risk of an accident When the voltage is above this value again the ABS Is operational again and the ABS indicator lamp should go out If the ABS indicator lamp does not go out gt Have the generator alternator and battery checked Problem The yellow ESP warning lamp comes on while the engine is running Practical hints What to do if Possible cause consequence Suggested solution The ESP is deactivated gt Switch the ESP back on gt page 96 Ses aie SG a Exception
266. he Run Flat Indicator may function in a restricted manner or with a delay e if snow chains are mounted to the vehicle e in winter road conditions prevail in presence of ice and snow e if you are driving on a loose surface e g sand or gravel if you are driving in a very sporty man ner involving rapid acceleration or high speeds in curves Warning A N When the multifunction display shows the message Tire Pressure Check Tires one or more of your tires is significantly un derinflated You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper tire inflation pressure as indicat ed on the vehicle s Tire and Loading Infor mation placard or if available on the tire inflation pressure label Driving on a signifi cantly underinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s han dling and stopping ability Each tire includ ing the spare should be checked monthly when cold and set to the recommended tire inflation pressure as specified on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driv er s door B pillar gt page 296 or if avail able on the tire inflation pressure label located on the inside of the fuel filler flap Warning The Run Flat Indicator does not provide a warning for wrongly selected tire inflation pressures Always adjust tire inflation pres su
267. he Time Date submenu gt Press button JM or Keg repeatedly until the message Time Synchroniz With Head Unit appears in the multi function display The selection marker is on the current setting Time Synechroniz With Head Unit F OFF n 72 F 143 8 MI l P54 32 4922 31 gt Press button or E to select the desired setting Control system Setting time hours This function can only be seen when time synchronization is switched off gt gt Move the selection marker with the or M button to the Time Date submenu Press button J or Ref repeatedly untilthe message Time Hours Press R To Confirm appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the hour set ting Time Hours Press A To Confirm i aoe F E45 am 72 F 1493 8 MI P54 32 4925 31 Press button or E to set the hour Confirm by pressing reset button gt page 136 Controls in detail Control system Setting time minutes This function can only be seen when time synchronization is switched off gt Move the selection marker with the or MSH button to the Time Date submenu gt Press button EAN or Keg repeatedly until the message Time Minute s Press R To Confirm appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the minute setting Time Minutets gt Press A To Confirm Th Ao A 4 O eae G 10 2 am 72 F 143 8 MI P54 32 4926 31 gt Press b
268. he backrest to the desired position using or Ea gt Move the backrest support cushion to the bottom by using button 2 or to the center by using button Backrest side bolsters gt Adjust the side bolsters so that they provide good lateral support using switch f after a period of time the seat no longer provides the desired contour then repeat the ad jJustment procedure Seat heating The red indicator lamps on the switch show the heating level selected Level 3 Three indicator lamps on highest level The seat heating automatically switches to level 2 after approxi mately 5 minutes 2 Two indicator lamps on The seat heating automatically switches to level 1 after approxi mately 10 minutes 1 One indicator lamp on lowest level The seat heating automatically switches off after approximately 20 minutes off No indicator lamp on Controls in detail gt Switch on the ignition gt page 38 1 Rear seat heating switch Canada only Seats Switching seat heating on p gt Press switch Q Three red indicator lamps in the switch come on gt Continue pressing switch until de sired seat heating level is reached Switching seat heating off gt Press switch Q repeatedly until all in dicator lamps go out fone or more of the lamps on the seat heat ing switch are flashing there is insufficient volt age available since too many electric
269. he button may vary by garage door opener brand Depending on manufacturer the training button may also be referred to as learn or smart button If there is difficulty locating the transmitting button refer to the garage door opener operator s manual Step 9 gt Press the training button on the ga rage door opener motor head unit The training light is activated You have 30 seconds to initiate the follow ing two steps Step 10 gt Return to the vehicle and firmly press hold for 2 seconds and release the pro grammed signal transmitter button or Step 11 gt Press hold for 2 seconds and release same signal transmitter button a sec ond time to complete the training pro cess a Some garage door openers or other rolling code equipped devices may require you to press hold for 2 seconds and release the same signal transmitter button a third time to com plete the training process Step 12 gt Confirm the garage door operation by pressing the programmed signal trans mitter button or Controls in detail Useful features Step 13 gt To program the remaining two signal transmitter buttons repeat the steps above starting with step 3 Gate operator Canadian programming Canadian radio frequency laws require transmitter signals to time out or quit after several seconds of transmission which may not be long enough for the i
270. he front passenger door Insert flat blunt object as a lever in be tween the edge of cover Q and the dashboard cover at the position indi cated by the arrow Carefully pry cover Q away from the dashboard using lever Using your hands pull cover Q in di rection of the arrow and remove it Closing gt Hook cover Q into the opening at the front Press cover Q back on until it engag es Fuses Fuse box in trunk 2 Cover 3 Catches gt Turn catches 3 counter clockwise and remove cover 2 Technical data Parts service Warranty coverage Identification labels Layout of poly V belt drive Engine Rims and tires Electrical system Main dimensions and weights Fuels coolants lubricants etc Technical data Parts service The Technical data section provides the necessary technical data for your vehicle All authorized Mercedes Benz Centers maintain a stock of Genuine Mercedes Benz Parts required for mainte nance and repair work In addition strate gically located parts distribution centers provide quick and reliable parts service More than 300000 different parts for Mercedes Benz models are available Genuine Mercedes Benz Parts are subject ed to stringent quality inspections Each part has been specifically developed man ufactured or selected for and adapted to Mercedes Benz vehicles Therefore Genuine Mercedes Benz parts should be install
271. he ignition causes all instrument cluster lamps except high beam headlamp indicator lamp and turn signal indica tor lamps unless activated as well as the multi function display to come on Make sure the lamps and multifunction display are in working order before starting your journey On the pages that follow you will find a compilation of the most important warning and malfunction messages that may ap pear in the multifunction display For your convenience the messages are divided into two sections e Text messages gt page 360 e Symbol messages gt page 372 Practical hints What to do if Text messages Display message ABS ABS ESP Inoperative see Operator s Man ABS ABS ESP Unavailable see Operator s Man Possible cause consequence Possible solution The ABS ESP as well as PRE SAFE have Continue driving with added caution Wheels switched off due to a malfunction will lock during hard braking reducing steering capability BAS is also switched off The brake system is still functioning nor gt Have the system checked at an authorized mally but without the ABS BAS ESP and Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible PRE SAFE available Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident The ABS ESP as well as PRE SAFE were When the voltage is above this value again the deactivated because of insufficient power ABS ESP and PRE SAFE are ope
272. he pulsating brake pedal can be an indica tion of hazardous road conditions and functions as a reminder to take extra care while driving Emergency brake maneuver gt Keep continuous full pressure on the brake pedal Warning When the ABS is malfunctioning the BAS and the ESP are also switched off When the ABS is malfunctioning the wheels may lock during hard braking reducing steering capability and extending the brak ing distance Warning A N The ABS cannot prevent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle nor can it increase braking or steering efficiency beyond that afforded by the condition of the vehicle brakes and tires or the traction af forded The ABS cannot prevent accidents including those resulting from excessive speed in turns following another vehicle too closely or hydroplaning Only a safe atten tive and skillful driver can prevent acci dents The capabilities of an ABS equipped vehicle must never be exploited in a reck less or dangerous manner which could jeop ardize the user s safety or the safety of others For more information see the Practical hints section gt page 345 BAS The Brake Assist System BAS operates in emergency situations If you apply the brakes very quickly the BAS automatically provides full brake boost thereby poten tially reducing the braking distance gt Apply continuous full braking pressure until the emergency
273. he road and select a higher vehicle level gt page 231 Depending on the type of malfunction this may raise the vehicle s level gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible There is otherwise danger of an accident Malfunction The system display or the system is mal gt Do not drive faster than 50 mph functioning 80 km h The system is functional only to a limited Have the vehicle checked at an extent authorized Mercedes Benz Center Y Where will I find First aid kit The first aid kit is in the storage compart ment at the front edge of the front passen ger seat 1 Tab gt Pull tab G upward gt Fold the covering forward gt Remove the first aid kit Check expiration dates and contents for completeness at least once a year and replace missing expired items Spare wheel The spare wheel is located under the trunk floor gt Lift the trunk floor and engage the han dle in the upper edge of trunk gt Remove the luggage box gt page 397 Minispare wheel CLS 550 only on al 5 T i 1 Vehicle tool kit 2 Minispare wheel 3 Luggage bowl Practical hints Where will I find Removing the Minispare wheel gt Turn luggage bowl 3 counterclock wise gt Remove Minispare wheel 2 Storing the Minispare wheel after use p gt Place Minispare wheel 2 in wheel well gt Turn luggage bowl clockwise to its
274. hen you want maximum acceleration gt Press the accelerator past the point of resistance Depending on the engine speed the transmission shifts into a lower gear gt Ease onthe accelerator when you have reached the desired speed The transmission shifts up again Automatic transmission Maneuvering When you maneuver in tight areas e g when pulling into a parking space gt Control the vehicle speed by gradually releasing the brakes Accelerate gently Never abruptly step on the accelerator Working on the vehicle Warning A N When working on the vehicle set the parking brake and move gear selector lever to park position P Otherwise the vehicle could roll away Controls in detail Automatic transmission Gear ranges With the gear selector lever in drive position D and driving in program mode C or S gt page 175 you can select a gear range for the automatic transmission to operate within Gear selector lever gt page 176 You can limit the gear range by pressing the gear selector lever to the left D and reverse the gear range limit by pressing the gear selector lever to the right D Steering wheel gearshift control gt page 177 You can limit the gear range by pulling the left gearshift paddle on the steering wheel gearshift control and reverse the gear range limit by pulling the right gearshift paddle on the steering wheel gearshift control The selecte
275. hild s unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Steering wheel adjustment The stalk for steering wheel adjustment is located on the steering column lower left 3 pab t5 2161 31 1 Adjusting steering column in or out 2 Adjusting steering column up or down Adjusting steering column in or out gt Move stalk in direction of arrows Q until a comfortable steering wheel posi tion is reached with your arms slightly bent at the elbow Getting started Adjusting steering column up or down gt Move stalk in direction of arrows 2 Make sure your legs can move freely and that all the displays incl malfunc tion and indicator lamps on the instru ment cluster are clearly visible a The memory function gt page 123 lets you store the setting for the seat position together with the setting for the steering wheel and the exterior rear view mirrors Easy entry exit feature This feature allows for easier entry into and exit from the vehicle When entering and exiting the vehicle the steering wheel is in its uppermost position The easy entry exit feature can be activat ed or deactivated in the Convenience sub menu of the control system gt page 163 Adjusting A You must make sure no one can become trapped or injured by the moving steering wheel when the easy entry exit feature is activated Warning To stop steering wheel movem
276. hildren in the vehicle Tie down hooks Trunk 242 Tightening torque Wheel bolts 418 Time Setting 157 Synchronizing 157 TIN 325 Tire and Loading Information Placard 296 Terminology 323 Tire inflation pressure Checking 301 Placard on the fuel filler flap 297 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS USA only Checking tire pressure electronically 306 Tires Advanced Tire Pressure Monitoring System Advanced TPMS Canada only 309 Advanced TPMS malfunction telltale 354 Air pressure 301 Care and maintenance 294 Cleaning 295 Combination low tire pressure TPMS malfunction telltale USA only 27 Direction of rotation Spinning 295 Driving instructions 275 Important notes Tire inflation pressure 302 Inflation pressure 301 303 Information placard 297 Inspection 294 Load rating 325 Low tire pressure telltale Canada only 27 354 Messages in display 369 390 MOExtended 313 419 Ply composition and material used 325 Problems with under overinflation 313 Retreads 293 Rims and tires 438 Rotation 326 Service life 294 Sizes 439 Snow 328 Snow chains 329 Spare wheel 393 Speed rating 316 326 Storing 295 Temperature 302 322 Terminology 323 Tire Identification Number see TIN Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS USA only 306 TPMS malfunction telltale 354 Traction 276 322 326 Tread 326 Tread depth 294 328 Treadwear indicators 326 Vehicle maximum load on 326 Wear pattern 327 Winter 328 Tools 395 Top tether C
277. hildren in the vehicle 85 Total load limit 326 Towing eye bolt 426 Towing the vehicle 425 Tow start 423 425 Traction 326 Transmission fluid level 289 Transmission gear selector lever see Gear selector lever Transmission see Automatic transmission Traveling abroad 280 Tread 326 Tread depth 294 328 Tread depth tires 328 Treadwear indicators 326 Trip computer 164 Trip odometer Resetting 137 Trunk Closing the lid Fuse box 429 Lamp 135 111 Message in display 372 Opening 109 1 Tie down hooks Trunk lid emergency release 10 242 114 Unlocking in an emergency 399 Valet locking 1 Trunk lid Unlocking 15 109 Turn signals 55 Additional in mirrors 405 Bulbs 405 Cleaning lenses 337 Indicator lamps 27 Messages in display 387 Replacing bulbs 408 Turning off engine 60 U Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards 326 Units Settings Speedometer 155 Temperature 156 Unleaded gasoline Premium 451 Unlocking 36 Inanemergency 398 Mechanical Key 398 Uphill driving Cruise control 214 Upholstery Cleaning 340 Useful features 243 Valet locking 115 Vehicle Battery 420 Care 333 Control system settings menu 139 Dimensions 447 Individual settings 152 Locking unlocking 100 Locking unlocking in an emergency 398 399 Lowering 418 Modifications and alterations operat ing safety 16 Towing 425 Washing 335 Weights 447 Vehicle jack 396 Vehicle level control see Airma
278. hot Al low the lamp to cool down before changing a bulb Keep bulbs out of reach of children Halogen lamps contain pressurized gas A bulb can explode if you e touch or move it when hot e drop the bulb e scratch the bulb Wear eye and hand protection Because of high voltage in Xenon lamps it is dangerous to replace the bulb or repair the lamp and its components We recommend that you have such work done by a qualified technician Notes on bulb replacement Use only 12 volt bulbs of the same type and with the specified watt rating Switch lights off before changing a bulb to prevent short circuits Always use a Clean lint free cloth when handling bulbs Your hands should be dry and free of oil and grease If the newly installed bulb does not light up contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints Replacing bulbs Have the LEDs and bulbs for the following Replacing bulbs for front lamps lamps replaced by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center e Additional turn signals in the exterior rear view mirrors e High mounted brake lamp e Bi Xenon lamps e Front fog lamps P82 10 3852 31 e Front side marker lamps 3 Bulb socket for turn signal lamp bulb 4 Bulb holder of high beam bulb Bulb socket for parking and standing lamp bulb 6 Bulb holder of low beam bulb P54 00 2459 31 e Parking and standing lamps vehicles Housing cover for low beam halogen or with Bi Xeno
279. ht security illumination gt Press button EAN or RA repeated gt Move the selection marker with Headlamps delayed shut off feature P A SP until the message Headlamps Delayed button or E tothe Lighting Submenu Use this function to set whether you would Shut off appears in the multifunction like the exterior lamps to remain on for display gt Press button EAN or R repeatedly 15 seconds during darkness after exiting l The selection marker is on the current until the message Ambient Light Lev the vehicle and closing all doors el appears in the multifunction dis l setting play With the delayed shut off feature activated and the exterior lamp switch in Headlamps The selection marker is on the current position W before the engine is turned seri es setting off the following lamps will switch on O A when the engine is turned off OFF rrop Ambient Light 143 8 MI Level e Parking lamps j P54 32 4931 31 O om2s45 e Tail lamps gt Press button or ES to switch the headlamps delayed shut off feature aoe e License plate lamps marne ESE Side marker lamps h ior gt Press button or ES to select gt n AA switch e th the desired brightness of the ambient Front fog lamps capac EGS before turning off the So engine lighting If after turning off the engine you do not The setting 1 represents the darkest open a door or do not close an opened The headlamps delayed shut off fea level and setting 5 the brightest
280. ic driver s preferred driving style and applicable laws and driving recom mendations for safe following distance Warning 1 Distance warning function on off switch 2 Indicator lamp 3 Thumbwheel for setting distance Increasing distance Increasing the distance setting tells Distronic to maintain a greater following distance to the vehicle ahead gt Turn thumbwheel 3 towards BEA Decreasing distance Decreasing the distance setting tells Distronic to maintain a shorter following distance to the vehicle ahead gt Turn thumbwheel 3 towards BFA Distance warning function When Distronic is deactivated this func tion will continue to warn you when recog nizing a stationary obstacle or a slower vehicle moving in the vehicle s path and the danger of a collision exists e The distance warning lamp in the instrument cluster comes on e An intermittent warning will sound if necessary If these warnings are issued you must brake manually to maintain a safe distance and avoid a collision with the vehicle ahead When pressing the brake pedal the warn ing sound ceases The warning sound will also cease when the distance to the vehi cle ahead is sufficient again without apply ing the brakes In this case the distance warning lamp also go out A If the distance warning lamp in the in strument cluster comes on while driving and or an intermittent warning sounds im mediate attenti
281. ick is approximately 1 6 US gt 1 5 I gt If necessary add engine oil For adding engine oil see Adding engine oil gt page 289 For more information on engine oil see Fuels coolants lubricants etc gt page 448 For more information on messages in the multifunction display concerning engine oil see the Practical hints section gt page 379 Adding engine oil T Only use approved engine oils and oil filters required for vehicles with Maintenance System For a listing of approved engine oils and oil fil ters refer to the Factory Approved Service Prod ucts pamphlet USA only in your vehicle literature portfolio or contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Using engine oils and oil filters of specification other than those expressly required for the Main tenance System or changing of oil and oil filter at change intervals longer than those called for by the Maintenance System will result in engine or emission control system damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Operation gt Unscrew filler cap G from filler neck gt Add engine oil as required Be careful not to overfill with oil Engine compartment Be careful not to spill any oil when adding Avoid environmental damage caused by oil entering the ground or water i Excess oil must be siphoned or drained off It could cause damage to the engine and emis sion control system not covered by the
282. icle s ABS will not prevent this type of loss of control Warning gt Briefly press the gear selector lever to the left in the D direction or gt Briefly pull left shift paddle gt page 178 The transmission shifts to the next lower gear When you brake or stop the transmission shifts down to a gear from which you can easily accelerate or take off Controls in detail Automatic transmission Kickdown Using the kickdown when driving in the manual program mode M is not possible Deactivating manual shift program gt Press the program mode selector switch gt page 180 repeatedly until C or S appears in the multifunction display or gt Restart the engine The transmission will go to the automatic program mode C or S The manual program mode M is not stored Controls in detail Automatic transmission Emergency operation Limp Home Mode If vehicle acceleration becomes less re sponsive or sluggish or the transmission no longer shifts the transmission is most likely operating in limp home emergency operation mode In this mode only second gear and reverse gear can be selected gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location gt Move the gear selector lever to park position P gt Turn off the engine gt Wait at least 10 seconds before restarting Restart the engine gt Move the gear selector lever to drive position D for second gear or reverse gear R
283. icle is covering a distance of 44 feet approximate ly 14 m every second Never operate radio transmitters equipped with a built in or attached antenna i e with out being connected to an external antenna from inside the vehicle while the engine is running Doing so could lead to a malfunc tion of the vehicle s electronic system pos sibly resulting in an accident and or personal injury You can use the functions in the Tel menu to operate your telephone provided it is connected to a hands free system and switched on gt Switch on the telephone and COMAND gt Press button or on the steering wheel repeatedly until the Tel menu appears in the multifunction dis play Which messages will appear in the multi function display depends on whether your telephone is switched on or off e lf the telephone is off the message in the multifunction display is TEL off e If the telephone is on The telephone will then search for a network During this time the multi function display is empty As soon as the telephone has found a network READY appears in the multi function display Tel READY 72 F 149 8 MI P54 92 2586 31 This standby message indicates that your telephone is ready for use and you can operate it using the control system Controls in detail Answering a call When your telephone is ready to receive calls you can answer a call at any time In the multifunction display you w
284. if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recom mended by the vehicle manufacturer on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar or if available the tire inflation pressure label on the fuel filler flap If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the Tire and Load ing Information placard or if available the tire inflation pressure label you should de termine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitor ing system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly underinflated Accord ingly when the low tire pressure telltale illu minates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significant ly underinflated tire causes Operation Tires and wheels the tire to overheat and can lead to tire fail ure Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehi cle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if underinflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has
285. ifunction display 139 Changing settings see Control system menus and Control system submenus 139 Selecting language 155 Multifunction display messages ABS 360 374 Airmatic DC 391 392 Brake fluid 374 Brake pads 373 Check engine 348 349 Coolant 375 376 377 Cruise control 361 Distronic 361 Door 372 Engine oil 379 ESP 360 363 374 Fog lamps 382 384 386 Hood 372 Light sensor 385 Parking brake 374 Parking lamps 384 PRE SAFE 360 368 Reserve fuel 380 SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 380 38 1 SRS 388 Taillamps 386 387 Tele Aid 388 Telephone 391 Tires 390 Trunk 372 Turn signals 387 Windshield washer fluid 391 Multifunction steering wheel 28 140 Button operation 140 N NAV menu Control system 150 Navigation system see separate COMAND operating instructions Net parcel 245 Neutral gear position Automatic transmission 169 171 Night security illumination 129 Normal occupant weight 325 Number Vehicle Identification VIN O Occupant Classification System see OCS Occupant distribution 325 434 Occupant safety 64 Air bags 66 Children and air bags 67 Children in the vehicle 82 Fastening the seat belt 48 Front passenger front air bag off indica tor lamp 75 Infant and child restraint systems 82 LATCH type child seat anchors 86 OCS 71 Seat belts OCS 71 Self test 76 Odometer 27 Oil Consumption Oil see Engine oil One touch gearshifting Gear selector l
286. ight alloy 8 5 Jx 18 H2 8 5 Jx 18 H2 Wheel offset 0 98 in 25 mm 0 98 in 25 mm Summer tires Winter tires 245 40 R18 97V XL Extra Load M S 245 40 R18 97V XL Extra Load M S Radial ply tires 2 Not available as factory equipment Model CLS 63 AMG Performance Package Rims light alloy 8 5Jx 19 H2 Wheel offset 0 98 in 25 mm Summer tires Winter tires 2 3 245 35 R19 93V XL Extra Load M S Radial ply tires 2 Not available as factory equipment 3 Maximum permissible vehicle speed of 137 mph 220 km h Mixed size tires Model Front axle Rims light alloy Wheel offset Summer tires All season tires Rear axle Rims light alloy Wheel offset Summer tires All season tires l Radial ply tires 2 Must not be used with snow chains Technical data CLS 550 8 5 Jx 18 H2 1 10 in 28 mm 245 40 R18 93Y 245 40 R18 93V M S 9 5 Jx 18 H2 1 30 in 33 mm 275 35 R18 95Y 275 35 R18 95V M S Rims and tires CLS 550 AMG Sport Package 8 5 Jx 18 H2 0 98 in 25 mm 255 40 ZR18 95Y or 255 40 ZR18 99Y XL Extra Load 9 5 Jx 18 H2 1 10 in 28 mm 285 35 ZR18 97Y or 285 35 ZR18 101Y XL Extra Load Technical data Rims and tires Model Front axle Rims light alloy Wheel offset Summer tires Winter tires Rear axle Rims light alloy Wheel offset Summer tires Winter tires Radial ply tires 2 Must not be used with snow chains
287. ight is reduced automatically The table on the next page provides an overview of the vehicle levels Controls in detail Driving systems e With decreasing speed the ride height is again raised to the normal level These height adjustments are so small that you may not notice any change Select the raised level only when required by current driving conditions Otherwise e handling may be impaired e fuel consumption may increase Warning A N To help avoid personal injury keep hands and feet away from wheel housing area and stay away from under the vehicle when low ering the vehicle chassis Controls in detail Driving systems The following vehicle level settings can be selected when the vehicle is stationary and the engine is running Vehicle level Indicator lamp Suspension Use for Ride height increase Automatic lowering when stationary gt page 233 tuning over normal Normal Lamp off Comfort For driving on normal None Max approx 0 4 in 10 mm roads Normal Lamp off Sport 10r 2 For driving on normal None Max approx 0 6 in 15 mm roads Raised Lamp on Comfort For driving on rough Approx 0 8 in 20 mm Max approx 1 2 in 80 mm roads or with snow chains Raised Lamp on Sport 10r 2 For driving on rough Approx 0 8 in 20 mm Max approx 1 4 in 85 mm roads or with snow chains The button is located in the lower section of the center console P54 25 5985 3 1 Vehicle level co
288. ility Program ESP is operational as soon as the engine is run ning and monitors the vehicle s traction force of adhesive friction between the tires and the road surface and handling The ESP recognizes when a wheel is spin ning or if the vehicle starts to skid By ap plying the brakes to the appropriate wheel and by limiting engine output the ESP works to stabilize the vehicle The ESP is especially useful while driving off and on wet or slippery road surfaces The ESP also stabilizes the vehicle during braking and steering maneuvers The ESP warning lamp in the instrument cluster flashes when the ESP is engaged The ESP warning lamp in the instrument cluster comes on when you switch on the ignition It goes out when the engine is running A Never switch off the ESP when you see the ESP warning lamp flashing in the in strument cluster In this case proceed as fol lows Warning e While driving off apply as little throttle as possible e While driving ease up on the accelera tor e Adapt your speed and driving style to the prevailing road conditions Failure to observe these guidelines could cause the vehicle to skid The ESP cannot prevent accidents result ing from excessive speed Warning The ESP cannot prevent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle nor can it increase the traction afforded The ESP cannot prevent accidents including those resulti
289. ill then see the message or if supported the caller ID name and number Tel Z CALL 1 HF 149 8 MI gt Press button Fa You have answered the call In the mul tifunction display you see the length of the call P54 32 2592 31 Ending and rejecting a call gt Press button Fam Control system Dialing a number from the phone book If your telephone is ready to receive calls you may select and dial a number from the phone book at any time gt Press button or repeatedly until the Tel menu appears in the multifunction display gt Press button FM or Re The control system reads the phone book which is stored in the telephone This may take several minutes In the multifunction display you will see the message Please Wait When the message Please Wait dis appears the phone book has been loaded gt Press button EN or ed repeatedly until the desired name appears in the multifunction display The stored names are displayed in as cending or descending alphabetical order b gt Controls in detail Control system gt D a If you press and hold ENN or RA for long er than 1 second the system scrolls rapidly through the list of names until you release the button again Cancel the quick search mode by pressing K gt Press button F The system dials the selected phone number e Ifthe connection is successful the name of the party you called and the duration of the
290. in odometer Current gear selector lever position Above illustration shows the standard display For more information on menus displayed in the multifunction display see Menus gt page 142 Controls in detail Control system Multifunction steering wheel The displays in the multifunction display and the settings in the control system gt page 139 are controlled by the buttons on the multifunction steering wheel Multifunction display in the speed ometer Operating the control system Selecting the submenu or setting the volume Press button up to increase E down to decrease Telephone Press button to take a call to dial to redial to end a call to reject an incoming call Menu systems Press button for next menu for previous menu G Moving within a menu Press button Wag for next display B for previous display Depending on the selected menu gt page 143 pressing the buttons on the multifunction steering wheel will alter what is shown in the multifunction display The information available in the multifunc tion display is arranged in menus each containing a number of functions or sub menus The individual functions are then found within the relevant menu radio or CD op erations under AUDIO for example These functions serve to call up relevant informa tion or to customize the settings for your vehicle It is helpful to think of th
291. in re verse order BE The battery its filler caps and the battery ventilation tube must always be securely in stalled when the vehicle is in operation Reconnecting the battery Turn off all electrical consumers Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch gt Connect the positive lead and fasten its cover gt Connect the negative lead i Never invert the terminal connections gt Install the luggage box gt page 397 i The following procedures must be carried out following any interruption of battery power e g due to reconnection e Set the clock gt page 157 see COMAND operator s manual e Synchronize the side windows gt page 207 e Synchronize the tilt sliding sunroof gt page 212 Batteries contain materials that can harm the environment if disposed of improperly Large 12 volt storage batteries contain lead Recycling of batteries is the preferred method of disposal Many states require sellers of batteries to accept old batteries for recycling Y Jump starting Warning Failure to follow these directions will cause damage to the electronic components and can lead to a battery explosion and severe injury or death Never lean over batteries while connecting or jump starting you might get injured Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid Do not allow this fluid to come in contact with eyes skin or clothing In case it does immediately flush affected area with water
292. inate when the engine is started and remain illuminated indicating that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated When the OCS senses that the front passen ger seat is classified as being empty the indicator lamp will illumi nate when the engine is started and remain illuminated indicating that the front passen ger front air bag is deactivated When the OCS senses that the front passen ger seat occupant is classified as being heavier than the weight of a typical 12 month old child seated in a standard child restraint or as being a small individual such as a young teenager or a small adult the indicator lamp will illu minate for approximately 6 seconds when the engine is started and then depending on occupant weight sensor readings from the seat remain illuminated or go out With the indicator lamp illuminated the front passenger front air bag is deacti vated With the indicator lamp out the front passenger front air bag is activated When the OCS senses that the front passen ger seat occupant is classified as an adult or someone larger than a small individual the indicator lamp will illumi nate for approximately 6 seconds when the engine is started and then go out indicating that the front passenger front air bag is acti vated If the indicator lamp is illu minated the front passenger front air bag is deactivated and will not be deployed If the indicator lamp is not illuminated the front p
293. ined technicians and Genuine Mercedes Benz Parts to service your vehicle properly For expert advice and quality service contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If you are interested in obtaining service literature for your vehicle please contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center We consider this the best way for you to obtain accurate information for your vehicle For further information you can find us on the Mercedes Benz web site www mbusa com or www mercedes benz ca Warning A To help avoid personal injury be extremely careful when performing any service work or repairs Improper or incomplete service or the use of incorrect or inappropriate parts or materials may damage the vehicle or its equipment which may in turn result in personal injury If you have any questions about carrying out any type of service turn to the advice of an authorized Mercedes Benz Center We reserve the right to make changes in design and equipment Therefore information illustrations and descriptions in this Operators Manual might differ from your vehicle Reprinting translation and copying even of excerpts is not permitted without our prior authorization in writing Press time April 18 2007 GSP TID Printed in U S A
294. information is provided it can be found on the placard located on the in side of the fuel filler flap The tire inflation pressure should be checked regularly and should only be adjusted on cold tires Follow tire manufacturer s maintenance recommendation included with vehicle i The following pages also list the approved wheel rim and tire sizes for equipping your vehi cles with winter tires Winter tires are not avail able as standard or optional factory equipment but can be purchased from an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Depending on vehicle model and the standard or optional factory equipped wheel rim tire config uration on your vehicle Appearance Package AMG Sport Package etc equipping your vehicle with winter tires approved for your vehicle model may also require the purchase of two or four wheel rims of the recommended size for use with these winter tires See an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for more information Technical data Rims and tires Same size tires Model CLS 550 Rims light alloy 8 5Jx 18 H2 Wheel offset front axle 1 38 in 28 mm Wheel offset rear axle 0 7 1 in 18 mm Summer tires Winter tires 245 40 R18 97V XL Extra Load M S Radial ply tires 2 Not available as factory equipment i Winter tires on rims with different wheel offset front vs rear cannot be rotated Technical data Rims and tires Model CLS 550 AMG Sport Package CLS 63 AMG Rims l
295. ing Manual shift program GLS 163 AMGr Emergency operation Limp Home Mode sssesssseessseesse Good VISIDINITY eraci a 183 Headlamp cleaning system 183 Rear view MIITOIS ccceeeeceeeeeeees 183 SUVI SO S aa hese lnoGucnsasediencit 184 Rear window sunshade 185 Rear window defroster 66 186 4 zone automatic climate control 188 Deactivating the climate control SV STOW eos cesetscescterie E 193 Operating the climate control system in automatic mode 194 Setting the temperature 195 Adjusting air distribution 195 Adjusting air VOIUME cseeeee 196 Front defroster cccccccseseeeeees 197 Maximum cooling MAX COOL LU SACONIY ixscalssateerasteneansewiasiasantecas 198 Air recirculation mode 006 198 Air CONCITIONING ccccseeeeceeeees 201 Residual heat and ventilation Canada Only cccssseeceeeeseeeees 201 Rear climate control 0006 202 Front center console storage compartment ventilation 204 Power WINGOWS sccscccsssseccceeeeenes 205 Opening and closing TNE windows ccseescsccecenseeeeeeees 205 synchronizing power windows 207 Summer opening feature 208 Convenience closing feature 208 Power tilt sliding sunroof 66 210 Opening and closing the power tilt sliding SUNLOOF ccccce
296. ing and unlocking gt gt Press switch Q briefly Trunk emergency release Illumination of the emergency release button With all doors closed With the emergency release button the e The locking knobs in the doors trunk can be opened from inside the trunk move down e The button will flash for 30 minutes af ter opening the trunk e The button will flash for 60 minutes af e The trunk starts to close automati ter closing the trunk cally The emergency release button does not open the trunk if the vehicle battery is dis charged or disconnected e All turn signal lamps flash three times to confirm locking once the trunk has closed completely e An acoustic signal sounds three times e The anti theft alarm system is armed Q Emergency release button gt Briefly press emergency release If the trunk lid comes into contact with an button Q object while closing e g luggage that has been piled too high in the upper motion sequence the The trunk unlocks and the trunk opens closing procedure is stopped and the trunk re opens slightly 1 The emergency release button unlocks and opens the trunk while the vehicle is standing still or in motion ad If the vehicle has previously been locked us ing the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO the exterior lamps will flash and the alarm will sound as the trunk opens To cancel the alarm do one of the following e nsert the SmartKey in the starter
297. ing fuel tools spare wheel installed accessories passengers and cargo and if applicable trailer tongue load The GVW must never exceed the GVWR indicated on the certification label located on the driver s door B pillar GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating This is the maximum permissible vehicle weight of the fully loaded vehicle weight of the vehicle including all options passen gers fuel and cargo and if applicable trailer tongue load It is indicated on certi fication label located on the driver s door B pillar Kilopascal kPa The metric unit for air pressure There are 6 9 kPa to 1 psi another metric unit for air pressure is bars There are 100 kilopascals kPa to 1 bar Maximum load rating The maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire Maximum loaded vehicle weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight total load limit and production options weight Maximum tire inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should ever be put in the tire under normal driving conditions Normal occupant weight The number of occupants the vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 68 kilograms 150 Ibs Occupant distribution The distribution of occupants in a vehicle at their designated seating positions Production options weight The combined weight of those installed regular production options weighing over 5 Ibs 2 3 kilograms in exc
298. ing lamp comes on frequently gt Have the cooling system checked there is a leak in the cooling system gt Ifthe coolant temperature is below If the coolant level is correct the electric 248 F 120 C you can continue radiator fan may be broken driving to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Avoid high engine loads e g driving uphill and stop and go driving lt The red coolant temperature The coolant temperature has exceeded gt Stop in a safe location as soon as pos warning lamp comes on while 248 F 120 C sible and allow the engine and coolant driving and you hear a warning to cool down sound Warning A Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns which can occur just by open ing the engine hood Stay away from the en Driving when your engine is badly overheat i i gine if you see or hear steam coming from it ed can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to Turn off the engine get out of the vehicle catch fire You could be seriously burned and do not stand near the vehicle until the engine has cooled down dx The red distance warning lamp comes on while driving The red distance warning lamp comes on while driving and you hear a warning chime sound The yellow fuel tank reserve warning lamp comes on while driving The red seat belt telltale comes on for a maximum of 6 seconds after starting the engine You hear a warning chime f
299. ings themselves are made with button or Controls in detail Control system The table below shows what settings can be changed within the various menus Instrument cluster gt page 155 Selecting soeedometer display mode Selecting language Selecting display speed display or outside tem perature for status line Selecting display speed display or outside tem perature for basic dis play es Time Date gt page 157 synchronizing the time Setting time hours Setting time minutes Setting date month Setting date day Setting date year Detailed instructions on making individual settings can be found on the following pag Lighting Vehicle Convenience gt page 159 gt page 162 gt page 163 Setting daytime running Setting automatic Activating lamp mode USA only locking easy entry exit feature Setting locator lighting Audio search function Setting ambient lighting Setting night security illu mination Setting interior lighting delayed shut off Instrument cluster submenu Access the Instr Cluster submenu via the Settings menu Use the Instr Clus ter submenu to change the instrument cluster display settings The following functions are available Function Page Selecting speedometer display 158 mode Selecting language 155 Selecting display speed display 156 or outside temperature for sta tus display Selecting display speed display
300. interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment The TPMS only functions on wheels that are equipped with the proper electronic sensors It monitors the tire inflation pres sure as selected by the driver in all four tires A warning is issued to alert you to a decrease in pressure in one or more of the tires Operation Tires and wheels Tire pressure inquiries are made using the multifunction display The present inflation pressures are displayed only after a few minutes travel time d Possible differences between the readings of a tire pressure gauge of an air hose e g gas station equipment and the vehicle s control sys tem can occur Usually the readings issued by the control system are more precise gt Switch on the ignition gt page 38 gt Press the EN or Ref button until the current inflation pressures for each tire appear in the multifunction display Tire Pressure psi 29 i E 29 4550p 31 143 8 MI I P54 32 4914 31 When the vehicle has been parked for longer than 20 minutes the message ire pressure is only displayed after driving for a few minutes appears in the multifunction dis play A It is the drivers responsibility to calibrate the TPMS on the recommended cold infla tion pressure Underinflated tires affect the a
301. ion of arrow 4 Seat cushion tilt gt Press the switch up or down in direction of arrow G until your upper legs are lightly supported Getting started Adjusting Comfort head restraint adjusting You can individually adjust side Steering wheel cushions 1 of the comfort head re straints j l Adjusting side cushions Warning A gt Pull or push sides Q into desired posi Do not adjust the steering wheel while driv tion ing Adjusting the steering wheel while driv Adjusting forward or backward ing couie cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle Pull or push head restraint in direction p When leaving the vehicle always remove the OPADU SmartKey or the SmartKey with C Head restraint side adjustment Adjust the head restraint in such a way that KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take 2 Head restraint fore and aft adjustment it is as close to the head as possible it with you and lock your vehicle For more information on seats see Seats Even with the SmartKey removed from the Warning gt page 118 starter switch or the SmartKey with eee KEYLESS GO removed from the vehicle When folding back the side cushions never the steering wheel adjustment feature can reach between the side cushion and the be operated when the driver s door is open mounting post You could otherwise be Therefore do not leave children unattended trapped in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle A c
302. irements gt page 451 and the Factory Ap proved Service Products pamphlet USA only or contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Check regularly and before a long trip N Ti PO0 0 1 Washer and hea tem For more information on refilling the reservoir see Washer system and headlamp cleaning system gt page 292 2 Engine oil level For more information on engine oil lev el see Engine oil gt page 287 3 Brake fluid For more information on brake fluid see Brake fluid gt page 450 4 Coolant level For more information on the coolant level see Coolant level gt page 290 dlamp cleaning sys Operation T If you find that the brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir has fallen to the minimum mark or below have the brake system checked for brake pad thickness and leaks immediately Notify an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately Do not add brake fluid as this will not solve the problem For more information see Practical hints gt page 347 Vehicle lighting Check function and cleanliness For more information on replacing light bulbs see the Practical hints section gt page 404 For more information see Exterior lamp switch gt page 126 At the gas station Tire inflation pressure For more information see Checking tire inflation pressure gt page 303 Operation Engine compartment Hood
303. is could then damage the windshield wiper blades or scratch the windows You should therefore switch off the windshield wipers when weather conditions are dry Getting started Intermittent wiping interval is dependent on wetness of windshield gt Turn the combination switch to position E or EE After the initial wipe pauses between wipes are automatically controlled by the rain sensor i Intermittent wiping is interrupted when the vehicle is at a standstill and a front door is opened This protects persons getting into or out of the vehicle from being sprayed Intermittent wiping will be continued when e all doors are closed and e the gear selector lever is in position D or R or e the wiper setting is changed using the com bination switch Single wipe gt Press the combination switch briefly in direction of arrow Q gt page 56 to the resistance point The windshield wipers wipe one time without washer fluid Wiping with washer fluid gt Push the combination switch in direc tion of arrow Q gt page 56 past the resistance point The windshield wipers operate with washer fluid To prevent smears on the windshield or noisy chattering wiper blades wipe with washer fluid every now and then even when it is raining For information on filling up the washer reservoir see Washer system and headlamp cleaning system gt page 292 Getting started Driving Problems whil
304. ise E Ai fe the aa ASRASA Wintel ee Y up to 186 mph 300 km h a the service description Index Speed rating Y above 186 mph 300 km h i epee Q M S up to 100 mph 160 km h ZR above 149 mph 240 km h In this example 97Y is the service i description The letter Y designates T M S upto 118 mph 190 km h e At the tire manufacturer s option any the speed rating and the speed capabil H M S up to 130 mph 210 km h V M S upto 149 mph 240 km h l or M S for winter tires Operation Tires and wheels Not all M S rated tires provide special win ter performance Make sure the tires you use show M S and the mountain snow flake marking on the tire sidewall These tires meet specific snow traction performance requirements of the Rubber Manufacturers Association RMA and the Rubber Association of Canada RAC and have been designed specif ically for use in snow conditions Load identification 1 Load identification i For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illustration In addition to tire load rating special load identification Q may be molded into the tire sidewall following the letter designat ing the tire speed rating gt page 314 No specification given absence of any text like in above example indicates a standard load SL tire XL or Extra Load designates an extra load or
305. ise control resume the last set speed gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal The selected speed appears in the multi function display for approximately 5 seconds and the corresponding speed ometer segments from the selected speed to the vehicle maximum speed are illumi nated Distronic When activated the Distronic adaptive cruise control system increases driving convenience afforded by the cruise control during travel on expressways and other major roads If the Distronic distance sensor detects a slower moving vehicle directly ahead your vehicle speed will be reduced so that you follow that vehicle at a preset distance If there is no vehicle directly ahead of you Distronic will function in the same way as Cruise control gt page 214 A Distronic adaptive cruise control is no sub stitute for active driving involvement It does not react to stationary objects nor recog nize or predict the curvature and lane layout or the movement of vehicles ahead Distronic can only apply a maximum of 20 of the vehicle s braking power Warning Controls in detail It is the drivers responsibility at all times to be attentive to road traffic and weather conditions and to provide the steering brak ing and other driving inputs necessary to re tain control of the vehicle A Distronic is a convenience system Its speed adjustment reduction capability is intended to make cruise control m
306. isplay 372 Opening from inside outside 108 Remote door unlock Tele Aid 261 Door control panel 34 Door handle inside 34 DOT 324 Drinking and driving 271 Driving Abroad 280 Hydroplaning 276 In winter 278 Instructions 48 Problems 58 Safety systems 89 systems 213 Through standing water 279 With Distronic 217 Driving off 274 Driving safety systems ABS 89 BAS 90 EBP 92 Electronic traction system 93 ESP 92 Driving systems 213 Airmatic DC 230 Cruise control 213 Distronic 217 Parktronic 234 Driving tips 173 Accelerator position 173 Kickdown 173 Dual control Airmatic DC 230 E Easy entry exit feature 45 163 EBP 92 Electric air pump 416 Electrical fuses see Fuses Electrical system Technical data 446 Electronic Brake Proportioning see EBP Electronic Stability Program see ESP Emergency calls Tele Aid calls 257 Emergency operation Limp Home Mode 182 Emergency operations Fuel filler flap 400 Gear selector lever Unlocking 400 Locking unlocking the vehicle 398 Remote door unlock 261 Trunk lid Releasing from inside 114 Trunk lid Unlocking 399 Emergency Tensioning Device see ETD Emergency In case of Batteries Jump starting 423 First aid kit 393 Flat tire changing 412 Fuses 428 Hazard warning flasher 132 Instrument cluster Indicator lamps 346 Instrument cluster indicator lamps 344 Roadside Assistance 12 Towing the vehicle 344 Emission control 281 Information label 435 system war
307. iv ing instructions gt page 271 pg Simultaneously depressing the accelerator pedal and applying the brakes reduces engine performance and causes premature brake and drivetrain wear T Do not run cold engine at high engine speeds Running a cold engine at high engine speeds may shorten the service life of the en gine CLS 63 AMG At engine temperatures below 68 F 20 C the engine s maximum speed is restricted in order to protect it from damage Avoid driving your vehi cle at full speed when the engine is cold to pre vent premature engine wear and or diminished comfort Switching on headlamps Low beam headlamps Exterior lamp switch 1 Off 2 Low beam headlamps on gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position ey The low beam headlamps the green in dicator lamp in the exterior lamp switch and the low beam headlamp in dicator lamp Hp l in the instrument cluster come on Depending on vehicle production date Getting started High beam The combination switch is located on the left of the steering column Combination switch C High beam 2 High beam flasher gt Push the combination switch in direc tion of arrow Q The high beam headlamps and the high beam headlamp indicator lamp E in the instrument cluster come on gt page 26 For more information on headlamps see Lighting gt page 126 Turn signals The combination switch is located on the lef
308. just the seat height to three different configurations Warning A seat position fore and aft and seat back rest angle if necessary to ensure adequate control reach and comfort The head re Each stored position on the driver s side in Do not activate the memory function while cludes the following settings driving Activating the memory function straint should also be adjusted for proper e Seat position while driving could cause the driver to lose height See also the section on air bags e Multicontour seat previously saved control of the venicle gt page 66 for more information on prop setting er seat positioning Each stored position on the passenger side e Steering wheel position In addition adjust the steering wheel to includes the following settings ensure adequate control reach operation and comfort Both the interior and exterior rear view mirrors should be adjusted for adequate rear vision e Exterior rear view mirror positions Seat position e Multicontour seat previously saved setting Fasten seat belts Infants and small chil dren should be seated in a properly se cured restraint system that complies with U S Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stan dards 213 and 225 and Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 213 and 210 2 Controls in detail Memory function M 1 2 3 E ne N a Memory button Stored position button Storing positions into memory gt
309. king the out of the vehicle vehicle from the outside Display symbol Display message Please don t forget your key Change Key Batteries Key Not Detected Key Not Detected Practical hints Possible cause consequence This display appears for a maximum of 60 seconds if the driver s door is opened with the engine turned off and no SmartKey in the starter switch This message Is only a reminder The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO batter les are discharged The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is not recognized while the engine is running because e the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is not in the vehicle e there is strong radio frequency inter ference The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is mo mentarily not recognized What to do if Possible solution gt Take the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you when leaving the vehicle gt Replace the batteries gt page 402 gt Stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so gt Search for the SmartKey Otherwise the vehicle cannot be cen trally locked nor can the engine be started again after the engine is stopped gt Change the position of the SmartKey in the vehicle gt Operate the vehicle with the SmartKey in the starter switch if necessary Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display message rO eNA 1 Active Headlamps Inoperative Active Headlamps Low Beam Left Low Beam Right P
310. lamp lights up on the side of the turn signal The corner illuminating front fog lamp remains lit for a maximum of three minutes Afterward it goes out even if the turn signal is still switched on i The corner illuminating front fog lamps tem porarily come on on both sides of the vehicle if you turn the steering wheel in one direction and then in the other direction shortly thereafter The corner illuminating front fog lamps will come on automatically depending on the steer ing angle even if you did not switch on either turn signal If the corner illuminating front fog lamps came on automatically they will also go out automatically depending on the steering angle Lighting Switching off corner illuminating front fog lamps The combination switch for the turn signal resets automatically after major steering wheel movements This will switch off the corner illuminating front fog lamps if they where activated by switching on the left or right turn signal If the turn signal should stay on after mak ing the turn the turn signal and corner illu minating front fog lamps can be switched off by returning the combination switch to its original position i There may be a brief delay before the cor ner illuminating front fog lamps switch off Controls in detail Lighting Driving in reverse Switching on corner illuminating front fog lamps gt Place the gear selector lever in position R The front fog lam
311. ld in rear seat employing the child restraint if necessary Remove any other items from on and around the front passenger seat and make sure the storage pocket on the back of the front pas senger seat is empty Make sure that no objects which apply forces to the seat are present e g objects such as books briefcases etc lodged behind or around the seat head restraints pushing against roof etc The system may recognize such forces as supplemental weight and sense that an occupant on the front passenger seat is of a greater weight than actually present Keep the seat unoccupied close the front passenger door and turn on the ignition gt page 38 Continued on next page Practical hints What to do if Display message Possible cause con Possible solution sequence Monitor the indicator lamp on the center console gt page 29 and the multifunction display in the instrument cluster gt page 27 for the following With the seat unoccupied and the ignition turned on e the indicator lamp on the center console should illuminate and remain illuminated indicating that the OCS gt page 71 has deactivated the front passenger front air bag e the message Front Passenger Airbag Enabled See Operator s Manual or the message Front Passenger Airbag Disabled See Operator s Manual should not appear in the multifunction display at any time the seat is unoccupied Wait at least 60 seconds for the system to complete the nece
312. ld not be operated with the coolant temperature above 248 F 120 C Doing so may cause serious damage which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display message Possible cause consequence Possible solution Coolant The poly V belt could be broken gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location and immediately Stop Vehicle turn off the engine turn engine off gt Check the poly V belt If it is broken gt Do not continue to drive Otherwise the engine will overheat due to an inoperative water pump which may result in damage to the engine Notify an au thorized Mercedes Benz Center If it is intact gt Do not continue to drive the vehicle with this mes sage displayed Doing so could result in serious en gine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty gt Observe the coolant temperature indicator in the instrument cluster gt page 26 gt Drive immediately to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display message Possible cause consequence Possible solution The cooling fan for the coolantis Observe the coolant temperature indicator in the malfunctioning instrument cluster gt page 26 If the coolant temperature is under 248 F 120 C you may continue driving to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Avoid placing heavy loads on the engine e g by
313. le Rear Left The left rear turn signal lamp is malfunction gt Contact an authorized Turn Signal ing Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Rear Right The right rear turn signal lamp is malfunction gt Contact an authorized Turn Signal ing Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Front Left The left front turn signal lamp is malfunction Replace the bulb as soon as possible Turn Signal ing gt page 404 FIOM PL fe Ane The right front turn signal lamp is malfunction gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible Turn Signal ing gt page 404 CE Mielec Turn Signal The turn signal in the left exterior rear view mirror is malfunctioning This message will only appear if a critical number of LEDs have stopped working Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display message Ronit Mirror Turn Signal Tele Aid Inoperative Tele Aid Battery SRS Restraint System Malfunction Service Required Warning A N In the event a malfunction of the SRS is indi cated as outlined above the SRS may not be operational For your safety we strongly recommend that you contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately 388 Possible cause consequence The turn signal in the right exterior rear view mirror is malfunctioning This mes sage will only appear if a critical number of LEDs have stopped working On
314. le occupants Despite hav ing the PRE SAFE system in your vehicle the possibility of injuries occurring as a re sult of an accident cannot be eliminated Therefore you should always drive carefully and adjust your driving to the prevailing road weather and traffic conditions Warning Your vehicle automatically takes preven tive measures to better protect the occu pants in the following hazardous situations e You execute an emergency braking ma neuver and the Brake Assist System gt page 90 is activated e The PRE SAFE system detects a criti cal driving dynamics situation In such cases the following systems are automatically activated e The front seat belts are pre tensioned electrically e If the vehicle is in a severe skid or is spinning the door windows and the tilt sliding sunroof close until a small gap remains i If the closing procedure of the tilt sliding sunroof or door window is blocked the tilt slid ing sunroof or door window will stop and open slightly Vehicles with front passenger seat memo ry function e fthe seat is in an unfavorable position it will be adjusted to a better position The PRE SAFE system is activated in the previously described circumstances only at speeds exceeding 20 mph 30 km h When the critical driving dynamic situation has passed without an accident occurring the pre tensioning on the seat belts is deactivated You can then adjust th
315. lear ance for snow chains To help avoid serious dam age to your vehicle or tires make sure that the use of snow chains is permissible as specified in the Technical data section of this Operator s Manual see Rims and tires gt page 438 Snow chains should only be driven on snow covered roads at speeds not to exceed 30 mph 50 km h Remove chains as soon as possible when driving on roads without snow Please observe the following guidelines when using snow chains e Use of snow chains is not permissible with all wheel tire combinations gt page 438 e Use snow chains in pairs and on rear wheels only Follow the manufacturer s mounting instructions Winter driving BE if snow chains are mounted to the front wheels they may scrape against the body or axle components The tires or the vehicle could be damaged as a result e Only use snow chains that are ap proved by Mercedes Benz Any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to advise you on this subject e Use of snow chains may be prohibited depending on location Always check local and state laws before installing snow chains e Do not use snow chains on the spare wheel gt page 445 ry When driving with snow chains you may wish to deactivate the ESP gt page 94 before setting the vehicle in motion This will improve the vehicle s traction CLS 63 AMG Do not switch off the ESP when driving in snow or with snow chains
316. letely discharged vehicle battery al ways remove the SmartKey from the starter switch when the engine is not in operation For information on starting the engine with the SmartKey see SmartKey page 100 SmartKey with KEYLESS GO If the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is inside the vehicle pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button on the gear selector le ver corresponds to turning the SmartKey to the various starter switch positions If you firmly depress the brake pedal dur ing pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button the engine starts automatically i The function of the SmartKey overrules the KEYLESS GO function Getting started Unlocking KEYLESS GO start stop button 1 USA only 2 Canada only The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be located in the vehicle gt Make sure the gear selector lever is set to P gt Do not depress the brake pedal Getting started Unlocking Position 0 Ignition or position 2 Before you press the KEYLESS GO start gt Press KEYLESS GO start stop button stop button the vehicle s on board elec twice a TALUS Or ae Ui SASEN This supplies power for all electrical ved consumers All lamps except high beam headlamp indicator lamp and turn signal indicator lamps unless acti gt Press KEYLESS GO start stop button vated in the instrument cluster come once on If a lamp in the instrument cluster fails to come on when the ignition is switched
317. level door the lamps will automatically switch ture is activated off after 60 seconds Controls in detail Control system You can temporarily deactivate the de layed shut off feature gt Before exiting the vehicle turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 0 gt Then turn it to position 2 and back to position 0 The delayed shut off feature is deacti vated It will reactivate as soon as you reinsert the SmartKey in the starter switch Vehicles with KEYLESS GO gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop but ton on the gear selector lever gt page 39 Setting interior lighting delayed shut off Use this function to set whether you would like the interior lighting to remain lit during darkness for 10 seconds after you have removed the SmartKey from the starter switch gt Move the selection marker with button or E to the Lighting submenu gt Press button EAN or Keg repeatedly until the message Interior Lighting Delayed Shut off appears in the mul tifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting Interior Lighting Delayed Shut oFF ities Na a A A aE E r OFF 72 F 143 3 HI P54 37 4937 31 gt Press button or E to switch the interior lighting delayed shut off feature On or Off Vehicle submenu Access the Vehicle submenu via the Settings menu Use the Vehicle sub menu to make general vehicle settings The following functions are available
318. ll brighten To dim illumination gt Turn the reset button gt page 136 counterclockwise The instrument cluster illumination will dim Coolant temperature indicator A e Driving when your engine is overheated can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire You could be seriously burned Warning e Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns and can occur just by opening the hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam com ing from it Stop the vehicle in a safe location away from other traffic Turn off the engine get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until the engine has cooled down Controls in detail T Excessive coolant temperature triggers the coolant temperature warning lamp page 350 and a warning in the multifunction display gt page 376 The engine should not be operated with the cool ant temperature above 248 F 120 C Doing so may cause serious engine damage which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warran ty i During severe operating conditions e g stop ana go traffic the coolant temperature may rise close to 248 F 120 C Instrument cluster Resetting trip odometer Make sure you are viewing the trip odome ter display gt page 139 gt If it is not displayed press the or repeatedly until the trip odome ter appears gt Press and hold the reset button
319. ll manufacturers under Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 Step 1 gt Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs on your vehicle s Tire and Loading Infor mation placard Step 2 gt Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle Step 3 gt Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kilograms or XXX Ibs Step 4 gt The resulting figure equals the avail able amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 Ibs passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x150 650 Ibs Step 5 gt Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4 Step 6 if applicable gt If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be trans ferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle gt page 300 The following table shows examples on how to calculate total and cargo load capacities with varying seating configur
320. loaded The emergency driving distance that can be achieved greatly depends on the demands placed on the vehicle Depending on speed load driving maneuvers road conditions outside temperature etc the distance can be significantly shorter or if the vehicle is driven cautiously somewhat longer Flat tire Do not continue driving in emergency mode if e you notice knocking sounds e the vehicle starts to shake e smoke develops and you smell rubber e ESP is intervening continuously e you notice tears on the tire sidewalls After driving in emergency mode you must have the rims inspected by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center to check if they are suitable for further use The failed tire must be replaced in any case i When replacing individual or all tires on the vehicle make sure only matching tires marked with MOExtended are mounted in the size specified for your vehicle gt page 444 Practical hints Battery The battery is located on the right hand side of the trunk under the luggage box gt page 397 amp af lt a 1 Positive terminal cover 2 Negative terminal Warning Do not place metal objects on the battery as this could result in a short circuit Use leak proof battery only to avoid the risk of acid burns in the event of an accident Warning A N Failure to follow these instructions can result in severe injury or death Observe all safety instructions and prec
321. mounted Operation Maintenance We strongly recommend that you have your vehicle serviced by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center in accordance with the Maintenance Booklet at the times called for by the maintenance service indicator T Failure to have the vehicle maintained in ac cordance with the Maintenance Booklet and maintenance service indicator at the designated times mileage will result in vehicle damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Maintenance service indicator message The maintenance service indicator will notify you when the next maintenance ser vice is due Starting approximately 1 month before the next maintenance service is due one of the following messages will appear in the multifunction display while you are driving or when you switch on the ignition exam ple service A Service A Due In XXXX Miles km Service A Due In XX Days Service A Due In X Day Service A Due Now The maintenance services will be indicated by showing a service type A through type H in the multifunction display Types A through H are classified based on estimat ed time needed to perform the mainte nance service ranging from Service A approx 1 hour to Service H approx 8 hours A Seruice A Due In 233 Miles 72 Paa er P54 32 4916 31 Refer to Maintenance Booklet for a listing of maintenance services and intervals they need to be performed at i The Maintenance S
322. mp 135 Limp home mode 182 Loading see Vehicle loading Loading the vehicle 296 Locator lighting 129 160 Lock button KEYLESS GO Door handle 62 Locking the vehicle 59 In an emergency 399 Locking Unlocking SmartKey 36 102 Locking Unlocking SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 37 Loss of Key Mechanical 108 Key SmartKey 108 Key SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 108 Loss of Service and Warranty Information Booklet 433 Low beam headlamps 55 Indicator lamp 27 Replacing bulbs 408 Switching on 55 Lubricants 448 Lumbar support 119 M Main Dimensions 447 Maintenance 12 Calling up service indicator 331 Clearing service indicator message 331 Resetting service indicator 332 Service indicator message 330 Service term exceeded 331 Maintenance Maintenance system 330 Manual headlamp mode 127 Manual shift program CLS 63 AMG 179 Deactivating 181 Maximum load rating Tires 324 Maximum loaded vehicle weight 324 Maximum tire inflation pressure 325 Mechanical key 398 Memory functions 123 Menus see Control system menus Microphone Hands free 31 Minispare wheel see Spare wheel 393 Mirrors Adjusting 47 Auto dimming 183 Exterior rear view mirror 47 Exterior rear view mirror parking positions 184 Interior rear view mirror 47 Storing exterior mirror parking position 125 Mobile phone see Telephone MOE tires see MOExtended system MOExtended system 313 419 MOExtended tires 313 444 MON 284 MP3 Selecting track 150 Multicontour seat 120 Mult
323. n flated There is no malfunction in the TPMS e fthe telltale flashes for 60 seconds and then stays illuminated the TPMS system itself is not operating properly This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment The TPMS only functions on wheels that are equipped with the proper electronic sensors It monitors the tire inflation pres sure as selected by the driver in all four tires A warning is issued to alert you to a decrease in pressure in one or more of the tires Warning A N The TPMS does not indicate a warning for wrongly selected inflation pressures Always adjust tire inflation pressure according to the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar or if available the supplemental tire inflation pressure infor mation on the inside of the fuel filler flap The TPMS is not able to issue a warning due to a sudden dramatic loss of pressure e g tire blowout caused by a foreign object In this case bring the vehicle to a halt by care fully applying the brakes and avoiding abrupt steering maneuvers Warning A N Each tire including the spare
324. n gt page 38 Opening the windows gt Press switch 2 to to the resistance point The corresponding window will move downwards until you release the switch Closing the windows gt Pull switch 2 to to the resistance point The corresponding window will move upwards until you release the switch A If you pull and hold the switch up when clos ing the window and upward movement of the window is blocked by some obstruction including but not limited to arms hands fin gers etc the automatic reversal will not op erate Warning Fully opening the windows Express open gt Press switch 2 to past the resis tance point and release The corresponding window opens com pletely Fully closing the windows Express close gt Pull switch 2 to past the resis tance point and release The corresponding window closes com pletely A Warning Driver s door only If within 5 seconds switch is again pulled past the resistance point and released the automatic reversal will not operate Controls in detail T If the upward movement of the window is blocked during the closing procedure the win dow will stop and open slightly Remove the obstruction pull the respective pow er window switch again past the resistance point and release If the window still does not close when there is no obstruction pull and hold the respective pow er window switch The side wind
325. n gt page 38 gt Push in cigarette lighter The lighter will pop out automatically when hot i The lighter socket can be used to accommodate 12V DC electrical accessories up to a maximum 85 W designed for use with the standard cigarette lighter plug type Keep in mind however that connecting accessories to the lighter socket for example extensive con necting and disconnecting or using plugs that do not fit properly can damage the lighter socket With the socket damaged the lighter may no longer be able to be placed in the heating pushed in position or the lighter may pop out too early with the lighter not hot enough To help avoid damaging the cigarette lighter socket we recommend connecting 12V DC elec trical accessories designed for use with a stan dard cigarette lighter plug type to the 12V power outlets gt page 250 in your vehicle whenever possible Power outlets Eg Make sure no fluids come into contact with the power outlet as this could cause a short cir cuit hg a PA OU JES7 3 Power outlet in rear center console 1 Power outlet 2 Cover gt Slide cover 2 back Make sure the override switch is not activat ed gt page 87 The power outlet in the rear cen ter console will not function if the override switch is activated Power outlet in trunk 1 Power outlet The power outlet can be used to accommo date 12 V DC electrical accessories e
326. n headlamps only Bi Xenon headlamp 2 Housing cover for high beam head e Rear lamps except license plate lamp high beam flasher bulb and for ames parking and standing lamp bulb Before you start to replace a bulb for a BE Do not replace the LEDs yourself You could front lamp do the following first otherwise damage the LEDs or parts of the vehi cle Only have the LEDs replaced by an autho Warning A gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to rized Mercedes Benz Center m mmm position QM gt page 126 Do not remove the cover Q for the Bi Xe non headlamp Because of high voltage in Xenon lamps it is dangerous to replace the bulb or repair the lamp and its components We recommend that you have such work done by a qualified technician gt Open the hood gt page 286 except for side marker lamps Practical hints Replacing bulbs Low beam bulb halogen headlamps High beam bulb high beam flasher Front turn signal lamp bulb only a a tee beam Turn bulb socket with the bulb gt Turn housing cover 1 counterclock ashore BrAERON NEAR AMPE counterclockwise and remove it wise and remove it gt Turn des cover 2 counterclock gt Press gently onto the bulb and turn gt Turn bulb holder 6 with the bulb coun wie ane EOE counterclockwise out of bulb terclockwise and remove it gt Turn bulb holder with the bulb coun socket G gt Pull the bulb at its socket out of bulb CONSE qc remove gt P
327. n an impact being avoided Tailgating increases the risk of an accident A Distronic brakes your vehicle with a maxi mum deceleration of 6 5 ft s 2 m s This corresponds to about 20 of the maxi mum deceleration ability of your vehicle Warning Distronic brakes the vehicle in an effort to restore the preset distance or to maintain the speed Distronic menu in the control system In the Distronic menu you can read the cur rent settings for Distronic What appears in the multifunction display depends on whether Distronic and the distance warn ing function are turned on or off gt Press button or repeatedly until one of the following displays ap pears Controls in detail Driving systems Distronic deactivated When Distronic is deactivated you will see the standard display in the multifunction display 300 200 100 ft 72 F 149 8 MI P54 32 2479 31 1 Vehicle ahead if detected 2 Actual distance to vehicle ahead 3 Preset distance threshold to vehicle ahead 4 Your vehicle Symbol for activated distance warning function Controls in detail Driving systems Distronic activated If you turn Distronic on you will see the set speed in the multifunction display for about 5 seconds When Distronic is activated you will see the following display in the multifunction display 300 200 100 1 Distronic activated 72 F 149 8 MI Cruise control lever The
328. n cradle switches off If you must use this phone we rec ommend that you use it only with the vehicle at a standstill in a safe location Remove the phone from the cradle and place the call The naviga tion system if engaged will continue to run The multifunction display in the instrument clus ter is available for use and spoken commands are only available by pressing the RPT button on the COMAND System A pop up window will ap pear in the COMAND System display to indicate that a Tele Aid call is in progress After the Tele Aid call has ended the optional cellular phone switches on again A PIN entry might be neces sary Controls in detail System self check Initially after switching on ignition mal functions are detected and indicated the indicator lamps in the SOS button the Roadside Assistance button and the Information button stay on longer than 10 seconds or do not come on The message Malfunction Service Required appears in the multifunction display A If the indicator lamps on the SOS button on the Roadside Assistance button and or on the Information button remain illuminated continuously in red and or the message Malfunction Service Required is displayed in the multifunction display after the system self check a malfunction in the system has been detected Warning If a malfunction is indicated as outlined above the system may not operate as expected Have the system checked at the nearest Me
329. n detail Driving systems Front sensors Minimum distance Center approx 40 in 100 cm Center approx 8 in 20 cm Corners approx 24 in 60 cm Corners approx 6 in 15 cm T ores s ee a Rear sensors If the system detects an obstacle in this EAN ES R Panes range all the distance warning segments Center approx 48 in 120 cm illuminate and you hear a warning signal If pieron EOE approx 32 in 80 cm the obstacle is closer than the minimum distance the actual distance might no longer be indicated by the system T During parking maneuvers pay special at tention to objects located above or below the height of the sensors e g planters or trailer hitches The Parktronic system will not detect such objects at close range and damage to your vehicle or the object may result mmr Ultrasonic signals from outside sources e g 100 50 Diem g 40 120 jem a 20 in o m truck air brakes car wash or jackhammers may p54 65 2995 31 Mmpair the operation of the Parktronic system Controls in detail Driving systems Warning indicators Visual signals indicate to the driver the rel ative distance between the sensors and an obstacle The warning indicator for the front area is located above the center air vents in the dashboard The warning indi cator for the rear area is integrated in the rear trim Front area warning indicator 1 Left side of the vehicle 2 Right side of the vehicle 3 Readiness
330. n slippery road surfaces This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty N Gearshift paddles example illustration vehicles with AMG Sport Package 1 Left shift paddle limiting gear range or downshift in program mode M 2 Right shift paddle extending gear range or upshift in program mode M a You cannot shift with the steering wheel gearshift paddles when the gear selector lever is in position P NorR The following instructions describe opera tion of the steering wheel gearshift control when driving in the automatic program mode C or S Limiting gear range A On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehicle control Your vehicle s ABS will not prevent this type of loss of control Warning gt Briefly pull left shift paddle Q The transmission will shift to the next lower gear as permitted by the shift program This action simultaneously limits the gear range of the transmis sion gt page 174 To avoid overrevving the engine when down Shifting the transmission will not shift to a lower gear if the engine s max speed would be exceeded Extending gear range gt Briefly pull right shift paddle The transmission will shift to the next higher gear as permitted by the shift program This action simultaneously extends the
331. n the Smartkey to position 1 gt page 38 or in vehi cles with KEYLESS GO turn off the engine and do not open the driver s door the RACETIMER stops timing Timing is resumed when you switch the ignition back on gt page 38 or restart the engine gt page 51 and then press button ES Saving lap time and starting a new lap i You can save up to nine laps Controls in detail Press button E while the timer is running The intermediate time will be shown for 5 seconds Press button E within the next 5 seconds The intermediate time shown will be saved as a lap time The RACETIMER begins timing the new lap The new lap begins to be timed as soon as the intermediate time is called up n O 4 12 00 13 ss 2 BL 0013 54 PO4 32 4157 31 1 Gear indicator 2 RACETIMER 3 Best lap time 4 Lap number Control system Resetting current lap gt Press button while the timer is running The timer stops Press button EES The lap time is reset to 0 Deleting all laps GD It is not possible to delete a single saved lap gt Press button while the timer is running The timer stops Press the reset button twice gt page 26 Press button ES The timer starts The saved laps are de leted When you switch off the engine the RACETIMER will be reset to O after 30 seconds All laps are deleted Controls in detail Control system Overall an
332. n the rection of arrow 4 gt page 222 multifunction display for approximately Increase the vehicle set speed to a value 5 seconds gt page 222 and one or that the prevailing road conditions and legal two segments around the stored speed speed limits permit Otherwise sudden and come on on the speedometer unexpected acceleration of the vehicle gt page 219 could cause an accident and or serious in jury to you and others a When you use the cruise control lever to de celerate the brakes will be applied to support deceleration In addition the transmission will automatically downshift on long downhill grades Controls in detail Driving systems Setting stored speed Deactivating Distronic Distronic deactivates automatically when RESUME SUNEUOR There are several ways to deactivate the e you set the parking brake Distronic system e you drive slower than 20 mph Warning A gt Briefly tip the cruise control lever in di 30 km h rection of arrow gt page 222 The speed stored in memory should only be gt pag e the ESP is active gt page 92 or you set again if prevailing road conditions per or deactivate the ESP WHE Pose lole aecele sisal alr ceelereuior gt Step on the brake pedal e you move the gear selector lever into differences arising from returning to the pre position N Distronic will be deactivated The last speed set will be stored in memory A signal will sound The D
333. n trunk fasten tensioning straps see Compressing the col lapsible tire CLS 63 AMG with Performance Package only gt page 395 gt Store the collapsible tire by carrying out the steps described in Removing the collapsible tire gt page 394 in re verse order i Always lower trunk floor before closing the trunk a gt The electrical air pump is located in the stor age well casing gt page 394 Compressing the collapsible tire CLS 63 AMG with Performance Pack age only The 19 collapsible tire must be com pressed with two tensioning straps before you can store it back in the trunk The tensioning straps are shown in red for illustration purposes The tensioning straps on the spare wheel of your vehicle are black Practical hints P58 10 2127 31 Extend the tensioning strap by pulling the slider Place tensioning strap around spare wheel rim and collapsible tire with the buckle facing the inside of the rim Close the buckle Pull the loose end of the tensioning strap The tensioning strap must be pulled as tight as possible Where will I find Vehicle tool kit The vehicle tool kit is stored in the com partment underneath the trunk floor gt page 393 The vehicle tool kit includes e Pair of universal pliers e Towing eye bolt e Wheel wrench e Alignment bolt e Collapsible wheel chock Practical hints Where will I find Vehicle jack The
334. nd position your seat belt greatly increases your risk of injuries and their likely severity in an accident You and your passengers should always wear seat belts If you are ever in an accident your injuries can be considerably more severe without your seat belt properly buckled Without your seat belt buckled you are much more likely to hit the interior of the vehicle or be ejected from it You can be seriously injured or killed In the same crash the possibility of injury or death is lessened if you are wearing your seat belt The air bags can only provide the protection they were designed to afford if the occupants are using their seat belts gt page 76 Warning A N According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position Thus we strongly recom mend that children be placed in the rear seats Regardless of seating position chil dren 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appropriate in fant or toddler restraint or booster seat rec ommended for the size and weight of the child For additional information see Chil dren in the vehicle gt page 82 A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Warning A N Never let more people ride in th
335. nd or systems Have the cause determined and remedied by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Warning i A blown fuse must be replaced by an appro priate spare fuse recognizable by its color or the fuse rating given on the fuse of the amperage recommended in the fuse chart Any Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to advise you on this subject If a newly inserted fuse blows again have the cause determined and rectified by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center A fuse chart is located in the fuse box in the passenger compartment The fuse chart explains the fuse allocation and fuse amperages Qe In case of a blown fuse contact Roadside As sistance or an authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter The electrical fuses are located in different fuse boxes e Fuse box in passenger compartment gt page 429 e Fuse box in trunk gt page 429 Before replacing fuses gt Apply the parking brake gt page 59 gt Make sure the gear selector lever is set to position P gt page 169 Turn off all electrical consumers vy Turn off the engine gt page 60 gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch Vehicles with KEYLESS GO gt Open the drivers door Fuse box in passenger compartment Sa ae Dd 1 Cover 7 T Do not use sharp objects such as a screw driver to open the fuse box cover Q in the dash board as this could damage it Practical hints Opening gt gt Open t
336. ndanger any other road users when carrying out these braking maneuvers Driving safety systems After driving on wet or snow covered roads you should apply your brakes firmly before parking your vehicle This produces heat which serves to dry the brake disks and help prevent corro sion On long and steep grades shift to a lower gear gear range 1 2 or 3 to prevent the brakes from overheating and to reduce brake wear After hard braking it is advisable to drive on for some time so that the air stream will cool down the brakes fast er Only Mercedes Benz approved compo nents e g brake pads should be in stalled on your vehicle Brake pads not approved by Mercedes Benz may im pair the safety of your vehicle Safety and Security Driving safety systems EBP The Electronic Brake Proportioning EBP enhances braking effectiveness by allow ing the rear brakes to supply a greater pro portion of the braking effort in straight line breaking without a loss of vehicle stability A When the EBP is malfunctioning the ABS BAS ESP are also switched off Warning If the EBP is malfunctioning the brake sys tem will still function with full brake boost However the rear wheels could lock up dur ing emergency braking situations for exam ple You could lose control of the vehicle and cause an accident Adapt your driving style to the changed driving characteristics ESP The Electronic Stab
337. ne turn front wheels towards the road curb Switching off headlamps gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to WJ gt page 55 For more information see Lighting gt page 126 Turning off engine gt Shift the automatic transmission to position P gt page 171 gt Apply the parking brake gt page 59 i Always set the parking brake in addition to shifting to position P gt page 171 On slopes turn the front wheels towards the road curb Turning off with the SmartKey gt Turnthe SmartKey in the starter switch gt page 38 to position 0 gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch The immobilizer is activated Turning off with KEYLESS GO gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 39 to turn off the en gine With the driver s door closed the start er switch is now in position 1 With the driver s door opened the starter switch is set to position 0 same as SmartKey removed from starter switch gt page 38 i Ifyou hear a warning signal you have tried to turn off the engine while the gear selector lever was not in P In addition the message Gear Selector Le ver In P Position appears in the multifunc tion display Place the gear selector lever in position P Getting started Releasing seat belts gt Press the seat belt release button gt page 49 Allow the retractor to completely rewind the seat belt by guiding the latch plate
338. ng force and only use a soft non scratching cloth when cleaning the sensors Do not attempt to wipe dirty sensors with a dry cloth or sponge Cleaning the windows and the wiper blades T The windshield wipers must be in a vertical position before folding them away from the wind Shield They could otherwise damage the hood Never open the hood when the wiper arms are folded forward gt Make sure the hood is fully closed gt Switch on the ignition gt page 38 gt Turn combination switch to wiper setting EJ gt page 56 gt With wiper arms in vertical position switch off the ignition gt page 60 A For safety reasons switch off wipers and re move SmartKey from starter switch vehi cles with KEYLESS GO Make sure the vehicle s on board electronics have status 0 before cleaning the windshield and or the wiper blades Otherwise the wiper motor could suddenly turn on and cause injury Warning T Do not pull on the wiper blade inserts They could tear gt Fold the wiper arms forward until they snap into place gt Clean the wiper blade inserts with a clean cloth and detergent solution gt Usea soft clean cloth and a mild win dow cleaning solution on all outside and inside glass surfaces An automotive glass cleaner is recom mended T Fold the windshield wiper arms back onto the windshield before turning the SmartKey in the starter switch or pressing the KEYLESS GO start sto
339. ng all Control system 153 Selective SmartKey 102 Selective SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 107 Suspension tuning 230 Temperature interior 195 Time 157 Settings menu Functions in 152 Submenus 153 Shelf below rear window cleaning 340 Shift program mode Automatic transmission 175 Shifting Automatic transmission 169 Side impact airbags 70 Side marker lamps Cleaning lenses 337 Side windows synchronizing power windows 207 Side windows see Power windows Sidewall 325 Ski bag Canada only 239 SmartKey see Key SmartKey SmartKey with KEYLESS GO see Key SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Snow chains 329 Snow tires 328 Spare wheel 393 445 Mounting 412 Speed settings Cruise control 213 Distronic 223 Speedometer 27 Selecting display mode 155 SRS 64 Indicator lamp 27 353 Messages in display 388 Standing lamps 126 Standing water Driving through 279 Starter switch 38 Starter switch positions 38 Starting difficulties 52 Starting the engine SmartKey 51 SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 52 Steering wheel 28 Adjustment 44 Buttons 28 Cleaning 340 Steering wheel gearshift control one touch gearshifting Automatic transmission 177 Stolen Vehicle Recovery services 262 Storage compartments 32 243 Center armrest 243 Cup holder 246 Glove box 243 Parcel net in front passenger footwell 245 Rear armrest 244 Rear center console 244 Ruffled storage bags 245 Under seat 244 Storing Positions into memory Memory function
340. ng clos ing switch e pull the trunk lid handle Even with the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO removed from the starter switch or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO removed from the vehicle the remote trunk opening closing switch can be operated Therefore do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury In vehicles with trunk opening closing sys tem you can close the trunk separately from the outside using the trunk closing switch a Vehicles without KEYLESS GO C Trunk closing switch Controls in detail Vehicles with KEYLESS GO 1 Trunk closing switch gt Press switch Q briefly The trunk closes If the trunk lid comes into contact with an object while closing e g luggage that has been piled too high in the upper motion sequence the closing procedure is stopped and the trunk re opens slightly Locking and unlocking Closing trunk and locking vehicle from outside vehicles with KEYLESS GO In vehicles with trunk opening closing sys tem and KEYLESS GO you can close the trunk and lock the vehicle simultaneously from the outside using the KEYLESS GO locking closing switch as a pars M i 1 KEYLESS GO locking closing switch gt Make sure you have the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you b gt Controls in detail Lock
341. ng from excessive speed in turns or hydroplaning Only a safe attentive and skillful driver can prevent accidents The ca pabilities of an ESP equipped vehicle must never be exploited in a reckless or danger ous manner which could jeopardize the us er s safety or the safety of others Safety and Security T Because the ESP operates automatically the engine and the ignition must be shut off SmartKey in starter switch position 0 or 1 or KEYLESS GO start stop button in position 0 or 1 when e the parking brake is being tested on a brake test dynamometer e the vehicle is being towed with the front axle raised Active braking action through the ESP may oth erwise seriously damage the brake system For more information see the Practical hints section gt page 345 and gt page 363 Driving safety systems Electronic traction system The electronic traction system is a component of ESP The electronic traction system improves the vehicle s ability to utilize available traction especially under slippery road conditions by applying the brakes to a spinning wheel Except CLS 63 AMG When you switch off the ESP the electronic traction system is still enabled A Warning BE The ESP will only function properly if you use wheels of the recommended tire size gt page 438 If you are driving too fast the electronic traction system cannot reduce the risk of an accident Th
342. ng the passenger ment under the armrest has its own air compartment vent The air temperature is about the same as that of the dashboard air vents The lever is located in the front center gt To open air vent slide the lever Q up gt To close air vent slide the lever down YV Power windows Opening and closing the windows The side windows are opened and closed electrically The switches for all of the side windows are on the driver s door The switches for the respective windows are on the front passenger door and the rear N doors A P54 25 5975 31 1 Rear window override switch gt page 87 2 Right front window 3 Right rear window 4 Left rear window Left front window Controls in detail Warning A N When closing the windows make sure that there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the closing procedure The closing of the door windows can be immediately halted by releasing the switch or if switch was pulled past the resistance point and released by either pressing or pulling the respective switch The door windows are equipped with the express close and automatic reversal func tion If the window encounters an obstruc tion that blocks its path in a circumstance where you pulled the switch past the resis tance point and released it to close the win dow the automatic reversal function will stop the window and open it slightly Power windows If the
343. ng with KEYLESS GO 37 Starter switch positions 0 38 POUS INS crcecurceesntcaetinniaccenwecs arcane 41 SLS E II o E EAE E 41 Steering Wheel cccssssccseseceeees 44 MTOI nanne e 47 DEVINE sises 48 Fastening the seat belts 48 Starting the engine sssseeseeeesseess 51 Parking Drake cseeccceeeesceeeeeeees 53 Driving Oi cecina 53 Switching on headlamps 55 TU SENA erara 55 Windshield WIDEPS cccceeeeceeees 56 Problems while driving 000668 58 Parking and lOCKING cccseccceeeeeeeeee 59 Parking Drake sensssenssseessseesssersses 59 Switching off headlamps 60 Turning off Engine cccceeecceeeeees 60 Releasing seat belts ceeee 61 EOC NE stants a E 61 Safety and Security 08 Occupant Safety c cccccsssseseeceneees 64 Air bags taicactwiderencisttariapenciveseacseautes 66 Occupant Classification System 7 1 CAL Dells crencicessessesavccccasdautesebscnsseats 76 Preventive occupant safety PRE SAFE mereerin 80 Active head restraints 6 06 81 Children in the vehicle 6 82 Blocking of rear door window operation 87 Panic alal Mereen 88 Activating eeseessssessseerssseesseessseee 88 Deactivating seesssensssseessssessseee 88 Driving safety SYStEMS ccccccseeeeees 89 PDS ane atrconata
344. nic is activated Use of Distronic can be dangerous on wind ing roads or in heavy traffic because condi tions do not allow safe driving at a steady speed Distronic will not react to stationary objects in the roadway e g a stopped vehicle in a traffic jam or a disabled vehicle Distronic will also not respond to oncoming vehicles Switch off Distronic e when changing from the left to the right lane if vehicles are moving more slowly in the left lane e when entering a turn lane or highway off ramp e in complex driving situations such as in highway construction zones In these situations Distronic will continue to maintain the set speed unless deactivated Controls in detail Distronic is designed and intended only to maintain a set speed and keep a set dis tance from moving objects in front of it Warning A N The Resume function should only be oper ated if the driver is fully aware of the previ ously set speed and wishes to resume this particular preset speed Driving systems Distronic displays in the speedometer dial E 40 a Uistronic l j te ec 20 200 100 O ft 1 Set speed If Distronic is activated one or two seg ments come on around the set speed The vehicle speed displayed on the speed ometer can briefly vary from the speed setting on the Distronic system Controls in detail Driving systems gt Immediately brake the vehicle to avoid a
345. ning Therefore the vehicle s brake system containing solvents to clean the cockpit or the steering wheel Cleaners containing sol vents will make the surface porous and vehi should always be warmed up before it is parked cle occupants could suffer serious injuries after cleaning To do so please drive your vehicle from plastic parts coming loose in the event for several minutes to allow the brakes to dry of air bag deployment When applying Mercedes Benz approved Tire Care and Mercedes Benz approved Wheel Care products take care not to spray them on the brake disks Operation Vehicle care T Do not use oil wax or scouring agents on these parts Never apply strong force and only use a soft non scratching cloth when cleaning the surface Do not attempt to wipe the surface with a dry cloth or sponge Otherwise you may scratch or damage the sur face Hard plastic trim items gt Use Mercedes Benz approved Interior Care a soft lint free cloth and apply with light pressure T Never apply strong force and only use a soft non scratching cloth when cleaning the surface Do not attempt to wipe the surface with a dry cloth or sponge Otherwise you may scratch or damage the sur face Steering wheel and gear selector lever gt Wipe with a damp cloth and dry thor oughly or clean with Mercedes Benz approved Leather Care Carpets gt Use Mercedes Benz approved Carpet and Fabric Care for cleaning the
346. nintended air bag deployment Work on the SRS must therefore only be performed by qualified technicians Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center For your protection and the protection of others when scrapping the air bag unit or Emergency Tensioning Device our safety instructions must be fol lowed These instructions are available from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Safety and Security e Given the considerable deployment speed required inflation volume and the textile structure of the air bags there is the possibility of abrasions or other potentially more serious injuries resulting from air bag deployment Warning J Only use seat covers which have been test ed and approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle model Using other seat covers may interfere with or prevent the deployment of the side impact air bags Contact your au thorized Mercedes Benz Center for availabil ity When you Sell your vehicle we strongly urge you to give notice to the subsequent owner that it is equipped with an SRS by alerting them to the applicable section in the Operator s Manual Occupant safety Front air bags 1 Driver s air bag 2 Passenger air bag 3 Knee bag Driver and passenger air bags are de ployed e inthe event of certain frontal impacts e if impact exceeds a preset deployment threshold independently of the side impact air bags Safety and Security Occupant safety The
347. njuries can be considerably more severe without your seat belt properly buckled Without your seat belt buckled you are much more likely to hit the interior of the vehicle or be ejected from it You can be seriously injured or killed In the same crash the possibility of injury or death is lessened if you are properly wearing your seat belt Air bags can only protect as they are designed if the occupants are prop erly wearing their seat belts Warning A N Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seat backrest in an excessively reclined position as this can be dangerous You could slide under the seat belt in a collision If you slide under it the seat belt would apply force at the abdomen or neck That could cause se rious or even fatal injuries The seat back rest and seat belt provide the best restraint when the wearer is in a position that is as upright as possible and the seat belt is prop erly positioned on the body Warning A N Never let more people ride in the vehicle than there are seat belts available Be sure everyone riding in the vehicle is correctly restrained with a separate seat belt Never use a seat belt for more than one person at a time Safety and Security Occupant safety Warning Damaged seat belts or seat belts that were highly stressed in an accident must be re placed and their anchoring points must also be checked Only use seat belts which have been ap proved by Mercedes Benz
348. not be turned on again this indicates that the air conditioning is losing refrigerant The compressor has turned it self off Have the air conditioning checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Residual heat and ventilation Canada only With the engine switched off it is possible to continue to heat or ventilate the interior for up to 30 minutes This feature makes use of the residual heat produced by the engine If you switch on the residual heat function when temperatures are high only the ventilation will be switched on 0 Regardless of the selected air volume the blower operates at low speed Controls in detail 4 zone automatic climate control 1 How long the system will provide heating de pends on e the coolant temperature e the temperature set by the operator The blower will run at speed setting 1 regardless of the air distribution control setting Activating gt Switch off the ignition gt Press button B3 gt page 191 REST in display gt page 191 comes on Deactivating gt Press button GES gt page 191 again REST in display gt page 191 goes out The residual heat is automatically turned off e when the ignition is switched on e after about 30 minutes e ifthe battery voltage drops e if the coolant temperature is too low Rear climate control The rear climate control is adjusted via the front climate control panel gt page 190 or g
349. not drive through flooded areas or water of unknown depth Before driving through water determine its depth Never accelerate before driving into water The bow wave could force wa ter into the engine and auxiliary equipment thus damaging them If you must drive through standing water drive slowly to prevent water from entering the pas senger compartment or the engine compart ment Water in these areas could cause damage to electrical components or wiring of the engine or transmission or could result in water being in gested by the engine through the air intake caus ing severe internal engine damage Any such damage is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Operation Driving instructions Passenger compartment A Always fasten items being carried as secure ly as possible Warning In an accident during hard braking or sud den maneuvers loose items will be thrown around inside the vehicle and cause injury to vehicle occupants unless the items are securely fastened in the vehicle The trunk is the preferred place to carry objects Driving abroad Abroad there is an extensive Mercedes Benz service network at your disposal If you plan to drive into areas which are not listed in the index of your Mercedes Benz Center directory you should request pertinent information from your authorized Mercedes Benz Center Control and operation of radio transmitter COMAND radio and teleph
350. ns 253 DAVNE OT seiersen 274 Battery en ee 291 Tele Aid sascnceisaensacrsustoowomnaceaenentanes 256 P e eeraeeasacsnennaee 275 Washer system and headlamp Garage door Opener eccess 262 MPSS e 279 Cleaning system necces 292 Hydroplaning eeeeeere teem eres 276 Tires and wheels cccssccceeeseeeees 293 Mre AGU ON ceser 276 Important guidelines 293 Tire Speed rating cccccceeeeeeeeee 277 Tire care and maintenance 294 Winter driving instructions 278 Direction of rotation 60 295 Standing Water sscicremneenierniaarays 279 Loading the vehicle 666 296 Passenger compartment 280 Recommended tire inflation Driving abroad ssssssesssessseessn 280 FCS SUIS E 301 Control and operation of Checking tire inflation pressure 303 radio transmitter cccceeeeees 280 MOExtended system cece 313 Catalytic converter 281 Tire labeling ccceccsseceeeeseeeeees 314 EMISSION control cccceeee eee 281 Load identification 0 008 318 Coolant temperature 064 282 DOT Tire Identification Number N EE 318 Maximum tire inflation pressure 320 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards U S vehicles 321 Tire ply material ccccseeeeeeeee 323 Tire and loading terminology 323 Rotating tires ccceecccceeeeeeeeeees 326 Winter driving ccssssccccnsseccre
351. nsors mounted e g winter tires Vehicles with Advanced TPMS One or more sensors malfunction e g battery in one or more wheel sensors is empty One or more wheels without appro priate wheel sensors mounted e g spare tire One or more wheels without appro priate wheel sensors mounted e g spare tire The respective tire is indicated by instead of the tire inflation pressure in the multifunction display the ability to steer or brake the vehicle Practical hints What to do if Possible solution gt gt Have the TPMS or Advanced TPMS checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Have the appropriate wheel sensors installed by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Have the Advanced TPMS checked at an au thorized Mercedes Benz Center Have the wheel sensors installed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The tire pressure for the respective tire is shown in the multifunction display Have the Advanced TPMS checked at an au thorized Mercedes Benz Center Have the appropriate wheel sensors installed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center You may lose control of the vehicle Contin ued driving with a flat tire will cause exces sive heat build up and possibly a fire Practical hints What to do if Symbol messages Display symbol Display message Possible cause consequence Possible solution You are driving with one or more doors Close the doors open You are
352. nt use MB Windshield Washer Concentrate MB SummerFit and water e 1 part MB SummerFit to 100 parts water 1 34 fl oz 40 ml MB SummerFit to 1 gal 4 0 I water For temperatures below freezing point use MB Windshield Washer Concentrate MB SummerFit and commercially avail able premixed washer solvent antifreeze e 1 part MB SummerFit to 100 parts solvent 1 34 fl oz 40 ml MB SummerFit to 1 gal 4 0 I solvent A ABS 89 Indicator lamp 344 Messages in display 360 374 Accelerator position automatic transmission 173 Accessory weight 323 Accident 58 Active Bi Xenon headlamps see Head lamps Active head restraints 81 resetting 401 Adaptive Damping System 230 Adjusting 41 ADS 230 Airbags 66 Children 67 Front Driver 69 Front Passenger 69 Knee bag 70 Safety guidelines 68 Side impact 70 Window curtain 70 Air conditioning refrigerant 450 Air conditioning system see Climate con trol system 201 Air conditioning Cooling 192 201 Air distribution 195 Air pressure 323 Air pressure see Tire inflation pressure Air pump electric 417 Air recirculation mode 198 Airvents 189 Airvolume 196 Airmatic DC Dual Control 230 Message in display 391 392 Suspension tuning 230 Vehicle level control 230 Alarm Audible alarm and flashing exterior lamps Panic alarm 88 Canceling 98 Visual 97 Alarm system see Anti theft systems Alignment bolt vehicle tool kit 395 415 AMG menu 14
353. nt agency for use in dispute resolution involving DaimlerChrysler its affiliates or sales service organization and or as otherwise required or permitted by law Please check the Tele Aid subscription service agreement for details regarding the information that may be recorded or transmitted via that system At a glance Exterior view Cockpit Instrument cluster Multifunction steering wheel Center console Overhead control panel Storage compartments Door control panel Q aL Ti p ad lt Exterior view POO 01 3281 31 At a glance Exterior view Item Page Item Page Item Page Trunk Towing eye bolt 395 QD Window cleaning 338 e Unlocking 100 e Installing towing eye bolt 425 2 Power tilt sliding sunroof 210 e Opening and closing 109 Rims and tires 3 Exterior rear view mirrors e Spare wheel 393 e Checking tire inflation 303 e Adjusting 47 e Vehicle tool kit 395 Bh eka e Auto dimming 183 Rear lamps 404 e Flat tire 412 e Parking position 184 Rear window defrosting 191 Front lamps 404 Side marker lamps 404 Fuel filler flap 283 Hood opening 286 e Fuel requirements 451 e Engine oil 287 6 Doors e Coolant 290 e Locking and unlocking 100 Windshield wipers 56 e Opening and closing 108 e Wiper blades replacing 410 e Wiper blades cleaning 338 a Cockpit Item Combination switch e Turn signals e Windshield wipers e High beam Steering wheel gearshif
354. nt passenger front air bag Messages in display 356 Front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp 70 75 Front seat head restraints see Head re straints Fuel Additives 452 Capacities Fueltank 449 Filler flap andcap 283 Filling the tank 283 Fuel reserve warning lamp 351 Premium unleaded gasoline 284 Requirements Gasoline additives 452 Premium unleaded gasoline 451 Fuel consumption statistics Since last reset 165 Since start 165 Fuel filler flap 283 Locking unlocking 283 Opening 283 Fuel tank Capacity 283 Filler flap 283 Fuels coolants lubricants etc 448 Fuse box in trunk 429 Fuses 428 Fuse box in passenger compartment 429 Fuse box in trunk 429 G Garage door opener 262 Gasoline see Fuel GAWR 324 Gear range Automatic transmission 174 Limiting 174 Shifting into optimal 177 179 Gear selector lever 169 Cleaning 340 Gearshift pattern 169 Lock 51 Position 170 171 Shifting procedure 170 Unlocking in an emergency 400 Gear selector lever one touch gearshifting Automatic transmission 176 Global locking 102 Global locking unlocking see Key Smart Key or Key SmartKey with KEY LESS GO Glove box 243 Good visibility 183 Gross Axle Weight Rating see GAWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating see GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight see GVW GVW 324 GVWR 324 H Halogen headlamps see Headlamps Hands free microphone 31 Hard plastic trim items cleaning 340 Hazard warning flasher 132 Head restraints 118 Active head
355. nt varies between models the descriptions and illustrations in this manual may differ slightly from the actual equipment of your vehi cle introduction Symbols gt This symbol points to instructions for Warning J you to follow Warning notices draw your attention to haz ards that may endanger your health or life or the health or life of others gt page T Highlights hazards that may result in dam age to your vehicle 0 Helpful hints or further information you may ov find useful b gt gt Display gt A number of these symbols appearing in succession indicates a multiple step procedure This symbol tells you where to look for further information on a topic This continuation symbol marks a warning which is continued on the next page This continuation symbol marks a procedure which is continued on the next page This symbol is used to indicate cross references to term defini tions Words appearing in the multi function display are printed in the type shown here Introduction Operating safety Warning A N Work improperly carried out on electronic components and associated software could cause them to cease functioning Because the vehicle s electronic components are interconnected any modifications made may produce an undesired effect on other systems Electronic malfunctions could seri ously impair the operating safety of your ve hicle See your authorized Mercedes Benz Ce
356. ntact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Getting started Starting the engine Automatic transmission Starting with the SmartKey Warning VAN Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health All exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide CO and inhaling it can cause un consciousness and possible death For information on turning off the engine with the SmartKey see Turning off en gine gt page 60 gt Make sure the gear selector lever is set to P M Do not depress the accelerator gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 3 and hold until the engine starts gt page 38 Do not run the engine in confined areas such as a garage which are not properly gt i ventilated If you think that exhaust gas Gearshift pattern for automatic fumes are entering the vehicle while driving transmission You can also use the touch start function have the cause determined and corrected P Park position with gear selector lever Turn the SmartKey to position 3 and release it immediately If you must drive under these lock again immediately The engine then starts auto conditions drive only with at least one win R Reverse gear matically dow fully open N Neutral D Drive position For more information see the Controls in detail section gt page 169 Getting started Driving Starting with KEYLESS GO A Warning As long as the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO i
357. ntegrated signal transmitter to pick up the signal during programming Similar to this Canadian law some U S gate operators are designed to time out in the same manner If you live in Canada or if you are having difficulties programming a gate operator regardless of where you live by using the programming procedures replace step 4 with the following Controls in detail Useful features Step 4 gt Press and hold the signal transmitter button or Do not release this button until it has been successful ly trained gt While still holding down the signal transmitter button or cycle your hand held remote control button as follows Press and hold button 6 for 2 seconds then release it for 2 seconds and again press and hold it for 2 seconds Repeat this se quence on the hand held remote con trol until the frequency signal has been learned Upon successful training indi cator lamp Q will flash slowly and then rapidly after several seconds gt Proceed with programming step 5 and step 6 to complete a Upon completion of programming the inte grated remote control make sure you retain the hand held remote control that came with the ga rage door opener gate operator or other device You may need it for use in other vehicles for fu ture programming of an integrated remote con trol or simply for continued use as a hand held remote control to operate the respe
358. nter for repairs or modifications to electronic components Other improper work or modifications on the vehicle could also have a negative impact on the operating safety of the vehicle Some safety systems only function while the engine is running You should therefore nev er turn off the engine while driving Warning A N Heavy blows against the vehicle underbody or tires wheels for example when running over an obstacle road debris or a pothole may cause serious damage to and impair the operating safety of your vehicle If you feel a sudden strong vibration or ride disturbance or you suspect that damage to your vehicle has occurred you should turn on your haz ard warning flashers carefully slow down and drive with caution to an area which is a safe distance from the road Inspect the vehicle underbody and tires wheels for possible damage If the vehicle appears unsafe have it towed to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or other qualified maintenance or repair fa cility for further inspection or repairs Proper use of the vehicle Proper use of the vehicle requires that you are familiar with the following information and rules e the safety precautions in this manual e the Technical data section in this manual e traffic rules and regulations e motor vehicle laws and safety stan dards Warning VAN Various warning labels are attached to your vehicle These warning labels are intende
359. ntin ued driving with a flat tire will cause exces sive heat build up and possibly a fire Practical hints What to do if Display message Possible cause consequence Possible solution Tire pressure Vehicles with Advanced TPMS gt Drive the vehicle for a few minutes is only displayed i The tire inflation pressure is being after driving for j checked a few minutes Tire Pressure The TPMS or Advanced TPMS is un gt As soon as the causes for the malfunction are Monitor able to monitor the tire pressure due no longer present the Advanced TPMS auto Currently Unavailable to a nearby radio interference matically becomes active again after a few source minutes driving Tire Pressure The TPMS or Advanced TPMS is gt Have the TPMS or Advanced TPMS checked Monitor malfunctioning by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Inoperative gt Have the wheel sensors installed by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Warning AN Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You may lose control of the vehicle Contin ued driving with a flat tire will cause exces sive heat build up and possibly a fire Display message Tire Pressure Monitor Inoperative No Wheel Sensors Tire Pres Monitor Wheel Sensor Missing Warning A N Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects Possible cause consequence There are wheels without appropri ate wheel se
360. ntire body parts or portions of them may protrude from the passenger compart ment When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could re sult in an accident and or serious personal injury iH To avoid damaging the seals do not trans port any objects with sharp edges which can stick out of the tilt sliding sunroof Do not open the tilt sliding sunroof if there is snow or ice on the roof as this could result in malfunctions If you cannot open or close the tilt sliding sun roof due to a malfunction contact Roadside As sistance or an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Controls in detail BE Please keep in mind that weather conditions can sometimes change rapidly Make sure to close the tilt sliding sunroof when leaving the vehicle If water enters the vehicle interior vehi cle electronics could be damaged which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty i When the tilt sliding sunroof is open reso nance noises may result in addition to the usual wind noises They are caused by minimal pres sure changes in the passenger compartment To reduce or eliminate these noises change the po sition of the tilt sliding sunroof or open a side window slightly You can also open
361. ntrol button 2 Indicator lamp gt Controls in detail Start the engine gt page 51 Briefly press button 4 to change from normal level to raised level When vehi cle is at raised level pressing the but ton will return the vehicle to normal level When raised level is set indicator lamp 2 in the button comes on When normal level is set indicator lamp 2 in the button goes out Driving systems At a speed of approximately above 75 mph 120 km h or if the speed amounts to between 50 mph 80 km h and 75 mph 120 km h for approximately 5 minutes the setting raised is canceled Indicator lamp 2 in the button goes out Ifyou do not drive in this speed range the raised level remains stored even if the SmartKey is re moved from the starter switch Controls in detail Driving systems The Parktronic system monitors the sur Parktronic system Parking assist A Parktronic is a supplemental system It is not intended to nor does it replace the need for extreme care The responsibility during parking and other critical maneuvers always remains with the driver Warning Special attention must be paid to objects with smooth surfaces or low silhouettes e g trailer couplings painted posts or road curbs Such objects may not be detected by the system and can damage the vehicle The operational function of the Parktronic system can be affected by dirty sensors especially at tim
362. nts What to do if Possible solution Check the engine oil level gt page 288 and add engine oil as required gt page 289 If you must add engine oil frequently have the engine checked for possible leaks i The engine oil level warnings should not be ignored Extended driving with the symbol dis played could result in serious engine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limit ed Warranty Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display message Possible cause consequence Possible solution D Reserve Fue The fuel level has dropped below the re Refuel at the next gas station serve mark gt page 283 Gas Cap A loss of pressure has been detected in gt Check the fuel cap gt page 283 Is Open the fuel system The fuel cap may not be If it is not closed properly closed properly or the fuel system may be leaky gt Close the fuel cap If it is closed properly gt Have the fuel system checked by an au thorized Mercedes Benz Center Replace The air cleaner is clogged gt Have the air cleaner checked by an au Air Filter thorized Mercedes Benz Center Remove Key You have forgotten to remove the gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter SmartKey switch Please The SmartKey is malfunctioning gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz get a new key Center Key Detected A SmartKey with KEYLESS GO leftinthe Take the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO In Vehicle vehicle was recognized while loc
363. nts or cleaners that contain solvents Never apply strong force and only use a soft non scratching cloth when cleaning the lenses Do not attempt to wipe dirty lenses with a dry cloth or sponge Otherwise you may scratch or damage the lens surface Operation Cleaning the Distronic system sensor cover 1 Distronic system sensor cover gt Switch off the ignition gt page 60 gt Usea mild car wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Sham poo with plenty of water and a non scratching cloth to clean sensor cover 1 T To prevent scratches or damage never ap ply strong force and only use a soft non scratch ing cloth when cleaning the sensor cover Q Do not attempt to wipe dirty sensors with a dry cloth or sponge Vehicle care gt Restart the engine after cleaning sen sor cover 1 Cleaning the Parktronic system sensors 1 Parktronic system sensors in the front bumper gt Use a mild car wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Sham poo with plenty of water and a soft non scratching cloth to clean sensors 1 on the bumpers Operation Vehicle care T Do not apply strong pressure to the sensor covers Applying strong pressure may damage the sensor covers Follow the instructions provided by the power washer manufacturer on maintaining a distance between the vehicle and the nozzle of the power washer T To prevent scratches never apply stro
364. obile phone release button engages The mobile phone is connected to the network via the external antenna The mobile phone is linked to the hands free device and the multifunc tion steering wheel The battery is charged depending on its charge status and the position of the SmartKey in the starter switch The charge procedure will be indicated in the mobile phone s display You can place or receive phone calls You can control other functions of the mobile phone via the control system gt page 166 COMAND or Voice Control see separate operating instructions When you take the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO out of the starter switch the mobile phone remains switched on for approxi mately 10 minutes If you place or receive a Call during this time the mobile phone switches off 10 minutes after the call has been completed Removing mobile phone from mobile phone cradle P82 70 5735 31 Example illustration 1 Release catch for mobile phone 2 Mobile phone cradle i When using a flip style mobile phone open flip top before removing from the cradle while a call is connected Otherwise the call will be dis connected gt Press release catch in direction of arrow 1 and take mobile phone out of mobile phone cradle 2 Changing mobile phone cradle If you require a different cradle for your mobile phone remove the present cradle before installing a new one Removing an existing mobil
365. ode C or S is switched on when the engine is restarted Controls in detail Automatic transmission gt Press program mode selector switch repeatedly until the letter of the desired program mode appears in the multifunction display Select C for comfort driving CLS 63 AMG for standard driving e The vehicle starts out in second gear both forward and reverse for gentler starts This does not apply if full throttle is applied or gear range 1 is selected e Traction and driving stability are improved on icy roads e Upshifts occur earlier even when you give more gas The engine then operates at lower roms and the wheels are less likely to spin Select S for standard driving CLS 63 AMG for sporty driving e The vehicle starts out in first gear e Upshifts occur later Gear selector lever one touch gearshifting With the gear selector lever in drive posi tion D and driving in program mode C or S you can limit or extend the gear range If your vehicle is equipped with manual shift program M you can use the gear selector lever to manually shift the gears L For information on using the gear selector lever in program mode M see Manual shift pro gram CLS 63 AMG page 179 i Allow engine to warm up under low load use Do not place full load on the engine until the operating temperature has been reached Shift into reverse gear R or park position P only when the vehicle is sto
366. oid any warranties and is not permitted Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Warning A N Distronic cannot take street and traffic con ditions into account Only use Distronic if the road weather and traffic conditions make it advisable to travel at a steady speed Warning A N Use of Distronic can be dangerous on slip pery roads Rapid changes in tire traction can result in wheel spin and loss of control Distronic does not act upon adverse sight distance conditions Do not use Distronic during conditions of fog and heavy rain snow or sleet Warning A N Distronic cannot take weather conditions into account Switch off Distronic or do not turn it on if e roads are slippery or covered with snow or ice The wheels could lose traction while braking or accelerating and the vehicle could skid e the sensor is dirty or visibility is diminished due to snow rain or fog The distance control could be impaired Always pay attention to traffic conditions even while Distronic is switched on Other wise you may not be able to recognize dangerous situations until it is too late and could cause an accident resulting in person al or fatal injury to you or others Warning Close attention to road and traffic condi tions is imperative at all times regardless of whether or not Distro
367. ols in detail Instrument cluster For a full view illustration of the instrument cluster see At a glance gt page 26 min 1 Reset button The instrument cluster is activated when you e open a door e switch on the ignition e press the reset button Q e switch on the exterior lamps You can modify the instrument cluster set tings in the instrument cluster submenu of the control system gt page 155 Warning TK No messages will be displayed if either the instrument cluster or the multifunction dis play is inoperative As a result you will not be able to see infor mation about your driving conditions such as speed or outside temperature warn ing indicator lamps malfunction warning messages or the failure of any systems Driving characteristics may be impaired If you must continue to drive please do so with added caution Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Adjusting instrument cluster illumination Use the reset button gt page 136 to ad just the illumination brightness for the in strument cluster The instrument cluster illumination is dimmed or brightened automatically to suit am bient light conditions The instrument cluster illumination will also be adjusted automatically when you switch on the vehicle s exterior lamps To brighten illumination gt Turn the reset button gt page 136 clockwise The instrument cluster illumination wi
368. om your vehicle Optional equipment is also described in this manual including operating instruc tions wherever necessary Since they are special order items the descriptions and illustrations herein may vary slightly from the actual equipment of your vehicle If there are any equipment details that are not shown or described in this Operator s Manual any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to inform you of correct care and operating procedures The Opera tor s Manual and Maintenance Booklet are important documents and should be kept with the vehicle Service and warranty information The Service and Warranty Information Booklet contains detailed information about the warranties covering your Mercedes Benz including e New Car Limited Warranty e Emission System Warranty e Emission Performance Warranty e California Maine Massachusetts and Vermont Emission Control System Warranty California Maine Massachusetts and Vermont only e State Warranty Enforcement Laws Lemon Laws Important notice for California retail buyers and lessees of Mercedes Benz automobiles Under California law you may be entitled to a replacement of your vehicle or a refund of the purchase price or lease price if Mercedes Benz USA LLC and or its au thorized repair or service facilities fail to fix one or more substantial defects or mal functions in the vehicle that are covered by its express warranty after a reasonable
369. on 2 Opening button for trunk gt page 109 3 Mechanical key locking tab 4 Unlock button Battery check lamp 6 Panic button gt page 88 i To prevent possible malfunction avoid ex posing the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO to high levels of electromagnetic radiation Controls in detail Locking and unlocking A When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle It is possible for children to open a locked door from the inside which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Warning i When you open a door the side window on that side lowers slightly Once you close the door the window moves up again T The side windows will not open or close if the battery is discharged or the windows are cov ered with ice As a result you may no longer be able to properly close the door Do not attempt to force the door shut Doing so may damage the door or the side window Correct the condition that prevents the windows from operating before attempting to close the door USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired o
370. on have it checked and Position 1 This supplies power for some electrical consumers l l replaced if necessary If a lamp in the f you now press the KEYLESS GO instrument cluster remains on after start stop button starting the engine or comes on while e once again the ignition position 2 is driving see Lamps in instrument clus switched on ter gt page 344 e twice the power supply is again switched off If you now press the KEYLESS GO start stop button once the power supply is again switched off When you switch on the ignition the indicator and warning lamps except high beam headlamp indicator lamp and turn signal indica tor lamps unless activated in the instrument cluster come on The indicator and warning lamps except high beam headlamp indicator lamp and turn signal indicator lamps if activated should go out when the engine is running This in dicates that the respective systems are opera tional For information on starting the engine us ing the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 39 Vv Adjusting Warning J All seat head restraint steering wheel and rear view mirror adjustments as well as fas tening of seat belts must be done before the vehicle is put into motion Seats Warning A N Do not adjust the driver s seat while driving Adjusting the seat while driving could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle Never ride in a moving vehicle with the
371. on on the part of the driver is required As required by the traffic situation apply the brakes and navigate around a pos sible obstacle However do not drive by relying on the distance warning function as this will result in an emergency braking application Especially depending on road surface conditions and driver reaction this will not always enable you to avoid a colli sion Warning Complex driving situations are not always fully recognized by Distronic This could result in wrong or missing distance warnings Activating gt Press switch 1 Indicator lamp 2 on the switch comes on A loudspeaker symbol appears in the multifunction display gt page 222 Deactivating gt Press switch Q Indicator lamp on the switch goes out No loudspeaker symbol appears in the multifunction display Controls in detail Driving systems Driving with Distronic This section describes a number of driving situations where special precaution is required on the part of the driver Be pre pared to brake in such situations This will deactivate the Distronic system A Distronic works to maintain the speed se lected by the driver unless a moving obsta cle proceeding directly ahead of it in the same travel direction is detected e g fol lowing another vehicle ahead of you at a dis tance set by Distronic This means that Warning e Your vehicle can pass another vehicle after you change lanes
372. on pressure are also increased while driving depending on the driving speed and the tire load If you will be driving your vehicle at high speeds of 100 mph 160 km h or higher where it is legal and conditions allow con sult the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap if available on how to adjust the cold tire inflation pres sure If you do not adjust the tire inflation pressure excessive heat can build up and result in sudden tire failure If your vehicle is not equipped with the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for proper tire infla tion pressure a Driving comfort may be reduced when the tire inflation pressure is adjusted to the value for speeds above 100 mph 160 km h as specified on the tire inflation pressure label located on the inside of the fuel filler flap Be sure to readjust the tire inflation pressure for normal driving speeds You should wait until the tires are cold before adjusting the tire inflation pressure Some vehicles may have supplemental tire inflation pressure information for vehicle loads less than the maximum loaded vehi cle condition If such information is provid ed it can be found on the tire inflation pressure label located on the inside of the fuel filler flap Tire inflation pressure changes by approxi mately 1 5 psi 0 1 bar per 18 F 10 C of air temperature change Keep
373. on to the nearest comes on while driving tems The air bags or emergency tensioning authorized Mercedes Benz Center devices ETDs could deploy unexpectedly or fail to activate in an accident Warning A N In the event a malfunction of the SRS is indi cated as outlined above the SRS may not be operational For your safety we strongly recommend that you contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have the system checked otherwise the SRS may not be activated when needed in an acci dent which could result in serious or fatal injury or it might deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarily which could also result in an accident and or injury to you or to others Practical hints What to do if Problem USA only Combination low tire pressure TPMS malfunction telltale for the TPMS illuminates continuously Canada only Low tire pressure telltale for the Advanced TPMS illuminates continuously USA only Combination low tire pressure TPMS malfunction telltale for the TPMS flashes for 60 seconds and then stays illuminated Possible cause consequence The TPMS USA only or Advanced TPMS Canada only detects a loss of pressure in at least one tire There is a malfunction in the TPMS Suggested solution gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrupt steering and braking maneuvers Observe the traffic situa tion around you gt Read and observe messages in the multifun
374. one Warning A N Please do not forget that your primary re sponsibility is to drive the vehicle safely Only operate the COMAND Cockpit Management and Data System radio or telephone if road weather and traffic con ditions permit Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of 44 feet approximate ly 14 m every second Observe all legal requirements Telephones and two way radios A Never operate radio transmitters equipped with a built in or attached antenna i e with out being connected to an external antenna from inside the vehicle while the engine is running Doing so could lead to a malfunc tion of the vehicle s electronic system pos sibly resulting in an accident and or personal injury Warning Radio transmitters such as a portable tele phone or a citizens band unit should only be used inside the vehicle if they are con nected to an antenna that is installed on the outside of the vehicle Refer to the radio transmitter operation instructions regarding use of an external antenna Catalytic converter Your Mercedes Benz is equipped with monolithic type catalytic converters an important element in conjunction with the oxygen sensors to achieve substantial control of the pollutants in the exhaust emissions Keep your vehicle in proper operating condition by following our rec ommended maintenance instructions as outlined in your M
375. oof rack A Warning Only use roof racks approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle model to avoid damage to the vehicle Follow the manufacturers installation instructions Otherwise an improperly at tached roof rack system or its load could be come detached from the vehicle Do not exceed the maximum roof load of 220 Ib 100 kg Take into consideration that when the roof rack is loaded the handling characteristics are different from those when operating the vehicles without the roof rack loaded BB Load the roof rack in such a way that the ve hicle cannot be damaged while driving Make sure Tp you can fully raise the tilt sliding sunroof you can fully open the trunk C Trim gt gt Open trim 4 at the trim strips in the roof Secure the roof rack according to manufacturer s instructions for instal lation Loading instructions The total load weight including vehicle occupants and luggage cargo should not exceed the total load limit indicated on the corresponding placard located on the driv er s door B pillar The handling characteristics of a fully load ed vehicle depend greatly on the load dis tribution It is therefore recommended to load the vehicle according to the illustra tions shown with the heaviest items being placed towards the front of the vehicle Always place items being carried against front or rear seat backrests and fasten them as securely
376. oor handle e All turn signal lamps flash once e An acoustic signal sounds once e The locking knobs in the doors move up e The anti theft alarm system is dis armed The vehicle will lock again automatically and rearm the anti theft alarm system within approximately 40 seconds if e neither a door nor the trunk is opened e the central locking switch is not acti vated Global locking gt Press lock button on an outside door handle gt page 62 With the trunk and all doors closed All turn signal lamps flash three times An acoustic signal sounds three times The locking knobs in the doors move down The anti theft alarm system is armed Selective setting If you frequently travel alone you may wish to reprogram the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO so when you pull the driver s outside door handle only the driver s door and the fuel filler flap unlocks gt Press and hold buttons and simultaneously for about 5 seconds un til battery check lamp G gt page 103 flashes twice The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO will then function as follows Unlocking driver s door and fuel filler flap p gt Pull the drivers outside door handle e All turn signal lamps flash once e An acoustic signal sounds once e The locking knob in the driver s door moves up e The anti theft alarm system is dis armed Controls in detail Global unlocking gt Pull any outside door handle other than the dri
377. oper pressure Driving on a significant ly underinflated tire causes the tire to over heat and can lead to tire failure Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehi cle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driv er s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if underinflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale What to do if USA only Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is com bined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately 1 minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subse quent vehicle start ups as long as the mal function exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing One or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and
378. or a maximum of 6 seconds after starting the engine Possible cause consequence You are too close to the vehicle in front gt of you to maintain selected speed e You are gaining too rapidly on the ve gt hicle ahead of you The distance warning system has recognized a stationary obstacle on your probable line of travel The fuel level has gone below the reserve gt mark The seat belt telltale reminds you anda gt your passengers to fasten your seat belts before driving off You have forgotten to fasten your seat gt belt Practical hints What to do if Suggested solution Apply the brakes immediately to increase the following distance Apply the brakes immediately Carefully observe the traffic situation You may need to brake or maneuver to avoid hitting an obstacle Refuel at the next gas station gt page 283 Fasten your seat belts Regardless of whether the seat belts are fastened or not the seat belt telltale al ways comes on and remains lit for 6 seconds after starting the engine Fasten your seat belt The warning chime stops sounding Practical hints What to do if Problem The red seat belt telltale comes on while the vehicle is standing still and the engine is running or during driving A During driving the red seat belt telltale flashes and you addition ally hear an intermittent warning chime with increasing intensity i After 60 seconds with
379. or the seat position together with the settings for the steering wheel and the exterior rear view mirrors i When moving the seat make sure there are no items in the footwell or behind the seats oth erwise you could damage the seats Seat fore and aft adjustment gt Press the switch forward or backward in direction of arrow Q Depending on the set height of the head re straint the seat fore and aft position is automat ically pre set Backrest tilt gt Press the switch forward or backward in direction of arrow 2 Head restraint height gt Press the switch up or down in direction of arrow Getting started Warning For your protection drive only with properly positioned head restraints Adjust the head restraint so that it is as close to the head as possible and the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level This will reduce the po tential for injury to the head and neck in the event of an accident or similar situation Do not drive the vehicle without the seat head restraints Head restraints are intended to help reduce injuries during an accident Adjusting Head restraint adjusting es melad Manually adjust the head restraint gt Push or pull on the upper edge of the head restraint cushion i Adjust the head restraint in such a way that it is as close to the head as possible Seat height gt Press the switch up or down in direct
380. or to open door If door was locked locking knob Q will move up i If you hear a warning signal you have forgot ten to switch off the headlamps before opening the driver s door In addition the message Switch Off Lights appears in the multifunction display Switch off the headlamps T Failure to switch off the headlamps when leaving the vehicle may result in a discharged battery Rear doors gt Pull up locking knob 4 on the respective rear door to unlock door gt Pull on door handle 2 on the respective rear door to open door Locking and unlocking Opening the trunk A Make sure the trunk is closed when the en gine is running and while driving Among other dangers such as blocked visibility ex haust fumes may enter the vehicle interior These fumes are damaging to your health Warning You can open the trunk if the vehicle is sta tionary A minimum height clearance of 5 90 ft 1 80 m is required to open the trunk lid T The trunk lid swings open upwards automat ically Always make sure there is sufficient over head clearance Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Opening the trunk from the outside P80 20 2715 31 C Trunk lid handle gt Press and hold button on the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO until trunk unlocks and begins to open or gt Pull on handle In vehicles without KEYLESS GO The vehicle must be
381. ore effective and usable when traffic speeds vary It is not however intended to nor does it replace the need for extreme care The responsibili ty for the vehicle speed and the distance to the vehicle ahead including most impor tantly brake operation to assure safe stop ping distance always remains with the driver Warning Distronic cannot take street and traffic con ditions into account Driving systems Warning A N Distronic requires familiarity with its opera tional characteristics We strongly recom mend that you review the following information carefully before operating the system USA only This device has been approved by the FCC as a Vehicular Radar System The ra dar sensor is intended for use in an automotive radar system only Removal tampering or alter ing of the device will void any warranties and is not permitted by the FCC Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Controls in detail Driving systems i Canada only This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Removal tampering or altering of the device will v
382. ossible cause consequence Possible solution The active Bi Xenon headlamp systemis gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz malfunctioning Center as soon as possible The active Bi Xenon headlamps are mal gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz functioning Center as soon as possible The left low beam lamp is malfunctioning Halogen headlamp gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt page 404 Bi Xenon headlamp gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible The right low beam lamp is malfunction Halogen headlamp mee gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible Bi Xenon headlamp gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Display symbol Display message Reverse Lamp Lei Reverse Lamp Right Brake Tail Lamp Left Auxiliary Bulb Qn Brake Tail Lamp Right Auxiliary Bulb On sire Brake Lamp Front Foglamp Leri Front Foglamp Right Practical hints Possible cause consequence The left reverse lamp is malfunctioning The right reverse lamp is malfunctioning The left brake tail lamp is malfunction ing This message will only appear if a critical number of LEDs have stopped working An auxiliary bulb is being used The right brake tail lamp is malfunction ing This message will only appear if a critical number of LEDs have stopped working An auxiliary bulb is being used The high mounted brake lamp is malfunc tioning The le
383. ould crack the windshield Do not allow the wiper arms to contact the wind shield glass without a wiper blade inserted For your convenience we recommend that you have this work carried out by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center T To avoid damage to the hood the wiper arms should only be folded forward when in the verti cal position gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 gt Turn combination switch to wiper setting EJ gt page 56 gt With wiper arms in the vertical position turn SmartKey in the starter switch to position 0 Wiper blades in vertical position gt Remove SmartKey from the starter switch Vehicles with KEYLESS GO gt Make sure the vehicle s on board electronics have status 0 Removing T Do not pull on the wiper blade inserts They could tear gt Fold the wiper arm forward until it snaps into place gt Turn the wiper blade at a right angle to wiper arm gt Slide the wiper blade sideways out of the retainer Practical hints Replacing wiper blades Installing gt Slide the wiper blade onto wiper arm until it locks in place gt Rotate the wiper blade into position parallel to wiper arm gt Fold the wiper arm backward to rest on the windshield Make sure you hold on to the wiper when folding the wiper arm back T Make sure that the wiper blades are proper ly installed Improperly installed wiper blades may cause windshield d
384. oustic signal sounds once The locking knobs in the doors move up The anti theft alarm system is dis armed Get in the vehicle and insert the SmartKey in the starter switch a1 Opening a door causes the window on that door to open slightly They will return to the up position when the door is closed T The side windows will not open or close if the battery is discharged or the windows are cov ered with ice As a result you may no longer be able to properly close the door Do not attempt to force the door shut Doing so may damage the door or the side window Correct the condition that prevents the windows from operating before attempting to close the door For more information see Locking and unlocking page 100 Unlocking with KEYLESS GO With the KEYLESS GO function you can lock and unlock the vehicle without using the remote control buttons on the SmartKey and start the engine without in serting the SmartKey in the starter switch A When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised ac cess to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Warning To unlock the vehicle the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be outside the vehicle no fur ther than approximately 3 feet 1 meter away from the door Ge
385. ove insert from ashtray frame The ashtray opens automatically Controls in detail Useful features Reinstalling ashtray insert Opening rear seat ashtray Cigarette lighter gt Install insert by pushing it back into gt Briefly press the top of ashtray frame until it engages again The ashtray opens Warning A near eer gentiey Removing ashtray insert Never touch the heating element or sides of the lighter they are extremely hot Hold the gt Pull chrome bar in direction of ar knob only row Make sure that any children traveling with Remove insert 2 upwards from ash ae you do not injure themselves or start a fire Canale with the hot cigarette lighter Reinstalling ashtray insert When leaving the vehicle always remove the ee SmartKey or the SmartKey with p A gt Install insert by pushing it back ute KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take N ANA 68 00 4727 ashtray frame until it engages again it with you and lock the vehicle Do not Chrome bar leave children unattended in the vehicle or 2 Insert slides out with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s 3 Ashtray unsupervised access to a vehicle could re sult in an accident and or serious personal injury Controls in detail Useful features The cigarette lighter is located in the cen ter console compartment in front of the center armrest gt page 30 a F 1 Cigarette lighter gt Switch on the ignitio
386. ow will then close without the obstruction sensor function Stopping windows during Express op eration gt Press or pull the respective power win dow switch again Power windows Synchronizing power windows The power windows must be synchronized e after the battery has been disconnect ed e if the power windows cannot be fully opened Express open or closed Express close Synchronizing gt Close all doors gt Switch on the ignition gt page 38 gt Pull switch to until the side win dows are completely closed gt Hold on to switches 2 to for approximately 1 second The power windows are synchronized Controls in detail Power windows Summer opening feature If the weather is warm you can ventilate the vehicle before driving off by simulta neously e opening the side windows e opening the tilt sliding sunroof e turning on the seat ventilation for the driver s seat The seat ventilation for the driver s seat is automatically set to the highest level if activated via summer opening feature SmartKey Aim transmitter eye of the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO at the driver s outside door handle The SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be in close proxim ity to the driver s outside door handle Press and hold button until the windows and the tilt sliding sunroof have reached the desired position Release button to int
387. p button vehicles with KEYLESS GO Hold on to the wiper when folding the wiper arm back If released the force of the impact from the tensioning spring could crack the windshield T To clean the window interior do not use a dry cloth abrasives solvents or cleaners con taining solvents Do not touch the inside of the front rear or side windows with hard objects such as an ice scraper or ring Doing so may damage the windows Operation Vehicle care Light alloy wheels Plastic and rubber parts If possible clean wheels once a week gt Usea gentle dishwashing detergent or mild detergent for delicate fabrics as a gt Use Mercedes Benz approved Wheel washing solution Care a soft bristle brush and a strong spray of water for cleaning the light al gt Wipe with a cloth moistened in a luke loy wheels warm solution BE Only use acid free cleaning materials Acid The surface may temporarily change may cause corrosion or damage the clear coat color If this is the case wait for it to dry BB The vehicle should not be parked for an ex tended period of time immediately after it has been cleaned especially not after the wheel rims Warning AN have been cleaned with wheel rim cleaner Wheel rim cleaners can lead to increased corro Do not use cleaners or cockpit care sprays sion of the brake disks and brake pads Non approved wheel cleaners may also damage the wheel paint if the car is not driven after clea
388. p opposite to your steering direction comes on Switching off corner illuminating front fog lamps gt Place the gear selector lever out of position R The respective front fog lamp goes out Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher can be switched on at all times even with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch or with the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO removed from the vehicle The hazard warning flasher switches on automatically when an air bag deploys The hazard warning flasher switch is locat ed on the center console Ti ei a A 2 T ks hs N D 1 Hazard warning flasher switch Switching on hazard warning flasher gt Press the hazard warning flasher switch 1 All turn signals are flashing With the hazard warning flasher activated and the combination switch set for either left or right turn only the respective left or right turn signals will operate when the ignition is switched on Switching off hazard warning flasher gt Press hazard warning flasher switch Q again i If the hazard warning flasher has been acti vated automatically press hazard warning flash er switch Q once to switch off Interior lighting in the front The controls are located in the overhead control panel P82 00 2450 31 Controls in detail 1 Left front reading lamp on off 2 Rear interior lighting on off 3 Automatic control on off 4 Front interio
389. part of the system you are in Controls in detail AMG menu Standard display menu gt Press button RVA or BAN repeatedly to select the functions in the standard display menu The following functions are available Function Page Calling up digital soeedometer 145 Calling up maintenance display 330 Checking tire inflation pressure 303 Display digital speedometer gt Press button BV or FA repeatedly until the digital soeedometer appears in the multifunction display i This function is only available in AMG vehi cles The main screen of the AMG menu shows you the gear currently engaged as well as the engine oil temperature gt Press button or repeatedly until the AMG menu appears in the mul tifunction display O wr 92 C 2 P54 32 4154 31 1 Gear indicator 2 Engine oil temperature The engine oil temperature flashes if the en gine oil temperature has not yet reached 80 C During this time avoid driving at full engine speed Control system Use buttons BV or aN to select the following functions in the AMG menu Function Page Vehicle supply voltage 146 RACETIMER 146 Overall analysis 148 Lap analysis 148 i Ifthe engine reaches the overspeed range in the manual shift program the menu will be shown in red In addition you will see UP next to gear indicator Q as a reminder to upshift Controls in detail Control system Vehicle supply voltage RACETIME
390. peed not to exceed 30 mph 50 km h Practical hints Towing the vehicle T Towing of the vehicle should only be done using the properly installed towing eye bolt Nev er attach tow cable tow rope or tow rod to the vehicle chassis frame or suspension parts When towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground please note the following With the automatic central locking activated and the SmartKey in starter switch position 2 or KEYLESS GO start stop button in position 2 the vehicle doors lock if the left front wheel as well as the right rear wheel are turning at vehicle speeds of approximately 9 mph 15 km h or more To prevent the vehicle door locks from locking deactivate the automatic central locking gt page 116 To signal turns while being towed with the Installing towing eye bolt hazard warning flasher in use turn SmartKey in starter switch to position 2 and activate the combination switch for the left or right turn signal in the usual manner only the selected turn signal will operate Front of vehicle Upon canceling the turn signal the hazard warn ing flasher will operate again id The selector lever will remain locked in park position P and the SmartKey will not turn in the starter switch if the battery is disconnected or discharged For more information see Battery gt page 420 or Jump starting gt page 423 PB8 20 2640 31 For information on manual unlockin
391. peed rating above the maximum speed permitted by the elec tronic speed limiter Make sure your tires have the required tire speed rating as specified for your vehicle in the Technical data section gt page 438 for example when purchasing new tires Operation Driving instructions For information on how to identify the tire speed rating on a tire s sidewall see Tire size designation load and speed rating gt page 314 If you are uncertain about the correct read ing of the information given on a tire s side wall any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to assist you a For information on speed rating for winter tires see Winter driving gt page 328 For additional general information on tire speed markings on tire sidewall see Tire speed rating gt page 316 Winter driving instructions The most important rule for slippery or icy roads Is to drive sensibly and to avoid abrupt acceleration braking and steering maneuvers Do not use the cruise control system under such conditions When the vehicle is in danger of skidding move gear selector lever to position N Try to keep the vehicle under control by cor rective steering action a For more information on driving with snow chains see Snow chains gt page 329 A On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced
392. peration Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment i Canada only This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment i You can also open and close the windows and tilt sliding sunroof using the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO gt page 208 BE if you can no longer lock or unlock the vehi cle with the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO then the batteries in the SmartKey are discharged the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is malfunction ing or the vehicle battery is drained e Check the batteries in the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO gt page 103 and replace them if necessary gt page 402 e Use the mechanical key to unlock the driv er s door gt page 398 and the trunk gt page 399 e Have the vehicle battery checked by an au thorized Mercedes Benz Center If the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is malfunc tioning contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Important notes on using KEYLESS GO You can also use the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO like a normal SmartKey gt page 100 You can combine KEYLESS GO func tions with normal Sm
393. play appears in the multifunction dis play The selection marker is on the current setting Status Line Display D 7 149 8 MI Pod 32 4916 31 Press button or E to select the status line to Speed or Outside Temp You will see the status indicator when you have called up a different display from the stan dard display Selecting display speed display or out side temperature for basic display gt Move the selection marker with the or SH button to the Instr Cluster submenu gt Press button EAN or Keg repeatedly until the message Basic Display ap pears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting Basic Display gt 7 149 8 MI P 4 32 4913 31 gt Press button or E to select the display permanently shown in the multifunction display Time Date submenu Access the Time Date submenu via the Settings menu Use the Time Date sub menu to change the time and date display settings The following functions are avail able Function Page Synchronizing the time 157 Setting time hours 157 Setting time minutes 158 Setting date month 158 Setting date day 158 Setting date year 159 Information on setting the time refer to sep arate COMAND instructions Controls in detail Synchronizing the time This function can only be seen on vehicles with COMAND and navigation module gt Move the selection marker with the or E button to t
394. poly V belt drive 436 Fuel requirements 00ccceceees 451 Eiee s t E E E 436 Gasoline additives s0ccc00 452 CLS 63 AMG ueririsiisrsrvisresrsconnies 436 Coolants eeeeeeeeesrecreesssrree 452 ENOO ia AA 437 Washer system and headlamp Rims and tiPeS ccceceeeseeeceeeceeeeeees 438 Cleaning system occse 455 SAME size tires ccceesseeecseeeeees 439 Mixed size tires cccccneseeceees 441 MOExtended tiresS eeeceeee eee 444 Spare wheel ssscceceeesseeeees 445 Electrical SyYSteEM cccccsssssceneeees 446 Main dimensions and weights 447 Main dimensions ccseeeeceeee 447 Weights sacacawrsenversnetovate deeacteda tenet 447 Y Product information Please observe the following in your own best interest We recommend using Genuine Mercedes Benz Parts as well as conversion parts and accessories explicitly approved by us for your vehicle model We have tested these parts to determine their reliability safety and special suitabili ty for Mercedes Benz vehicles Introduction We are unable to make an assessment for other products and therefore cannot be held responsible for them even if in indi vidual cases an official approval or authori zation by governmental or other agencies should exist Use of such parts and acces sories could adversely affect the safety performance or reliability of your vehicle
395. pped Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for an extended period when driving off on slippery road surfaces This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty The following instructions describe opera tion of the gear selector lever when driving in the automatic program mode C or S Limiting gear range A On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehicle control Your vehicle s ABS will not prevent this type of loss of control Warning gt Briefly press the gear selector lever to the left in the D direction The transmission will shift to the next lower gear as permitted by the shift program This action simultaneously limits the gear range of the transmis sion gt page 174 amp To avoid overrevving the engine when down shifting the transmission will not shift to a lower gear if the engine s max speed would be exceeded Extending gear range gt Briefly press the gear selector lever to the right in the D direction The transmission will shift to the next higher gear as permitted by the shift program This action simultaneously extends the gear range of the transmis sion If you press on the accelerator when the en gine has reached its rpm limit the transmission will upshift beyond any gear range limit selected Canceling gear range limit gt Press
396. r Start the engine with the SmartKey as radio signals from another source may be interfering with the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Repeat the starting procedure gt page 51 Remember that extended starting attempts can drain the battery Get a jump start gt page 423 If the engine does not start after several starting attempts there could be a mal function in the engine electronics or in the fuel supply system gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance Parking brake eer tt 46 A 1 Release handle 2 Parking brake pedal Getting started A When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could release the parking brake which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Warning gt Release the parking brake pedal by pulling on handle Q The warning lamp USA only or g Canada only in the instrument cluster goes out Driving off gt Depress the brake pedal gt Move gear selector lever to position D or R i Wait for the gear selection process to com plete before setting the vehicle in motion gt Release the brake pedal gt Carefully depress the accelerator pedal Once the vehicle is in motion the automat ic centr
397. r s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blow out Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake fail ure Operation Tires and wheels Checking tire inflation pressure manually Follow the steps below to achieve correct tire inflation pressure gt Remove the cap from the valve on one tire gt Firmly press a tire gauge onto the valve gt Read tire inflation pressure on tire gauge and check against the recom mended tire inflation pressure on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar gt page 296 or if available the inside of the fuel filler flap If necessary add air to achieve the recommended tire inflation pressure fyou have overfilled the tire release tire in flation pressure by pushing the metal stem of the valve with e g a tip of a pen Then recheck the tire inflation pressure with the tire gauge gt Install the valve cap gt Repeat this procedure for each tire Run Flat Indicator Canada only While the vehicle is being driven the Run Flat Indicator monitors the set tire inflation pressures by evaluating each wheel s rota tional speed This allows the system to de tect a significant loss of pressure in a tire If a wheel s rotational speed changes due to falling tire inflation pressure you will see a corresponding warning message in the multifunction display T
398. r distri bution Controls in detail Increasing gt Push top of temperature control rocker switch 3 and or gt page 190 or gt page 191 The climate control system will corre spondingly adjust the interior air tem perature Decreasing gt Push bottom of temperature control rocker switch 3 and or gt page 190 or gt page 191 The climate control system will corre spondingly adjust the interior air tem perature 4 zone automatic climate control Adjusting air distribution Use air distribution controls and gt page 191 or gt page 190 to separate ly adjust the air distribution on each side of the passenger compartment The following symbols are located on the controls Symbol Function a Directs air through the center side and rear passenger com partment air vents i Directs air to the windshield and through the side air vents Pi Directs air into the entire vehi cle interior ve Directs air to the footwells Controls in detail 4 zone automatic climate control gt Turn air distribution controls Closing the center air vents Adjusting air volume and 7 gt page 191 or gt page 190 re gt Turn thumbwheels 3 and on each side of the passenger compart aa Use buttons BGR gt page 190 or gt page 188 downward l l ment to the desired symbol gt page 191 for automatic mode or air Side air vents 2 and are closed
399. r lighting on off Right front reading lamp on off 6 Interior lighting 7 Ambient lighting Front reading lamps i An interior lamp switched on manually does not go out automatically Leaving an interior lamp switch in the ON posi tion for extended periods of time with the engine turned off could result in a discharged battery Deactivating automatic control The interior lighting is factory set to auto matic mode gt Press switch G The interior lighting remains switched off in darkness even when you e unlock the vehicle e remove the SmartKey from the starter switch Lighting open a door open the trunk Activating automatic control gt Press switch G The interior lighting switches on in darkness when you unlock the vehicle remove the SmartKey from the starter switch open a door open the trunk The interior lighting switches off after a preset time gt page 162 If a door remains open the interior lamps switch off automatically after approximately 5 minutes Controls in detail Lighting Manual control Ambient lighting Interior lighting in the rear You can switch the ambient lighting O gt page 133 on and off using the Control system gt page 161 The overhead control panel is located above the rear seat bench Switching front rear interior lighting on and off gt Press front rear interior lighting switch or 2 to switch on the
400. r will automatically contact local emergency officials with the vehicle s approximate location if they re ceive an automatic SOS signal and cannot make voice contact with the vehicle occu pants Controls in detail Useful features Roadside Assistance button A voice connection between the Roadside The Roadside Assistance button is recs ried a oe located below the center armrest cover O tne venicle will be establisned gt Describe the nature of the need for gt Open the storage compartment under assistance the center armrest gt page 243 The Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance dispatcher will either dispatch a qualified Mercedes Benz technician or arrange to A call to a Mercedes Benz Roadside tow your vehicle to the nearest Assistance dispatcher will be initiated Mercedes Benz Center For services such The button will flash while the callisin as labor and or towing charges may ap progress The message ply Refer to the Roadside Assistance Man Connecting Call will appear in the ual for more information multifunction display gt Press and hold button for longer than 2 seconds These programs are only available in the When the connection is established the USA message Call Connected appears in the multifunction display The Tele Aid system will transmit data generating the vehicle identification number model color and location subject to availability of cellular and GPS signals e Sign and Drive
401. ranties 10 Engine 437 Belt layout 436 Block heater Canada only 329 Break in recommendations 270 Cleaning 335 Compartment 286 Malfunction indicator lamp 348 349 375 Maximum engine speed 437 Number 434 435 Starting 51 Starting with KEYLESS GO 52 Tachometer 27 Technical data 437 Turning off with KEYLESS GO 61 Turning off with the SmartKey 61 Engine compartment Hood 286 Engine coolant see Coolant 290 Engine oil 287 448 Adding 289 Additives 450 Changing 450 Checking level 288 Consumption 287 Fillerneck 289 Messages in display 379 Oil dipstick 288 Recommended engine oils and oil filters 450 ESP 92 Messages in display 360 374 Warning lamp 345 346 ETD Safety guidelines 68 Exterior lamp switch 126 Exterior rear view mirrors 47 Parking position 184 Exterior view 22 F Factory settings Resetting 153 SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 106 Filler neck Engine oil 289 First aid kit 393 Flat tire 412 Collapsible tire 415 416 Jacking up the vehicle 414 Lowering the vehicle 418 Mounting the spare wheel Preparing the vehicle 412 Spare wheel 412 Floormats 252 Fluids Automatic transmission fluid 448 Brake fluid 449 Capacities 448 Engine coolant 449 Engine oil 448 Power steering fluid 449 Washer and headlamp cleaning system 449 412 415 Fog lamp rear 129 Foglamps 129 Messages in display 382 384 386 Fog lamps front Corner illuminating 130 Switching on 129 Front airbags 69 Front lamps see Headlamps Fro
402. rational again supply The charging voltage has fallen be and the message should disappear low 10 volts BAS is also switched off If the message does not disappear gt Have the system checked at an authorized The brake system still functions normally Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible but without ABS BAS ESP and PRE SAFE available Display message Cruise MPH Control USA only Km h Canada only DISTRONIC MPH USA only Km h Canada only lnopera tive Practical hints What to do if Possible cause consequence Possible solution You have tried to switch on cruise control gt Drive faster than 20 mph 30 km h and save below a speed of 20 mph 30 km h the speed You have tried to switch on Distronic be pb Drive faster than 20 mph 30 km h and save low a speed of 20 mph 30 km h the speed The Distronic is malfunctioning or the gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center display is malfunctioning as soon as possible Practical hints What to do if Display message Possible cause consequence Possible solution DISTRONIC Currently Unavailable Distronic is switched off and is tempo gt If necessary clean the Distronic cover in the See Operator s Manual rarily unavailable area of the radiator grille gt page 337 Distronic is deactivated if gt Restart the vehicle e the Distronic cover in the radiator or grille is dirty Distronic become
403. rcedes Benz Center as soon as possible Useful features Emergency calls An emergency call is initiated automatical ly following an accident in which the emer gency tensioning devices ETDs or air bags deploy An emergency call can also be initiated manually by opening the cover next to the interior rear view mirror labeled SOS then briefly pressing the button located under the cover See gt page 258 for instructions on initiating an emergency call manually Once the emergency call is in progress the indicator lamp on the SOS button will begin to flash The message Connecting Call appears in the multi function display When the connection is established the message Cal Connected appears in the multifunction display All in formation relevant to the emergency such as the location of the vehicle determined by the GPS satellite location system vehi cle model identification number and color are generated Controls in detail Useful features A voice connection between the Response Center and the occupants of the vehicle will be established automatically soon af ter the emergency call has been initiated The Response Center will attempt to determine more precisely the nature of the accident provided they can speak to an occupant of the vehicle The Tele Aid system is available if e jit has been activated and is operation al Activation requires a subscription for monitoring services connection and
404. rcedes Benz Center as soon as possible Rear Right Foglamp The right rear fog lamp is malfunctioning gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Switch Off Lights You have removed the SmartKey from the gt Switch off the headlamps starter switch opened the driver s door and left the headlamps on or removed the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the vehi cle and left the headlamps on Switch Off Lights The exterior lamp switch is set to BGZJ and Switch off the headlamps Or you have forgotten to take out the SmartKey gt page 126 Remove Key The parking lamps remain switched on ar gt Remove the SmartKey from the start er switch Tail Lamp The left tail lamp is malfunctioning An auxilia gt Contact an authorized Lene ry bulb is being used Mercedes Benz Center as soon as Auxiliary Bulb On possible Tail Lamp The right tail lamp is malfunctioning An auxil gt Contact an authorized Right lary bulb is being used Mercedes Benz Center as soon as Auxiliary Bulb On possible Practical hints What to do if Display symbol Display message Possible solution Cornering Lamp The left corner illuminating front fog lamp is gt Contact an authorized Ler malfunctioning Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Possible cause consequence Cornering Lamp The right corner illuminating front fog lamp gt Contact an authorized Right is malfunctioning Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possib
405. re according to the Tire and Loading Infor mation placard on the driver s door B pillar gt page 296 or if available on the tire in flation pressure label located on the inside of the fuel filler flap The Run Flat Indicator does not replace reg ular checks of the tire inflation pressures since a gradual pressure loss in more than One tire cannot be detected by the Run Flat Indicator The Run Flat Indicator is not able to issue a warning due to a sudden dramatic loss of tire inflation pressure e g tire blowout caused by a foreign object In this case bring the vehicle to a halt by carefully apply ing the brakes and avoiding abrupt steering maneuvers Operation Restarting the Run Flat Indicator The tire inflation pressure monitor must be restarted in the following situations e If you have changed the tire inflation pressure e If you have replaced the wheels or tires e If you have installed new wheels or tires gt Using the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar or if available the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap make sure the tire inflation pressure of all four tires is correct A The Run Flat Indicator can only warn you in a reliable manner if you have set the correct tire inflation pressures for each tire Warning If an incorrect tire inflation pressure was set the system will monitor the pressure ac cording to the incorr
406. re ob structing the pedals range of movement Keep the driver s footwell clear of all obsta cles If there are any floormats or carpets in the footwell make sure that the pedals still have sufficient clearance During sudden driving or braking maneuvers the objects could get caught between the pedals You could then no longer brake or accelerate This could lead to accidents and injury Automatic transmission Gear selector lever The gear selector lever is located on the lower part of the center console Gearshift pattern for automatic transmission P Park position R Reverse gear N Neutral D Drive position The current gear selector lever position P R N or D appears in the multifunction display gt page 171 Controls in detail Automatic transmission A It is dangerous to shift the gear selector lever out of park position P or neutral position N if the engine speed is higher than idle speed If your foot is not firmly on the brake pedal the vehicle could accelerate quickly forward or reverse You could lose control of the vehicle and hit someone or something Only shift into gear when the engine is idling normally and when your right foot is firmly on the brake pedal Warning An additional indication of the current gear selector lever position can be found on the cover of the shifting gate The indicators come on when you activate a switch e g unlocking the vehicle or opening a door
407. removed from the rear window before driv ing Visibility could otherwise be impaired endangering you and others gt Switch on the ignition gt page 38 T Ifthe rear window defroster switches off too soon and the indicator lamp starts flashing this means that too many electrical consumers are operating simultaneously and there is insuffi cient voltage in the battery The system re sponds automatically by deactivating the rear window defroster As soon as the battery has sufficient voltage the rear window defroster automatically turns itself back on Controls in detail Good visib ty Controls in detail 4 zone automatic climate control CS CC Me Me cc O amp O Left side defroster vent fixed Left center air vent adjustable Thumbwheel for air volume control for left center air vent Thumbwheel for air volume control for right center air vent Right center air vent adjustable Right side defroster air vent fixed Right side air vent adjustable Thumbwheel for air volume control for right side air vent Climate control panel Thumbwheel for air volume control for left side air vent Left side air vent adjustable Q For draft free ventilation move the sliders for the center air vents and side air vents to the middle position Controls in detail 4 zone automatic climate control Controls in detail 4 zone automatic climate control 5 USA only ol Gla Glee
408. repair work on the SRS creates a risk of rendering the SRS inopera tive or causing unintended air bag deploy ment Work on the SRS must therefore only be performed by qualified technicians Con tact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Safety and Security Occupant safety If it is necessary to modify an air bag system to accommodate a person with disabilities contact your local authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call our Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 for details Safety and Security Occupant safety Air bags Warning A N Air bags are designed to reduce the poten tial of injury and fatality in certain frontal im pacts front air bags driver side knee bag side impacts side impact air bags and win dow curtain air bags or rollovers window curtain air bags However no system avail able today can completely eliminate injuries and fatalities The activation of the air bags temporarily re leases a small amount of dust from the air bags This dust however is neither inju rious to your health nor does it indicate a fire in the vehicle The dust might cause some temporary breathing difficulty for peo ple with asthma or other breathing trouble To avoid this you may wish to get out of the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so If you have any breathing difficulty but cannot get out of the vehicle after the air bag inflates then get fresh air by opening a window or door
409. resent gt Make sure that no objects which apply forces to the seat are present e g objects such as books brief cases etc lodged behind or around the seat head restraints pushing against roof etc The system may recognize such forces as supplemental weight gt Ifthe light remains out have the system checked as soon as possible by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Do not transport a child on the front passen ger seat until the system has been repaired gt Read and observe messages in the multifunction display and follow corrective steps gt page 358 in a standard child restraint or less on the front passenger seat do not transport a child on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired Practical hints What to do if Vehicle status messages in the multi function display Warning and malfunction messages ap pear in the multifunction display located in the instrument cluster Certain warning and malfunction messag es are accompanied by an audible signal Address these messages accordingly and follow the additional instructions given in this Operator s Manual Selecting the vehicle status message memory menu in the control system gt page 139 displays both cleared and uncleared messages High priority messages appear in the multifunction display in red color Certain messages of high priority cannot be cleared from the multifunction display using the reset button
410. ress the new bulb gently into bulb holder gt gt Insert the new bulb so that its socket locates in the recess of bulb holder gt and is level to it gt Reinsert bulb holder with the bulb in the lamp and turn clockwise gt Pull the bulb at its socket out of bulb holder Insert the new bulb so that its socket gt locates in the recess of bulb holder and is level to it Reinsert bulb holder with the bulb in the lamp and turn clockwise socket 3 and turn clockwise until it engages Place bulb socket 3 back into the lamp and turn it clockwise gt Align housing cover Q and turn it clockwise gt Align housing cover 2 and turn it clockwise Parking and standing lamp bulb Halogen headlamps gt Turn housing cover 2 counterclock wise and remove it Pull out bulb socket with the bulb Pull the bulb out of the bulb socket Press the new bulb into bulb socket v v vy iv Press bulb socket back into the lamp gt Align housing cover 2 and turn it clockwise Bi Xenon headlamps In vehicles with Bi Xenon headlamps the bulbs of the parking and standing lamps are LEDs i Do not replace the LEDs yourself You could otherwise damage the LEDs or parts of the vehi cle Only have the LEDs replaced by an autho rized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints Replacing bulbs for rear lamps Tail lamp unit The tail lamps are equipped with HiP bulb
411. ressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on each square inch of the tire Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascal kPa or bars Aspect ratio Dimensional relationship between tire section height and section width expressed in percentage Operation Tires and wheels Bar Another metric unit for air pressure There are 14 5038 pounds per square inch psi to 1 bar there are 100 kilopascals kPa to 1 bar Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Cold tire inflation pressure Tire inflation pressure when your vehicle has been sitting for at least 3 hours or driven no more than 1 mile 1 6 km Curb weight The weight of a motor vehicle with stan dard equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant and if so equipped air conditioning and additional optional equipment but without passen gers and cargo DOT Department of Transportation A tire branding symbol which denotes the tire meets requirements of the U S Department of Transportation GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating The GAWR is the maximum permissible axle weight The gross vehicle weight on each axle must never exceed the GAWR for the front and rear axle indicated on the certification label located on the driver s door B pillar GVW Gross Vehicle Weight The GVW comprises the weight of the vehicle includ
412. restraints 81 Comfort head restraint Adjusting 44 Folding back 119 Front seat Adjusting 43 Front seat Removing Rear seat Removing and installing 118 Headlamp cleaning system 183 Headlamp shut off delay see Delayed shut off Exterior lamps 161 Headlamps Automatic headlamp mode 127 Bi Xenon headlamps Active 126 Cleaning lenses 337 Cleaning system 183 Halogen 405 High beam 55 High beam flasher 55 High beam see High beam headlamps Low beam 55 Manual headlamp mode 127 Replacing bulbs 404 Switch 55 Headliner and shelf below rear window cleaning 340 Heated seats 121 Heated steering wheel Canada only 251 Height adjustment Head restraints 43 Seats 42 Steering wheel 44 Vehicle level control 231 High beam flasher 55 130 High beam headlamps Replacing bulbs 408 Switching on 55 130 High mounted brake lamp 406 High performance brake system CLS 63 AMG only 274 Hood 286 Message in display 372 Horn 25 HVAC see Climate control system Hydroplaning 276 l Identification labels 434 Identification Number Vehicle VIN Ignition 38 40 435 Immobilizer 97 Indicator lamps see Lamps indicator and warning Infant and child restraint systems see Chil dren in the vehicle Inflation pressure see Tires Inflation pressure 301 Information button Tele Aid 260 Inside door handle 108 Installing Wiper blades 411 Instrument cluster 26 136 Coolant temperature indicator 137 Illumination brightne
413. riv ing off Find the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO or change its present location immediate ly e g place it on the front passenger seat or insert it in shirt pocket If you have started the engine with the KEYLESS GO start stop button you can turn it off again with e the KEYLESS GO start stop button e the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO in serted in the starter switch when the automatic transmission is in position P Controls in detail Locking and unlocking e Remember that the engine can be started by anyone with a SmartKey with KEYLESS GO that is left inside the vehicle Possibility 1 One SmartKey with KEYLESS GO in the vehicle one SmartKey with KEYLESS GO outside the vehicle If you leave the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO behind when exiting and locking the vehicle no message appears in the multifunction display Possibility 2 One SmartKey with KEYLESS GO in the vehicle no SmartKey with KEYLESS GO outside the vehicle When exiting and trying to lock the ve hicle the message Key Detected In Vehicle appears in the multifunction display The vehicle will not be locked Factory setting ep When unlocking or locking the vehicle with the SmartKey or with the KEYLESS GO function an acoustic signal sounds The acoustic signal is activated at the factory If you wish to deactivate the feature or adjust its signal volume contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Global unlocking gt Pull an outside d
414. rning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being over heated Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Operation Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driv er s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in han dling or steering problems or brake failure Your vehicle is equipped with the Tire and Loading Information placard located on the driver s door B pillar gt page 296 The tire inflation pressure should be checked regularly and should only be ad justed on cold tires The tires can be con sidered cold if the vehicle has been parked for at least 3 hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km Follow recommended cold tire inflation pressures listed on Tire and Loading Infor mation placard on the driver s door B pil lar Keeping the tires properly inflated provides the best handling tread life and riding comfort Tires and wheels In addition to
415. rovides an extended oper ating range To prevent theft however it is advisable to only unlock the vehicle when you are in close proximity to it The SmartKey centrally locks and unlocks e the doors e the trunk e the fuel filler flap P80 35 2285 31 SmartKey with remote control Lock button Opening button for trunk gt page 109 3 Mechanical key locking tab 4 Unlock button Battery check lamp 6 Panic button gt page 88 T To prevent possible malfunction avoid ex posing the SmartKey to high levels of electro magnetic radiation A When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle It is possible for children to open a locked door from the inside which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Warning i When you open a door the side window on that side lowers slightly Once you close the door the window moves up again pg The side windows will not open or close if the battery is discharged or the windows are cov ered with ice As a result you may no longer be able to properly close the door Do not attempt to force the door shut Doing so may damage the door or the side window Correct the condition that prevents the windows from operating before attempting to close the door Controls in detail a US
416. rtKey gt page 398 Check whether the trunk is locked gt If necessary lock the trunk with the mechanical key gt page 115 Except for the driver s door the vehicle should now be locked 1 Locking 2 Mechanical key gt Insert mechanical key into the driver s door lock until it stops gt Turn the mechanical key clockwise to position 1 The driver s door is locked This procedure does not arm the anti theft alarm system nor does it lock the fuel filler flap Practical hints Unlocking locking in an emergency Fuel filler flap emergency release Manually unlocking the gear selector gt Insert flat blunt object e g screwdriv lever er into the left edge of cover 1 at the position indicated by the arrows In case the central locking system does not release the fuel filler flap you can open In case of power failure the gear selector it manually lever can be manually unlocked e g to tow the vehicle gt Using your hands pull cover Q out and remove gt Loosen cover Q using this object gt Push down and hold release 2 in direction of arrow gt Simultaneously move gear selector lever out of position P The gear selector lever is now un locked 0 The gear selector lever is locked again as soon as you place it in position P again 1 Release knob gt Open trunk 1 Selector lever cover 2 Release gt Remove right side tail trim gt
417. ry setting 107 Selective setting 107 Starter switch positions 39 Starting the engine 52 Turning off the engine 61 KEYLESS GO see Key SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Kickdown 173 Kilopascal 324 Knee bag 70 L Labels Certification 434 Emission control information 435 Lamp bulbs exterior 404 Lamps exterior Front 405 Messages in display 382 Rear 406 Replacing bulbs 404 Switching on off 126 Lamps indicator and warning ABS 27 344 Air bag off 70 Battery SmartKey 102 Brakes 347 CHECK ENGINE 27 348 349 Coolant 350 Distance warning lamp 220 226 Engine diagnostics 348 349 Engine malfunction 27 348 349 ESP 27 345 346 Foglamps 129 Front passenger front air bag off 29 356 357 Fuel reserve 27 351 High beam headlamps 27 Instrument cluster 344 346 Seat belt telltale 27 351 352 SRS 65 Turn signals 27 Language Setting 155 LATCH type child seat anchors 86 Layout of poly V belt drive 436 License plate lamps 406 Messages in display 385 Replacing bulbs 409 Light alloy wheels cleaning 339 Lighter see Cigarette lighter Lighting 126 Automatic headlamp mode 127 Combination switch 130 Daytime running lamp mode 128 Door entry lamps 135 Exterior lamp switch 126 Front fog lamps 129 High beams 130 Instrument cluster illumination 136 Interior 133 Locator lighting 129 Low beam 126 Manual headlamp mode 127 Night security illumination 129 Parking lamps 126 Rear fog lamp 129 Settings control system 159 Trunk la
418. s AMG vehicles only Menu 2 AMG gt page 145 Engine oil temperature Vehicle supply voltage RACETIMER Overall analysis Lap analysis Controls in detail Menu AUDIO gt page 148 Selecting radio station Selecting satellite radio station Operating CD player Control system Menu Menu NAV Distronic gt page 150 gt page 151 Showing route guidance Calling up settings instructions current direction traveled Controls in detail Control system Vehicle submenu Menu 6 Menu 7 Menu Menu 9 Vehicle status message Settings Trip computer TEL memory gt page 151 gt page 152 gt page 164 gt page 166 Calling up vehicle malfunction Resetting to factory settings Fuel consumption statistics Loading phone book warning and system status since start z messages stored in memory Instrument cluster submenu Fuel consumption statistics Searching for name in phone 2 since the last reset book Time Date submenu Resetting fuel consumption E statistics Lighting submenu Distance to empty 5 oO Convenience submenu The vehicle status message memory menu is only displayed if there is a message stored The headings used in the menus table are designed to facilitate navigation within the sys tem and are not necessarily identical to those shown in the control system displays The first function displayed in each menu will au tomatically show you which
419. s Warning A N The bulbs in the tail lamps cannot be re placed individually The tail lamp bulbs are under pressure and could explode during an attempt to replace them If the tail lamps are malfunctioning have them exchanged at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Replacing bulbs License plate lamp P54 00 2561 31 1 License plate lamp 2 Screws gt gt gt gt gt gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position W gt page 126 Loosen both screws 2 Remove license plate lamp Q Replace the bulb Reinstall license plate lamp Q Retighten screws 2 Practical hints Replacing wiper blades Warning A N For safety reasons switch off wipers and re move SmartKey from starter switch vehi cles with KEYLESS GO make sure the vehicle s on board electronics have status 0 before replacing a wiper blade Otherwise the wiper motor could suddenly turn on and cause injury A Wiper blades are components that are sub ject to wear and tear Replace the wiper blades twice a year preferably in the spring and fall Otherwise the windows will not be properly wiped As a result you may not be able to observe surrounding traffic condi tions and could cause an accident Warning Wiper blades i Never open the hood when the wiper arms are folded forward Hold on to the wiper when folding the wiper arm back If released the force of the impact from the tensioning spring c
420. s gt page 94 When the ESP is switched off it will not sta bilize the vehicle if the system recognizes that the vehicle starts to skid or that a wheel If the ESP cannot be switched back on have the system checked at an autho rized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as is spinning pess oe The ESP is not operational due to a malfunc gt Observe additional messages in the tion multifunction display Risk of accident gt Continue driving with added caution gt Adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road and weather condi tions gt Have the system checked at an autho rized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Practical hints What to do if Problem The yellow ESP warning lamp flashes while driving Possible cause consequence The ESP or traction control has come into operation because of detected traction loss in at least one tire The cruise control and the Distronic system are deactivated Suggested solution gt When driving off apply as little throttle as possible While driving ease up on the accelerator Adapt your speed and driving to the pre vailing road and weather conditions gt Do not deactivate the ESP Exceptions gt page 94 Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident Problem USA only Canada only The red brake warning lamp comes on while driving and you hear a warning sound USA only
421. s in the multifunc tion display gt page 139 go out and no warning sounds e the vehicle speed is below 20 mph 30 km h e the ESP is in operation or switched off with the ESP switch gt page 94 e you move the gear selector lever to position N while driving The segments in the multifunction display gt page 139 go out and an acoustic warning sounds iH Moving the gear selector lever to position N while driving also cancels the cruise control However the gear selector lever should not be moved to position N while driving except to coast when the vehicle is in danger of skidding e g on icy roads Driving systems i Depressing the accelerator pedal does not deactivate the cruise control After brief acceler ation e g for passing the cruise control will re sume the last speed set Setting a higher speed A If you increase the vehicle set speed keep in mind that it may take a brief moment until the vehicle has reached the set speed Warning Increase the vehicle set speed to a value that the prevailing road conditions and legal speed limits permit Otherwise sudden and unexpected acceleration of the vehicle could cause an accident and or serious in jury to you and others gt Lift the cruise control lever in direction of arrow Q gt page 214 and hold it up until the desired speed is reached gt Release the cruise control lever The new speed is set Controls in detail
422. s in your vehicle the vehicle can be started Therefore never leave children unattended in the vehicle as they could otherwise acci dentally start the engine When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle You can start your vehicle without the SmartKey in the starter switch using the KEYLESS GO start stop button on the gear selector lever For information on turning off the engine with KEYLESS GO see Locking with KEYLESS GO gt page 62 The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be located in the vehicle KEYLESS GO start stop button P54 25 4632 31 i A N 1 USA only 2 Canada only gt Make sure the gear selector lever is set to P Depress the brake pedal during the starting procedure Do not depress accelerator The selector lever lock is released Press KEYLESS GO start stop button Q once The engine starts if the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is in the vehicle Starting difficulties If the engine does not start as described carry out the following steps gt y If you are starting the engine with the SmartKey turn SmartKey in starter switch to position 0 and repeat starting procedure If you are starting the engine with KEYLESS GO Close any doors that may be open to allow for better detec tion of the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO O
423. s operational again without the e its function is impaired by heavy pre engine being restarted when apeiron tr akg e dirt on the radiator grille has fallen off while driving e g slush or snow e the system recognizes full sensor availability due to lessening rain or the road surface dry ing e the message in the multifunction display disap pears e the speed last stored flashes in the display for 5 seconds You can operate Distronic as usual again Display message DISTRONIC Currently Unavailable See Operator s Manual functionality is impaired by external in ESP Inoperative see Operator s Man Warning TN Distronic cannot take weather conditions into account Switch off Distronic or do not turn it on if the sensor is dirty or visibility is Practical hints What to do if Possible cause consequence Possible solution Distronic is deactivated because the gt Leave the area of the external interference Activate Distronic again gt page 222 when the message DISTRONIC available again ap pears terferences e g high frequency sources such as too stations speed measuring systems etc Distronic is deactivated because the gt Activate Distronic again gt page 222 when Distronic sensor has not sensed any the message DISTRONIC available again ap other vehicles or objects e g road sign pears or such for a long time The ESP as well as BAS and PRE SAFE have detected a m
424. s should normally be done every 3 to 5 months de pending on the climate and washing deter gent used Mercedes Benz approved Paint Cleaner should be applied if the paint surface shows signs of embedded dirt i e loss of gloss Do not apply any of these products or wax if your vehicle is parked in the sun or if the hood is still hot gt Use the appropriate MB Touch Up Stick for quick and provisional repairs of minor paint damage i e chips from stones vehicle doors etc Engine cleaning Prior to cleaning the engine compartment make sure to protect electrical compo nents and connectors from contact with water and cleaning agents Corrosion protection such as MB Anticor rosion Wax should be applied to the en gine compartment after every engine cleaning Before applying all control link age bushings and joints should be lubricat ed The poly V belt and all pulleys should be protected from any wax Operation Vehicle care Vehicle washing In the winter thoroughly remove all traces of road salt as soon as possible When washing the vehicle underbody do not forget to clean the inner sides of the wheels Vehicles with KEYLESS GO Ifa door handle is hit by a strong jet of water and a SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is in close prox imity i e within approximately 3 ft approxi mately 1 m the vehicle could be inadvertently locked or unlocked Operation Vehicle care Hand wash Do not
425. safety instructions and precautions gt page 420 Remove the luggage box gt page 397 Disconnect battery negative lead 2 Remove cover Q from the positive ter minal Disconnect the battery positive lead Removing the battery gt Vv Remove the screw nuts securing the battery Remove the battery bracket Pull out the battery ventilation tube from the battery depending on battery arrangement in your vehicle model the battery ventilation tube is located on the left or right side of the battery Take out the battery Practical hints Battery Charging and reinstalling the battery A Never charge a battery while still installed in the vehicle unless the accessory battery charge unit approved by Mercedes Benz is being used Gases may escape during charg ing and cause explosions that may result in paint damage corrosion or personal injury Warning An accessory battery charge unit specially adapted for Mercedes Benz vehicles and tested and approved by Mercedes Benz is available permitting the charging of the battery in its installed position Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for infor mation and availability Charge battery in accordance with the separate instructions for the accessory battery charger gt Charge battery in accordance with the instructions of the battery charger manufacturer gt Reinstall the charged battery Follow the previously described steps
426. se side of the remote The in tegrated remote control is compatible with radio frequency devices operating between 280 390 MHz e Put anew battery in hand held remote control This will increase the likeli hood of the hand held remote control sending a faster and more accurate sig nal to the integrated remote control e While performing step 3 hold hand held remote control at differ ent lengths and angles from the signal transmitter button or you are programming Attempt varying an gles at the distance of 2 to 5 in 5 to 12 cm away or the same angle at vary ing distances Controls in detail e If another hand held remote control is available for the same device try the programming steps again using that other hand held remote control Make sure new batteries are in the hand held remote control before beginning the procedure e Straighten the antenna wire from the garage door opener assembly This may help improve transmitting and or receiving signals ce Certain types of garage door openers are in compatible with the integrated remote control If you should experience further difficulties with programming the integrated remote control contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Cen ter in the USA only at 1 800 FOR MERCedes or Customer Service in Canada at 1 800 387 0100 Useful features USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the
427. seat backrest in an excessively reclined position as this can be dangerous You could slide under the seat belt in a collision If you slide under it the belt would apply force at the abdomen or neck That could cause serious or fatal injuries The seat backrest and seat belts provide the best restraint when the wearer is in a position that is as upright as possible and the seat belts are properly po sitioned on the body Getting started Adjusting Warning A N Your seat must be adjusted so that you can correctly fasten your seat belt gt page 48 Observe the following points e Adjust the backrest until your arms are slightly angled when holding the steer ing wheel e Adjust the seat to a comfortable seating position that still allows you to reach the accelerator brake pedal safely The po sition should be as far back as possible with the driver still able to operate the controls properly e Adjust the head restraint so that it is as close to the head as possible and the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level e Never place hands under the seat or near any moving parts while a seat is be ing adjusted Failure to do so could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Getting started Adjusting Warning A N When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle
428. seat will be serious ly injured or even killed if the front passenger front air bag inflates in a collision which could occur under some circumstances even with the air bag technology installed in your vehicle The only means to completely eliminate this risk is to never place a child in a rear facing child restraint in the front seat We therefore strongly recommend that you always place a child ina rear facing child restraint in the back seat If you must install a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat be cause circumstances require you to do so make sure that the indicator lamp is illuminated indicating that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated Should the indicator lamp not illu minate or go out while the restraint is in stalled please check installation Periodically check the indicator lamp while driving to make sure the lamp is illuminated If the indicator lamp goes out or remains out do not trans port a child on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired A child in a rear facing child restraint on the front passenger seat will be serious ly injured or even killed if the front pas senger front air bag inflates If you have to place a child in a for ward facing child restraint on the front passenger seat move the seat as far back as possible use the proper child restraint recommended for the age size and weight of the child and secure child restraint wi
429. seees 328 Winter tires ccccccsssscereseeeeees 328 Block heater Canada only 329 SNOW CNAINS seccccesseeceeeeeseees 329 Maintenance sccccssssseeceeseeeeees 330 Maintenance service indicator IMCSSAREC ccccssscnsccccssccesssceeees 330 Calling up the maintenance service INGICATOS cseeeeeeeeeeees 331 Resetting the maintenance service indicator 332 Vehicle Care ccccseesecccessseceeseeees 333 Cleaning and care of vehicle 333 Practical hints ceeecccee eee ee 343 What to do if sessssrriscerirseiisrsercovsiscsvssss 344 Lamps in instrument cluster 344 Lamp in center console 356 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display cc 00 358 Where will find eececceeeeeeceeees 393 PIFSE GIG Kile nes teesesteuneteaaranomanaes 393 Spare wheel cceecccseeceeeeeceeees 393 Vehicle tool kit sssessseessssnssseess 395 Luggage bOX sssssssssssesssseessserssseee 397 Unlocking locking in an emergency 398 Unlocking the vehicle 06 398 Locking the vehicle ccce00 399 Fuel filler flap emergency release 400 Manually unlocking the gear Selector lever ccssesecccesecceseees 400 Resetting activated head restraints 401 Replacing SmartKey batteries 402 Replacing bulbs cccccseseceeeeees 404 BS E A E ES 404 Replacin
430. services Services such as jump start a few gallons of fuel or the replacement of a flat tire with the vehicle spare tire are obtainable i While the call is connected you can change to the navigation menu by pressing NAVI button on the COMAND System unit Controls in detail Useful features i The indicator lamp on the Roadside Assistance button remains illuminated in red for approximately 10 seconds during the sys tem self check after switching on the ignition to gether with the SOS button and the Information button B See system self check gt page 257 if the indi cator lamp does not come on in red or stays on longer than approximately 10 seconds If the indicator lamp on the Roadside Assistance button is flashing continuously and there was no voice connection to the Response Center established then the Tele Aid system could not initiate a Roadside Assistance call e g the rele vant cellular phone network was not available The message Call Failed appears in the mul tifunction display Roadside Assistance calls can be terminated us ing the button on the multifunction steer ing wheel or the END Button on the COMAND System Information button The Information button is located below the center armrest cover gt Open the storage compartment under the center armrest gt page 243 gt Press and hold button for longer than 2 seconds A call to the Customer Assistance Center will be ini
431. sieantncwnatt veces ssiameseedeces 89 DA ee R 90 Adaptive Brake ccccsseccessceeeees 91 EP E E E E 92 POP e a 92 Anti theft SyYSteMS cccccsseccceeeeeeees 97 IMIMODINZEY 4 caeneecetaavesdinanesuvesdanitowns 97 Anti theft alarm system 00 97 63 Controls in detail Locking and unlocking SmartKey ccccessscccceseeceneeseees SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Checking batteries in the SmartKey or SmartKey with REY LESS GO coi cscsecascncewneeeeyennchaecs Loss of the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Opening the doors from the INSIdC cccccsssessseeees Opening the trunk cccseeeeees Closing the trunk cccccceeeeeees Trunk emergency release Valet locking cccccseeecceeeeeeeeeees Automatic central locking Locking and unlocking from the INSICE ccccccsssesssseees Front seat active head restraints Rear seat head restraints Lumbar SUPPOFt cccceeeceeeees Multicontour seat eese Seat heating cccseescecssescenes Seat ventilation eseese Storing positions into memory 124 Recalling positions from memory 124 Storing exterior rear view mirror parking position ccccceeeeeeee ees 125 Lighting cserrsorisrissiiscieiersossreirresss 126 Exterior lamp Switch 068 126 Combination Switch sseee 130 Corner illuminating front fog lamps C
432. sion antifreeze quantity Model 35 F 37 C CLS 550 6 0 US gt 5 7 I CLS 63 AMG 6 2 US gt 5 9 I parts Failure to use such anticorro sion antifreeze coolant will result in a sig nificantly shortened service life Therefore the following product is strongly recommended for use in your vehicle MB 325 0 Anticorrosion Antifreeze agent Approximate freeze protection 49 F 45 C 6 6 US gt 6 2 1 6 9 US gt 6 51 Before the start of the winter season or once a year in hot southern regions you should have the anticorrosion antifreeze concentration checked The coolant is also regularly checked each time you bring your vehicle to your authorized Mercedes Benz Center for service Washer system and headlamp cleaning system Both the washer system and headlamp cleaning system are supplied from the washer reservoir The washer reservoir has a capacity of ap proximately 6 9 US at 6 5 I Technical data Refill the reservoir with MB Windshield Washer Concentrate and water or con centrate and commercially available premixed washer solvent antifreeze depending on ambient temperatures AN Washer solvent antifreeze is highly flamma ble Do not spill washer solvent antifreeze on hot engine parts because it may ignite and burn You can be seriously burned Warning Fuels coolants lubricants etc Windshield and headlamp washer fluid mixing ratio For temperatures above freezing poi
433. ss 136 Lamps 344 Messages in the multifunction display 358 Multifunction display 139 Outside temperature indicator 138 Instrument lighting see Instrument cluster Illumination brightness 136 Instrument panel see Instrument cluster 136 Instruments and controls see Cockpit 136 Interior lighting 133 Delayed shut off 162 Interior rear view mirror Auto dimming 183 Interior storage space see Storage com partments J Jack 396 Jacking up the vehicle 414 Jump starting 423 K Key Mechanical 398 Loss of 108 Key SmartKey Battery check lamp 103 Checking batteries 108 Factory setting 101 Global locking 102 103 Global unlocking 102 Locking unlocking 100 103 Loss of 108 Messages in display 380 Opening and closing the power tilt sliding sunroof 208 47 183 Opening and closing the windows 208 Remote control 100 Replacing batteries 402 Restoring to factory setting 103 Selective setting 102 Starter switch positions 38 Starting the engine 51 52 Turning off the engine 60 Key SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Battery check lamp 103 Checking batteries 108 Factory setting 106 Global locking 106 107 Global unlocking 106 107 Locking unlocking 103 Locking unlocking Selective setting 107 Loss of 108 Messages in display 380 381 385 Opening and closing the power tilt sliding sunroof 208 Opening and closing the windows 208 Opening the trunk 109 Remote control 103 Replacing batteries 402 Restoring to facto
434. ss if the indicator lamp is not lit when the engine is running A malfunction in the system has been detected if the EGS indicator lamp e fails to go out after approximately 4 seconds after the engine was started e does not come on at all e comes on after the engine was started or while driving Warning A N Modifications to or work improperly con ducted on restraint systems such as seat belts and anchors Emergency Tensioning Devices seat belt force limiters or air bags or their wiring as well as tampering with in terconnected electronic systems can lead to the restraint systems no longer function ing as intended Air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices for example could deploy inadvertently or fail to deploy in accidents although the de celeration threshold for air bag deployment is exceeded Therefore never modify the re straint systems Do not tamper with elec tronic components or their software Warning In the event that the EGE indicator lamp comes on during driving or does not come on at all the SRS self check has detected a malfunction For your safety we strongly recommend that you contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have the system checked otherwise the SRS may not be activated when needed in an acci dent which could result in serious or fatal injury or it might deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarily which could also result in injury In addition improper
435. ssary check cycles and to make sure neither message appears in the multifunction display If above conditions are met you can occupy the front passenger seat again De pending on the front passenger classification sensed by the OCS gt page 71 the indicator lamp will remain illuminated or go out If above conditions are not met the system is not working properly Have the sys tem checked as soon as possible by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Warning A remains out even after performing the above individuals use the front passenger seat un l corrective steps do not have any children til the system has been repaired anne indicator lamp 12 years old and under and other small Practical hints What to do if Display message Front Passenger Airbag Disabled See Operator s Manual Possible cause conse quence Front passenger front air bag is deactivated while driving even though an adult or someone larger than a small individual is occupying the front passenger seat Forces acting on the seat may make the system sense a decrease in weight Possible solution Stop the vehicle in a safe location as soon as possible and check the front passenger seat for the following M M Switch off the ignition gt page 60 Have the front passenger vacate the seat and exit the vehicle Adjust the seat in a height position gt page 42 Make sure that no objects which apply forces to the seat are present e g
436. stem is not working properly Have the sys tem checked as soon as possible by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Warning A remains illuminated with an adult occupant do not have any passenger use the front l on the front passenger seat even after per passenger seat until the system has been ifthe indicator lamp forming the above corrective steps repaired Practical hints What to do if Display message P Gear Selector Lever In P Position P N Pease Siri lo N or P PRE SAFE Inoperative See Operator s Manual Possible cause consequence You have tried to start the engine with the KEYLESS GO start stop button with the gear selector lever not in position P You have tried to turn off the engine with the KEYLESS GO start stop button with the gear selector lever not in position P You have tried to start the engine with the KEYLESS GO start stop button while the gear selector lever was in position R or D PRE SAFE itself has failed All other occupant safety systems such as the air bags are still available If ESP and PRE SAFE malfunction messages are displayed simulta neously PRE SAFE has been deac tivated as a result of these malfunctions All other occupant safety systems such as the air bags are still available Possible solution gt Place the gear selector lever in position P gt Place the gear selector lever in position P or N Make sure the brake pedal is depressed
437. such as books be tween the middle console and the front passenger seat Do not move the front passenger seat backwards against stiff objects Sit properly belted in a position that is as upright as possible with your back against the seat backrest While seated an occupant should not position him herself in such a way as to cause the occupant s weight to be lifted from the seat bottom as this may result in the OCS being unable to correctly ap proximate the occupant s weight cate gory Read and observe all warnings in this chapter Safety and Security Occupant safety Self test Occupant Classification System After turning the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 or 2 or pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button once or twice the indicator lamp located in the center console illuminates If an adult occupant is properly sitting on the front passenger seat and the system sens es the occupant as being an adult the indicator lamp will illumi nate and go out after approximately 6 seconds If the seat is not occupied and the system senses the front passenger seat as being empty the indicator lamp will illuminate and not go out Warning A N If the indicator lamp should not illuminate the system is not functioning You must see an authorized Mercedes Benz Center before seating any child on the front passenger seat For more information see the Practical hints section gt p
438. switch gt gt Switch on the ignition gt page 38 Press the symbol side on rocker switch Q to release the head re straints The head restraints will fold backward Controls in detail Placing head restraints upright P91 12 2730 31 gt Pull the head restraint forward until it locks into position Ba Make sure the head restraints engage when placing them upright Otherwise their protective function cannot be assured Seats Lumbar support The curvature of the front seats can be ad justed to help enhance lower back support and seating comfort Enit 1 Adjustment lever gt Move adjustment lever Q in direction of the arrows until you have reached a comfortable seating position Controls in detail Seats Multicontour seat The multicontour seat has a movable seat cushion and inflatable air cushions built into the backrest to provide additional lum bar and side support The seat cushion movement backrest cushion height and curvature can be con tinuously varied with switches right side of the seat on the driver side or the left side of the seat on the passenger side C Seat cushion depth 2 Backrest bottom 3 Backrest center 4 Backrest side bolsters gt Switch on the ignition gt page 38 Seat cushion depth gt Adjust the seat cushion depth to the length of your upper leg using switch Backrest contour gt Adjust the contour of t
439. t Open flap on the air pump Pull out electrical plug 3 and air hose with pressure gauge 4 Make sure the vent screw on air hose is closed Remove the valve cap from the tire valve P40 10 3298 31 Practical hints Screw union nut onto the tire valve Insert electrical plug into vehicle cigarette lighter socket gt page 249 Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 Or Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button on the gear selector lever once without depressing the brake pedal Press I on electric air pump switch 2 The electric air pump should now switch on and inflate the tire Inflate the tire to approximately 51 psi 3 5 bar This takes about 5 minutes for the col lapsible tire Air hose and union nut G can become hot during infla tion Exercise proper caution to avoid burning yourself when using the equip ment Flat tire T Do not operate the air pump longer than 8 minutes without interruption Otherwise it may overheat You may operate the air pump again after it has cooled off gt Press 0 on electric air pump switch gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 0 or gt Press KEYLESS GO start stop button on the gear selector lever twice without depressing the brake pedal The electric air pump should now be switched off gt Ifthe tire inflation pressure is above 51 psi 3 5 bar release excess tire in flation pr
440. t control Cruise control lever e Cruise control e Distronic Multifunction steering wheel Instrument cluster Horn Page 55 56 55 177 213 217 28 140 26 136 0000 At a glance Item Lever for Voice Control Sys tem see separate operating instructions Front Parktronic warning indicator Overhead control panel Glove box lid release glove box lock Glove box Center console Starter switch Steering wheel adjustment stalk Heated steering wheel Canada only Page 234 31 243 243 29 38 45 251 0000 Cockpit Item Page Parking brake pedal 99 99 Hood lock release 286 Parking brake release 53 Exterior lamp switch 55 126 Door control panel 34 as Instrument cluster f i hy AAS pp a E em MU es P54 32 5143 31 Jooo Item Page RE Left turn signal indicator lamp ESP warning lamp 345 Speedometer Multifunction display 139 Distance warning lamp 351 Vehicles without Distronic Warning lamp without func tion It illuminates with the ignition on It should go out when the engine is running BW Right turn signal indicator lamp Coolant temperature indica tor with Coolant temperature 350 warning lamp Tachometer with Seat belt telltale 351 Item AN U At a glance Supplemental Restraint System SRS indicator lamp Antilock Brake Sys tem ABS indicator
441. t page 191 or the rear climate control panel The rear climate control panel is located in the rear center console Left rear center air vent adjustable Right rear center air vent adjustable Thumbwheel for air volume control for right rear center air vent Temperature rocker switch right Display Temperature rocker switch left Thumbwheel for air volume control for left rear center air vent Setting the temperature Use temperature control rocker switches and to separately adjust the air temperature on each side of the rear passenger compartment QO You can also adjust the rear temperature us ing the front climate control panel gt page 190 or gt page 191 You should raise or lower the temperature setting in small increments preferably starting at 72 F 22 C The adjusted tem perature appears in display G The rear climate control will adjust to the set tem perature as fast as possible F P85 50 2062 31 1 Temperature left 2 Temperature right Controls in detail gt Adjust the temperature to the desired setting for each side of the passenger compartment using the left and right temperature control rocker switches The temperature in the rear passenger compartment is adjusted automatical ly Q The rear climate control will not cool the air when the air conditioning is switched off page 201 Adjusting air distribution
442. t belts Otherwise it is not possible for the air bags to provide their supplemental pro tection In case of other types of impacts and impacts be low air bag deployment thresholds air bags will not be deployed The driver and passenger will then be protected to the extent possible by a properly fastened seat belt A properly fastened seat belt is also needed to provide the best pro tection in a rollover We caution you not to rely on the presence of the air bags in order to avoid wearing your seat belt It is important to your safety and that of your pas sengers that you replace deployed air bags and repair any malfunctioning air bags to make sure that the vehicle will continue to provide supple mental crash protection for occupants Safety guidelines for the seat belt Emergency Tensioning Device and air bag Warning A N Damaged seat belts or seat belts that were highly stressed in an accident must be replaced and their anchoring points must also be checked Use only seat belts installed or supplied by an au thorized Mercedes Benz Center Air bags and Emergency Tensioning Devices ETDs contain Perchlorate ma terial which may require special han dling and regard for the environment Check with your local governments dis posal guidelines California residents see http www dtsc ca gov Hazard ousWaste Perchlorate index cfm Air bags and Emergency Tensioning De vices ETDs are designed to function on a
443. t care cannot always be removed or repaired with the car care products recommended here In such cases it is best to seek aid at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The following topics deal with the cleaning and care of your vehicle and give important how to information as well as references to Mercedes Benz approved car care products Power washer T Follow the instructions provided by the pow er washer manufacturer on maintaining a dis tance between the vehicle and the nozzle of the power washer Never use a round nozzle to power wash tires The intense jet of water can result in damage to the tire Always replace a damaged tire Always keep the jet of water moving across the surface Do not aim directly at electrical parts electrical connectors seals or other rubber parts Vehicles with KEYLESS GO Ifa door handle is hit by a strong jet of water and a SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is in close prox imity i e within approximately 3 ft approxi mately 1 m the vehicle could be inadvertently locked or unlocked Tar stains Quickly remove tar stains before they dry and become more difficult to remove A tar remover is recommended Paintwork painted body components i Affixing stickers magnets adhesive tape or similar materials to painted body components may damage the paintwork Mercedes Benz approved Paint Care should be applied when water drops on the paint surface do not bead up Thi
444. t of the steering column Combination switch 1 Turn signals right 2 Turn signals left gt Press combination switch in direction of arrow A or The corresponding turn signal indicator lamp EJ or EEJ in the instrument cluster flashes gt page 26 The combination switch resets automati cally after major steering wheel move ments bb Getting started Driving gt gt To signal minor directional changes such as changing lanes press combination switch only to point of resistance and release The corre sponding turn signals will flash three times Windshield wipers The combination switch is located on the left of the steering column Seer 31 Combination switch 1 Single wipe Wiping with washer fluid 2 Switching on windshield wipers gt Switch on the ignition gt page 38 T Do not operate the wipers when the wind Shield is dry Dust that accumulates on a wind Shield might scratch the glass and or damage the wiper blades when wiping occurs on a dry windshield If it is necessary to operate the wip ers in dry weather conditions always operate the wipers with washer fluid gt page 57 T If anything blocks the windshield wipers leaves snow etc switch them off immediate ly e For safety reasons stop the vehicle in a safe location e turn off the engine by turning the SmartKey to position 0 and withdraw SmartKey from starter switch or e turn off the engine
445. t safety In this section you will learn the most im portant facts about the restraint systems of the vehicle The restraint systems are e Seat belts gt page 76 e Child restraints gt page 82 e Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren LATCH gt page 86 Additional protection is provided by e Supplemental Restraint System SRS with e Air bags gt page 66 e Air bag control unit with crash sensors e Emergency Tensioning Device ETD for seat belts gt page 79 e Active head restraints gt page 81 e Preventive occupant safety PRE SAFE gt page 80 Air bag system components with e Front passenger front air bag off indica tor lamp gt page 75 e Front passenger seat with Occupant Classification System OCS gt page 71 Although independent systems their pro tective functions work in conjunction with each other i For information on infants and children trav eling with you in the vehicle and restraint sys tems for infants and children see Children in the vehicle gt page 82 The SRS system conducts a self test when the ignition is switched on and in regular intervals while the engine is running This facilitates early detection of malfunctions The EGS indicator lamp in the instrument cluster lights up when the ignition is switched on and goes out no later than a few seconds after the engine has been started The SRS components are in operational readine
446. t your vehicle cannot come into contact with other objects such as a curb while lowering Your vehicle could otherwise be damaged Parking brake Warning Engaging the parking brake while the vehicle is in motion can cause the rear wheels to lock up You could lose control of the vehicle and cause an accident In addition the vehi cle s brake lights do not light up when the parking brake is engaged Getting started Parking and locking 1 Release handle 2 Parking brake pedal gt Step firmly on parking brake pedal 2 When the engine Is running the warn ing lamp USA only or Canada only in the instrument cluster will be illuminated Warning A N When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could release the parking brake and or move the gear selec tor lever from position P either of which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Warning A N Getting out of your vehicle with the gear selector lever not fully engaged in position P is dangerous Also when parked on an in cline position P alone may not prevent your vehicle from moving possibly hitting people or objects Always set the parking brake in addition to shifting to position P When parked on an incli
447. tKey will then function as follows Unlocking driver s door and fuel filler flap Press button once gt All turn signal lamps flash once An acoustic signal sounds once The locking knob on the driver s door move up The anti theft alarm system is dis armed Global unlocking Press button twice gt All turn signal lamps flash once An acoustic signal sounds once The locking knobs in the doors move up The anti theft alarm system is dis armed Global locking gt Press button BAN With the trunk and all doors closed e All turn signal lamps flash three times e An acoustic signal sounds three times e The locking knobs in the doors move down e The anti theft alarm system is armed Restoring to factory setting gt Press and hold buttons and simultaneously for about 5 seconds un til battery check lamp flashes twice Controls in detail SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Vehicles equipped with KEYLESS GO come with two SmartKeys with KEYLESS GO each with remote control and a removable mechanical key The KEYLESS GO function is integrated into the SmartKey On these vehicles the validity of the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is checked every time you pull an outside door handle If the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is valid your vehicle unlocks e the doors e the trunk e the fuel filler flap Locking and unlocking P80 35 2285 31 SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 1 Lock butt
448. tab 1 Unlocking echanical ke d 2 Mechanical key gt Move locking tab in direction of ar row gt Insert mechanical key 2 into the driv gt Slide mechanical key out of the er s door lock until it stops housing gt Turn mechanical key 2 counterclock wise to position 1 until the locking knob moves up The driver s door is unlocked gt Pull the door handle to open the driv er s door Unlocking the trunk A minimum height clearance of 5 90 ft 1 80 m is required to open the trunk lid P80 20 2908 31 Mechanical key 2 Handle 3 Unlocking in an emergency gt Insert the mechanical key into the trunk lid lock until it stops Turn mechanical key Q counterclock wise to position 3 and hold it in this po sition Pull handle 2 and lift the trunk lid Practical hints Unlocking locking in an emergency The trunk opens i Always make sure there is sufficient over head clearance gt Turn the mechanical key back and re move it from the trunk lid lock Locking the vehicle If you cannot lock the vehicle with the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO do the following gt Close the passenger door the rear doors and the trunk Press the central locking switch in the center console gt page 116 Check to see whether the locking knobs on the doors have moved down If necessary push them down manually Remove the mechanical key out of the Sma
449. ted Do not switch off the ESP when a Minis pare or collapsible tire is mounted Preparing the vehicle Prepare the vehicle as described under Preparing the vehicle on this page gt Take the spare wheel out of the trunk gt page 393 gt Take the wheel wrench and the jack out of the trunk gt page 393 Removing tensioning straps CLS 63 AMG with Performance Pack age only A 19 spare wheel has two tensioning straps on it that must both be removed be fore mounting the spare wheel The tensioning straps are shown in red for illustration purposes The tensioning straps on the spare wheel of your vehicle are black Practical hints P58 10 2126 31 C Buckle 2 Clip gt Press on both clips simultaneously to release buckle Q i Keep the tensioning straps in a safe place You will need them to store the spare wheel in the trunk after use gt page 394 Flat tire Lifting the vehicle gt Prevent the vehicle from rolling away by blocking wheels with wheel chocks or other sizeable objects When changing wheel on a level surface gt Place the wheel chock in front of and another sizeable object behind the wheel that is diagonally opposite to the wheel being changed Always try lifting the vehicle using the jack on a level surface However should cir cumstances require you to do so ona hill place the wheel chock and the other size able object as follows gt Place th
450. ted only until the windshield or the side windows are clear again Activating gt Press button gt page 190 or gt page 191 The indicator lamp on the button comes on Display gt page 190 or gt page 191 is cleared e cooling on to dehumidify e most efficient blower speed and heating power depending on out side temperature e air flows onto the windshield and the front side windows e the air recirculation mode is switched off You can adjust the air volume air distribu tion and the temperature when the front defrost er is Switched on Deactivating gt Press button gt page 190 or gt page 191 again The indicator lamp on the button goes out Defrosting is turned off The previous settings are once again in effect gt page 191 The cooling remains switched on Windshield fogged on the outside Keep this setting selected only until the windshield is clear again gt Switch windshield wipers on gt page 56 gt Press button gJ gt page 190 or gt page 191 If the automatic mode of the climate con trol is switched off gt Turn air distribution control Q and to or FM gt page 190 or gt page 191 Controls in detail 4 zone automatic climate control Maximum cooling MAX COOL You can use this setting to provide the fast est possible cooling of the vehicle interior when windows and tilt sliding sunroof are only closed
451. ter goes out High beam flasher gt Pull the combination switch briefly in direction of arrow 2 Corner illuminating front fog lamps CLS 550 with Bi Xenon headlamps only The corner illuminating front fog lamps im prove illumination of the area in the direc tion into which you are turning Corner illuminating front fog lamps will op erate with the engine running and with e the exterior lamp switch in position gt page 126 or e the exterior lamp switch in position R gt page 126 or e the daytime running lamp mode activated gt page 128 With the automatic headlamp mode activat ed The corner illuminating front fog lamps will only come on in low ambient lighting conditions 1i If you are driving faster than 25 mph 40 km h or have the front fog lamps switched on the corner illuminating function is not avail able Driving forward Switching on corner illuminating front fog lamps gt Switch on the left or right turn signal gt page 55 depending on whether you are turning left or right The respective front fog lamp comes on and illuminates the area in the direc tion into which you are turning or gt Turn steering wheel in desired direc tion The front fog lamp on the side of your steering direction comes on Controls in detail amp If you have switched on the turn signal for one side but turn the steering wheel in the other direction the corner illuminating
452. terior rear view or driver s side O mirror will be turned downward to the iti n visor stored position Sun visors The sun visors protect you from sun glare while driving n E qi Warning AN 1 Driver s side exterior rear view mirror button 2 Passenger side exterior rear view mirror button Do not use the vanity mirror while driving Keep the mirrors in the sun visors closed while vehicle is in motion Reflected glare can endanger you and others Controls in detail Good visibility If sunlight enters through a side window Rear window sunshade gt Disengage sun visor C from mounting 4 gt Pivot sun visor to the side The switch is located in the center console P i 2 a wat ami iaar n E gt 5 gt e amm 4 i 1 a If sun visor Q is disengaged from mounting with mirror cover 2 open mirror lamp 3 will switch off C Sun visor 2 Mirror cover x 3 Mirror lamp N 4 Mounting 1 Rear window sunshade switch 6 Vanity mirror gt Switch on the ignition gt page 38 gt Swing sun visors 4 down when you gt Press switch C briefly to raise the sun experience glare shade gt To use the vanity mirror lift up the gt Press switch briefly to lower the mirror cover 2 y sunshade Make sure the sun visor is properly engaged in the mounting Always raise the sunshade fully for its sup port against
453. th the vehicle s seat belt ac cording to the child seat manufacturer s instructions For children larger than the typical 12 month old child the front passenger front air bag may or may not be activated gt page 72 Warning A N Infants and small children should never share a seat belt with another occupant During an accident they could be crushed between the occupant and seat belt A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and or the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Children too big for a toddler restraint must ride in seats using regular seat belts Posi tion shoulder belt across chest and shoul der not face or neck A booster seat may be necessary to achieve proper seat belt posi tioning for children over 41 Ibs until they reach a height where a lap shoulder belt fits properly without a booster Safety and Security When the child restraint is not in use remove it from the vehicle or secure it with the seat belt to prevent the child restraint from becoming a projectile in the event of an accident Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle even if the children are secured ina child restraint system Unsupervised chil dren in a child restraint system may use vehicle equipment and may cause an acci dent and or serious personal injury Installation of infant and child restraint systems
454. the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Controls in detail Automatic transmission The program mode selector switch is Activating manual shift program located on the lower part of the center gt Press program mode selector switch console repeatedly until the M for manual pro gram mode M appears in the multifunc tion display The transmission switches to the manual program mode M Automatic shifting is switched off The gear range is not limited You can change the gears manually when the gear selector lever is in drive position D You can upshift or downshift through the gears in succession Program mode selector switch M Manual For manual gear shiftin 8 amp i The manual program mode M will not be C Comfort For standard driving stored When the engine is turned off with the B manual program mode M selected the transmis S Sport For sporty driving sion will go to the automatic program mode The selected program mode appears inthe C or S when the engine is restarted multifunction display gt page 175 i For information on automatic program modes C or S see Automatic shift program gt page 175 Gear selector lever one touch gearshifting gt page 176 and Steering wheel gearshift control one touch gearshifting gt page 177 Upshifting T In the manual program mode M the trans mission will not upshift even if the engine has
455. the door mounted switch Monitor the clos ing procedure carefully to make sure that no One is in danger of being injured To interrupt the closing procedure press or pull the door mounted remote trunk open ing closing switch Even with the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO removed from the starter switch or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO removed from the vehicle the remote trunk opening closing switch can be operated Therefore do not leave children unattended P80 20 3030 31 in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked CQ Remote trunk opening closing switch vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury gt Press switch Q until the indicator lamp in the switch goes out and the trunk is closed To interrupt the closing procedure gt Release switch Q Closing the trunk from the outside automatically Warning A N Monitor the closing procedure carefully to make sure no one is in danger of being in jured To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the trunk opening when closing the trunk Be especially careful when small children are around To stop the closing procedure do one of the following e press button on the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO e press or pull the remote trunk open ing closing switch on the drivers door e press the trunk closing switch e press the KEYLESS GO locki
456. the rear window sun shade is in raised position Light hitting the mirror s at certain angles incident light could blind you As a result you may not be able to observe traffic con ditions and could cause an accident Warning A N Exercise care when using the passen ger side exterior rear view mirror The mirror surface is convex outwardly curved surface for a wider field of view Objects in mirror are closer than they appear Check your in terior rear view mirror or glance over your shoulder before changing lanes Controls in detail Good visibility Activating exterior rear view mirror parking position Follow these steps to activate the mirror parking position so that the passen ger side exterior rear view mirror will be turned downward to the stored position The buttons are located on the driver s door Switch on the ignition gt page 38 Make sure you have stored a parking position for the passenger side exterior rear view mirror gt page 125 Press button 2 for the passenger side exterior rear view mirror Place the gear selector lever in reverse gear R The exterior rear view mirror returns to its previously stored driving position 10 seconds after you put the gear selector lever out of position R immediately once you exceed a vehicle speed of approximately 6 mph 10 km h immediately when you press button j i for driver s side mirror The passenger side ex
457. the sidewall indicates the intended direction of rotation spinning of the tire ae Spare wheels may be mounted against the direction of rotation spinning even with a unidi rectional tire for temporary use only until the reg ular drive wheel has been repaired or replaced Always observe and follow applicable temporary use restrictions and speed limitations indicated on the spare wheel Operation Tires and wheels Loading the vehicle Two labels on your vehicle show how much weight it may properly carry 1 The Tire and Loading Information placard can be found on the driver s door B pillar This placard tells you im portant information about the number of people that can be in the vehicle and the total weight that can be carried in the vehicle It also contains information on the proper size and recommended tire inflation pressures for the original equipment tires on your vehicle 1 Driver s door B pillar 2 The certification label also found on the driver s door B pillar tells you about the gross weight capacity of your vehi cle called the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle all occupants fuel and cargo The certification label also tells you about the front and rear axle weight capacity called the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR The GAWR is the total allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear Never exceed the GVWR or GAWR
458. the window frame gt D Lamp 3 switches on Controls in detail Good visibility b gt Warning When operating the rear window sunshade be sure that there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the raising or lowering pro cedure The raising or lowering procedure can be immediately halted by briefly pressing switch 1 To reverse direction of move ment press switch Q again Warning A N When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could re sult in an accident and or serious personal injury Rear window defroster Activating l gt Press button RR gt page 191 or button gt page 190 on the respective climate control panel The rear window defroster uses a large amount of power To keep the battery drain to a minimum switch off the defrost er as soon as the rear window Is clear The The indicator lamp on the button defroster is automatically deactivated comes on after approximately 6 to 20 minutes of operation depending on the outside tem Deactivating Pau gt Press button Ral gt page 191 or button gt page 190 again Warning A The indicator lamp on the button goes PEE E E en el out Any accumulation of snow and ice should be
459. thority to operate the equipment i Canada only This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Activating gt Press and hold button for at least 1 second Deactivating gt Press button again or gt Insert SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO in starter switch or gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 39 The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be inside the vehicle Y Driving safety systems In this section you will find information on the following driving safety systems e ABS Antilock Brake System e Adaptive Brake e BAS Brake Assist System e EBP Electronic Brake Proportioning e ESP Electronic Stability Program A The following factors increase the risk of accidents Warning e Excessive speed especially in turns e Wet and slippery road surfaces e Following another vehicle too closely The driving safety systems described in this section cannot reduce these risks or pre vent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle Always adapt your driving style to the pre vailing road and weather conditions an
460. tiated The button will flash while the call is in progress The message Connecting Call willappear in the multifunction display When the connection is established the message Call Connected appears in the multifunction display The Tele Aid system will transmit data generating the vehicle identification number model color and lo cation subject to availability of cellular and GPS signals i While the call is connected you can change to the navigation menu by pressing NAVI button on the COMAND System A voice connection between the Customer Assistance Center representative and the occupants of the vehicle will be estab lished Information regarding the operation of your vehicle the nearest Mercedes Benz Center or Mercedes Benz USA products and services is available to you For more details concerning the Tele Aid system please visit www mbusa com and use your ID and password sent to you sep arately to learn more USA only i The indicator lamp in the Information button remains illuminated in red for ap proximately 10 seconds during the system self check after switching on the ignition togeth er with the SOS button and the Roadside Assistance button pi See system self check gt page 257 if the indi cator lamp does not come on in red or stays on longer than approximately 10 seconds If the indicator lamp in the Information button is flashing continuously and there was no voice connection to the Response
461. tic DC Dual Control Vehicle lighting Checking 285 Vehicle loading Cargo tie down hooks 242 Instructions 238 Load limit 296 Roof rack 238 Ski bag 239 Terminology 323 Vehicle maximum load on the tire 326 Vehicle Recovery services Stolen Tele Aid 262 Vehicle status message memory 151 Vehicle tool kit 395 Vehicle washing 333 W Warning lamps see Lamps indicator and warning Warning sounds Distance warning function 226 Distronic 220 Driver s or passenger s seat belt 79 Parking brake 53 Parktronic 234 Seat belt telltale 352 Warranty coverage 433 Washer fluid 292 Refilling 292 Wiping 57 Washer reservoir level 292 Washer system 57 Washing the vehicle 333 Wear pattern Tires 327 Weights Vehicle 447 Wheel Change 412 Removing 415 Spare 393 Tightening torque 418 Wheels Sizes 439 Wheels Tires and 293 Window curtain airbags 70 Windows see Power windows Windows cleaning 338 Windshield Cleaning wiper blades 338 Defogging 197 Windshield washer fluid Messages in display 391 Windshield washer fluid see Washer fluid Windshield wipers 56 Cleaning wiper blades 338 Replacing wiper blades 410 411 Wiping with washer fluid 57 Winter driving Block heater Canada only 329 Snow chains 329 Tires 328 Winter driving instructions 278 Winter tires 328 Wood trims cleaning 341 X Xenon headlamps see Headlamps Bi Xe non Service and Literature Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center has tra
462. tion mode is not possible if you have switched off the air conditioning or if the temperature falls below 41 F 5 C Air conditioning The cooling function only operational when the engine is running cools the vehi cle interior down to the selected tempera ture The cooling function also dehumidifies the air in the vehicle interior thus preventing the windows from fogging up i Condensation may drip out from underneath the vehicle This is normal and not an indication of a malfunction A If you turn off the cooling function the vehicle will not be cooled when weather conditions are warm The windows can fog up more quickly Window fogging may impair visibility and endanger you and others Warning Controls in detail Deactivating It is possible to deactivate the air condi tioning cooling function of the climate control system The air in the vehicle will then no longer be cooled or dehumidified gt Press button gt page 190 or gt page 191 The indicator lamp on the button goes out Activating Moist air can fog up the windows You can dehumidify the air with the air condition ing gt Press button gt page 190 or gt page 191 again The indicator lamp on the button comes on The air conditioning uses the refrigerant R134a This refrigerant is free of CFCs which are harmful to the ozone layer 4 zone automatic climate control BE if the air conditioning can
463. tions needed to operate your navigation system Press button or repeatedly until the message NAV appears in the multifunction display e f COMAND is switched off the mes sage NAV off is shown in the multi function display e With COMAND switched on but route guidance not activated the direction of travel and if available the name of the street currently traveled on appear in the multifunction display e With COMAND switched on and route guidance activated the direction of travel and maneuver instructions ap pear in the multifunction display Please refer to the COMAND manual for instructions on how to activate the route guidance system Distronic menu aS Use the Distronic menu to display the cur rent settings for your Distronic system What information is shown in the multi function display depends on whether the Distronic system is active or inactive Please refer to the Driving systems section of this manual gt page 217 for instructions on how to activate Distronic gt Press button or repeatedly until one of the following two pictures appears in the multifunction display Controls in detail Distronic deactivated When Distronic is deactivated you will see the standard display in the multifunction display LS aa lt 300 200 100 ee M i 72 F 149 8 MI P54 32 2479 31 1 Vehicle ahead if detected 2 Actual distance to vehicle
464. tting started Unlocking gt Pull an outside door handle e All turn signal lamps flash once e An acoustic signal sounds once e The locking knobs in the doors move up e The anti theft alarm system is dis armed gt Get in the vehicle ap Opening a door causes the window on that door to open slightly They will return to the up position when the door is closed T The side windows will not open or close if the battery is discharged or the windows are cov ered with ice As a result you may no longer be able to properly close the door Do not attempt to force the door shut Doing so may damage the door or the side window Correct the condition that prevents the windows from operating before attempting to close the door For more information see SmartKey with KEYLESS GO gt page 103 Getting started Unlocking Starter switch positions SmartKey 2 Ignition power supply for all electrical consumers and driving position All lamps except high beam headlamp Warning When leaving the vehicle always remove the indicator lamp and turn signal indicator SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO lamps unless activated in the instru ment cluster come on If a lamp in the from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat instrument cluster fails to come on when the ignition is switched on have tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle
465. ull release lever 1 The hood is unlocked T To avoid damage to the windshield wipers or hood never open the hood if the wiper arms are folded forward away from the windshield 1 Lever for opening the hood gt Push lever Q on the hood upwards gt Pull up on the hood and then release it The hood will be automatically held open at shoulder height by gas filled struts Operation Closing A When closing the hood use extreme caution not to catch hands or fingers Be careful that you do not close the hood on anyone Warning Make sure that the hood is securely en gaged before driving off Do not continue driving if the hood can no longer engage af ter an accident for example The hood could otherwise come loose while the vehicle is in motion and endanger you and or others gt Let the hood drop from a height of approximately 1 ft 30 cm The hood will lock audibly gt Check to make sure the hood is fully closed If you can raise the hood at a point above the headlamps then it is not properly closed Open it again and let it drop with somewhat greater force Engine compartment Engine oil The amount of oil your engine needs will depend on a number of factors including driving style Higher oil consumption can occur when e the vehicle is new e the vehicle is driven frequently at higher engine speeds Engine oil consumption checks should only be made after the vehicle break in
466. unlocked If the trunk does not open it is still locked separately gt page 115 T Vehicles with trunk opening closing sys tem To stop the opening procedure press button on the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Opening the trunk from the inside p p AN J hy P80 20 3033 31 Vehicles without trunk opening closing system 1 Remote trunk opening switch P 0 20 3030 31 Vehicles with trunk opening closing system 1 Remote trunk opening closing switch gt Pull switch Q until the trunk begins to open The trunk opens The indicator lamp in the switch comes on and remains lit until the trunk is closed f the trunk does not open it is still locked separately gt page 115 iH Vehicles with trunk opening closing sys tem To stop the opening procedure press or pull the remote trunk opening closing switch Closing the trunk Warning VAN Only drive with the trunk closed as among other dangers such as blocked visibility ex haust fumes may enter the vehicle interior Q Do not place the SmartKey in the open trunk You may lock yourself out i If the vehicle was previously centrally locked the trunk will lock automatically after closing it All turn signal lamps flash three times to confirm locking Vehicles with KEYLESS GO To prevent a possi ble inadvertent lockout the trunk will open auto matically if a SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is recognized inside the
467. use hot water or wash your vehicle in direct sunlight gt Only use a mild car wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Shampoo gt Thoroughly spray the vehicle with a dif fused jet of water Direct only a very weak spray towards the ventilation intake gt Use plenty of water and rinse the sponge and chamois frequently gt Rinse with clean water and thoroughly dry with a chamois Do not allow cleaning agents to dry on the finish T Do not use scouring agents on these parts Never apply strong force and only use a soft non scratching cloth when cleaning the vehicle Do not attempt to wipe the surface with a dry cloth or sponge Otherwise you may scratch or damage the paint Automatic car wash You can have your car washed in an auto matic car wash from the start Automatic car washes without brushes are prefera ble gt To protect the filter system switch the automatic climate control to air recir culation mode gt page 190 or gt page 191 BE Do not clean your vehicle in an automatic touchless car wash which uses caustic spray Otherwise the caustic spray will damage the paint or ornamental moldings If the vehicle is very dirty prewash it be fore running it through the automatic car wash i Make sure that the windshield wiper switch is set to 0 gt page 56 Otherwise e g the rain sensor could activate and cause the wipers to move unintentionally This may lead to v
468. use of seat belts e Do not twist the belt when fastening e Adjust seat belt so that the shoulder portion is located as close as possible to the middle of the shoulder it should not touch the neck Never pass the shoulder portion of the belt under your arm Position the lap belt as low as possible on your hips over hip joint and not across the abdomen Place the seat backrest in a position that is as upright as possible Never use a Seat belt for more than one person at a time Do not fasten a seat belt around a per son and another object at the same time When using a seat belt to secure infant or toddler restraints or children in booster seats always follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions Check your seat belt periodically dur ing travel to make sure that It is proper ly positioned Make sure that the seat belt is always fitted snugly Take special care of this when wearing loose clothing Warning Do not pass belts over sharp edges They could tear Do not allow the belt to get caught in the door or in the seat adjustment mechanism This could damage the belt Never attempt to make modifications to seat belts This could impair the effective ness of the belts Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection Damaged seat belts or belts that were highly stressed in an accident must be replaced Co
469. usly or fatally injured through exposure to extreme heat or cold Do not expose the child restraint system to direct sunlight The child restraint system s metal parts for example could become very hot and the child could be burned on these parts If children open a door they could e injure other persons e get out of the car and injure themselves or be injured by following traffic Do not carry heavy or hard objects in the passenger or cargo compartment unless they are firmly secured in place For more in formation see Loading gt page 238 and Useful features gt page 243 Unsecured or improperly positioned cargo increases a child s risk of injury in the event of e strong braking maneuvers e sudden changes of direction e an accident Infant and child restraint systems We recommend all infants and children be properly restrained at all times while the vehicle is in motion All lap shoulder belts except the driver s seat belt have special seat belt retractors for secure fastening of child restraints To fasten a child restraint follow child restraint instructions for mounting Then pull the shoulder belt out completely and let it retract During seat belt retraction a ratcheting sound can be heard to indicate that the special seat belt retractor is acti vated The seat belt is now locked Push down on child restraint to take up any Slack To deactivate release seat belt buckle and
470. ution Warning Mercedes Benz recommends winter tires gt page 328 with a minimum tread depth of approximately in 4 mm on all four wheels for the winter season to make sure normal balanced handling characteristics On packed snow they can reduce your stopping distance compared to summer tires Stopping distance however is still considerably greater than when the road is not covered with snow or ice Exercise appropriate caution T Avoid spinning of a drive wheel This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited War ranty Tire speed rating Regardless of the tire speed rating local speed limits should be obeyed Use pru dent driving speeds appropriate to prevail ing conditions A Even when permitted by law never operate a vehicle at speeds greater than the maxi mum speed rating of the tires Warning Exceeding the maximum speed for which tires are rated can lead to sudden tire fail ure causing loss of vehicle control and pos sibly resulting in an accident and or personal injury and possible death for you and for others Operation Driving instructions An electronic speed limiter prevents your vehicle from exceeding a speed of e CLS 550 CLS 550 Sport Package 130 mph 210 km h e CLS 63 AMG 155 mph 250 km h e CLS 63 AMG Performance Package 186 mph 300 km h The factory equipped tires on your vehicle may have a tire s
471. utton or E to set the minutes gt Confirm by pressing reset button gt page 136 Setting date month gt Move the selection marker with the or SSH button to the Time Date submenu Press button BeN or Ref repeatedly until the message Set Date Month ap pears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the month setting Set Date Honth F H 14 2007 my oO 72 F 1493 8 MI P54 32 4926 31 Press button or E to set the month Setting date day gt Vv Move the selection marker with the or SSH button tothe Time Date submenu Press button JA or Ref repeatedly until the message Set Date Day ap pears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the day setting Set Date Day Z 4 05 E 2007 72 F 143 8 MI Poa 32 4929 31 Press button or E to set the day Setting date year gt Move the selection marker with the or E button tothe Time Date submenu Press button a or Ref repeatedly until the message Set Date Year ap pears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the year setting Set Date Wear 4 05 14 EIF 72 F 143 8 MI P 4 32 4930 31 Press button or E to set the year Controls in detail Lighting submenu Access the Lighting submenu via the Settings menu Use the Lighting sub menu to change the lamp and lighting set tings on your vehicle The following functions are available
472. vehi cle control Your vehicle s ABS will not pre vent this type of control loss Warning Road salts and chemicals can adversely affect braking efficiency Increased pedal force may become necessary to produce the normal braking effect Depressing the brake pedal periodically when traveling at length on salt strewn roads can bring road salt impaired braking efficiency back to normal If the vehicle is parked after being driven on salt treated roads the braking efficien cy should be tested as soon as possible after driving is resumed Warning Make sure not to endanger any other road users when carrying out these braking ma neuvers Warning A N If the vehicle becomes stuck in snow make sure that snow is kept clear of the exhaust pipe and from around the vehicle with the engine running Otherwise deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter vehicle interior resulting in unconsciousness and possible death To assure sufficient fresh air ventilation open a window slightly on the side of the ve hicle not facing the wind Warning A N The outside temperature indicator is not de signed to serve as an ice warning device and is therefore unsuitable for that purpose Indicated temperatures just above the freez ing point do not guarantee that the road sur face is free of ice For more information see Winter driving gt page 328 Operation Driving instructions Standing water T Do
473. vehicle such as ABS or ESP Tires specially developed for your vehicle and tested and approved by Mercedes Benz can be identified by finding the following on the tire s sidewall e MO Mercedes Benz Original equipment tires e MOE Mercedes Benz Original Extended tires with limited run flat characteristics original equipment tires Using tires other than those approved by Mercedes Benz may result in damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty For information on driving with MOExtended tires see MOExtended system gt page 313 T Using tires other than those approved by Mercedes Benz can have detrimental effects such as e poor handling characteristics e increased noise e increased fuel consumption Moreover tires and rims not approved by Mercedes Benz may under load exhibit dimen sional variations and different tire deformation characteristics that could cause them to come into contact with the vehicle body or axle parts Damage to the tires or the vehicle may be the re sult Further information on tires and rims is available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center A placard with the recommended tire in flation pressures is located on the driver s door B pillar Some vehicles may have supplemental tire inflation pressure information for driving at high speeds gt page 302 or for vehicle loads less than the maximum loaded vehicle condition gt page 302 If such
474. vers or in an accident Liquids spilled on vehicle occu pants may cause serious personal injury Liquids spilled on vehicle equipment may cause damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty The cup holder must be extended when in use with bottles When not in use keep the cup holder closed An open cup holder may cause injury to you or others when contacted during braking vehicle maneuvers or in an acci dent Keep in mind that objects placed in the cup holder may come loose during braking vehi cle maneuvers or in an accident and be thrown around in the vehicle interior Objects thrown around in the vehicle interi or may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Cup holder in the center console Extending the cup holder P68 00 4039 31 gt Briefly press mark on cup holder The cup holder automatically extends upward Retracting the cup holder gt Press mark on cup holder and push cup holder in until it engages Removing the cup holder The cup holder can be removed for cleaning Clean the cup holder with clear lukewarm water gt Extend cup holder gt page 246 gt Press mark on cup holder and remove cup holder by pulling it upward Reinstalling the cup holder gt Insert cup holder into opening T Make sure that the cup holder is correctly positioned in the guide while you are reinstalling it Otherwise the cup holder can be damaged gt Press mark
475. vers outside door handle e All turn signal lamps flash once e An acoustic signal sounds once e The locking knobs in the doors move up e The anti theft alarm system is dis armed Global locking gt Press lock button on an outside door handle gt page 62 With the trunk and all doors closed e All turn signal lamps flash three times e An acoustic signal sounds three times e The locking knobs in the doors move down e The anti theft alarm system is armed Locking and unlocking Restoring to factory setting gt Press and hold buttons and simultaneously for about 5 seconds un til battery check lamp G gt page 103 flashes twice Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Checking batteries in the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO gt Press button or al The battery check lamp gt page 100 or gt page 103 comes on briefly to in dicate that the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO batteries are in or der T If the battery check lamp does not come on briefly during check the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO batteries are discharged Replace the batteries gt page 402 You can obtain the required batteries at any au thorized Mercedes Benz Center f the batteries are checked within signal range of the vehicle pressing button or will lock or unlock the vehicle accordingly Loss of the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO If you lose your Sm
476. with Mercedes Benz approved Leather Care T Wipe with light pressure to avoid damage to the upholstery Exercise particular care when cleaning per forated leather as its underside should not become wet Wood trims gt Dampen cloth using water and use damp cloth to clean wood trims in your vehicle T Do not use solvents like tar remover or wheel cleaner nor polishes or waxes as these may be abrasive Chrome plated exhaust tip Regular cleaning and care of chrome plat ed exhaust tips will help to maintain their shine and the classy appearance gt Use Mercedes Benz approved Chrome Polishing Paste each time the vehicle has been washed especially during the winter pg Do not use alkaline cleaners such as wheel cleaners as they could cause corrosion Operation Vehicle care Practical hints What to do if Where will I find Unlocking locking in an emergency Resetting activated head restraints Replacing SmartKey batteries Replacing bulbs Replacing wiper blades Flat tire Battery Jump starting Towing the vehicle Fuses Practical hints What to do if Lamps in instrument cluster Problem The yellow ABS indicator lamp comes on while the engine is running General information If any of the following lamps in the instru ment cluster fails to come on during the Possible cause consequence The ABS has detected a malfunction and has switched off T
477. y Approved Service Products pamphlet USA only or contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center 2 Use MB Windshield Washer Concentrate MB SummerFit and water for temperatures above freezing or MB Windshield Washer Concentrate MB SummerFit and commercially available premixed washer solvent antifreeze for temperatures below freezing point Follow suggested mixing ratios gt page 455 Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Engine oils Engine oils are specifically tested for their Suitability in our engines and durability for our service intervals Therefore only use approved engine oils and oil filters re quired for vehicles with Maintenance Sys tem For a listing of approved engine oils and oil filters refer to the Factory Ap proved Service Products pamphlet USA only or contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center T Using engine oils and oil filters of specifica tion other than those expressly required for the Maintenance System or changing of oil and oil filter at change intervals longer than those called for by the Maintenance System will result in en gine or emission control system damage not cov ered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Please follow Maintenance System recommen dations for scheduled oil changes Failure to do so could result in engine or emission control sys tem damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Engine oil additives BE Do not blend oil
478. ystem in your vehicle tracks distance driven and the time elapsed since the last maintenance service and calcu lates other maintenance service work required Clearing the maintenance service indicator The maintenance service indicator mes sage is automatically cleared e after approximately 10 seconds when you switch on the ignition or when reaching the service threshold while driving e after approximately 30 seconds once the suggested maintenance service term has passed You can also clear it yourself 1 Reset button gt Press the reset button C on the instrument cluster The maintenance service indicator message Is cleared and the standard display appears in the multifunction display gt page 145 Maintenance service term exceeded If you have exceeded the suggested maintenance service term you will see the following message in the multifunction display Service A Exceeded By XXXXX Miles km Service A Exceeded By XXX Days Service A Exceeded By X Day In addition a signal sounds when the message appears Any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will reset the maintenance service indicator following a completed maintenance service Operation Maintenance Calling up the maintenance service indicator The menu overview can be found on gt page 143 You can call up the maintenance service in dicator display in the multifunction dis play every time to check when the next mainten
479. ystem will also be triggered when e someone attempts to raise the vehicle only vehicles with tow away alarm e the vehicle is opened with the mechanical key e someone opens a door from the inside Safety and Security Anti theft systems 0 If the alarm stays on for more than 30 seconds a call to the Response Center is ini tiated automatically by the Tele Aid system gt page 256 provided Tele Aid service was sub scribed to and properly activated and that nec essary cellular service and GPS coverage are available Arming the alarm system The indicator lamp located in the central locking switch in the center console as r a 3 ba TO i i o me w o J E S w E T kad gt Lock the vehicle with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO The turn signal lamps flash three times to indicate that the alarm system is armed The indicator lamp Q begins to flash after approximately 30 seconds after arming the alarm system f the turn signal lamps do not flash three times one of the following elements may not be properly closed e adoor e the trunk Close the respective element and lock the vehi cle again Disarming the alarm system gt Unlock the vehicle with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO The turn signal lamps flash once to indicate that the alarm system is disarmed a The alarm system will rearm automatically after approximately 40 seconds if neither a door nor the trunk was open
480. zed Mercedes Benz Center for headlamp adjustment i If the headlamps or front fog lamps are fogged up on the inside as a result of high humid ity driving the vehicle a distance with the lights on should clear up the fogging amp Auxiliary bulbs will be brought into use when lamps malfunction Read and observe the mes sages in the multifunction display page 382 P54 00 2458 31 Front lamps Lamp Type Q Additional turn signal LED lamps Turn signal lamp 3457 AK OG Halogen headlamps Low beam H7 55 W Bi Xenon headlamps Low and high beam D2S 35 W Side marker lamp W 5 W Vehicles with Bi Xenon headlamps Low beam and high beam use the same D2S 35W lamp Do not replace the Bi Xenon bulbs yourself Contact your authorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints Replacing bulbs Lamp Halogen headlamps High beam high beam flasher Bi Xenon headlamps High beam flasher Halogen headlamps Parking and standing lamp Bi Xenon headlamps Parking an standing lamp Front fog lamp Corner illuminating front fog lamp Type H7 55 W H7 55 W W5W Blue Vision LED H11 55 W H11 55 W Practical hints Replacing bulbs Rear lamps Lamp Type High mounted brake LED lamp Brake tail parking HiP standing backuplamps LED and turn signal lamps Rear fog lamp 9 License plate lamps C5W Warning A N Bulbs and bulb sockets can be very

Mercedes-Benz 2007 SL 65 AMG Automobile User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents